Tag Archives: railways

Granville Colliery and the Lilleshall Company Railways

I was asked to do a talk for the Association of Shrewsbury Railway Modellers in November 2025. These are the notes and images pulled together for that talk. In many cases, the images included have been used in other articles and rather than creating new image files a link to the original image has been provided in these notes. ………

The featured image above is a view of the NCB-built engine shed near Granville Colliery. After the NCB took over the collieries owned by the Lilleshall Company, Granville Colliery supplied coal to Buildwas Power Station and the coal trains were worked by a range of locos down the 1.5 miles to Donnington. Granville Colliery had a decent sized shed and in later years used Austerity 0-6-0ST tanks but in Lilleshall Company days the bigger engines were the ex-TVR and Barry railway engines. This image and the accompanying text were shared by Marcus Keane on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 15th September 2015. [38]

The Lilleshall Company

Sir John Leveson became Earl Gower in 1746. His son Granville Leveson Gower became the second Earl in 1754. They owned limestone quarries and coal mines in Shropshire and had significant land holdings across the country.

Granville Leveson Gower was elected to Parliament in 1744. With the death of his elder brother in 1746, he became known by the courtesy title of Viscount Trentham until he succeeded his father as Earl Gower in 1754. He built the earlier Lilleshall Hall, converting a 17th-century house located in the village of Lilleshall into a country residence around the late 1750s. [1]

He remained active in politics until his retirement later in 1794. In 1786, he was created Marquess of Stafford as a reward for his services. He dies in 1803. [1] He took an active interest in the efficient running of his local estates, including those at Sherrifhales, Lilleshall, Donnington Wood, St Georges, Priorslee, Wombridge and Snedshill. [2]

The second Earl’s brother-in-law was Francis, 3rd Duke of Bridgewater, who was the originator of the Bridgewater Canal which carried coal out of his mines in the Manchester area. Earl Gower was introduced to the brothers Thomas and John Gilbert John Gilbert was instrumental in the construction of the Bridgewater Canal. Along with the Gilbert brothers, the second Earl formed the Lilleshall Partnership in 1764. Initially, it focused on improving the extraction and supply of lime for use in agriculture and as a flux in iron-making. [2]

The Earl had a vested interest in producing and delivering limestone as cheaply as possible.  The Lilleshall Partnership recognised that a better communication system was required between its widely dispersed sites and in 1765 began the construction of a 5.5 mile long canal. It ran from the Earl’s holdings in Donnington Wood to wharves at Pave Lane and was known as the Donnington Wood Tug Boat Canal.

Large scale iron making began in the parish of Lilleshall in 1785 when a blast furnace was operating at Donnington Wood.  The works was started by William Reynolds and Joseph Rathbone. By 1802 there were two furnaces and a third was added in that year.

By 1802, the partnership and its associated companies were dissolved and replaced by The Lilleshall Company which over time developed interests in mechanical engineering, coal mining, iron and steel making and brickworks.  The company was noted for its winding, pumping and blast engines and operated a private railway network.  It also constructed railway locomotives from 1862 to 1888. [2]

In 1880, the Lilleshall Company became a Public company. After the Second World War its mines were nationalised as was the Lilleshall Iron and Steel Co under the Iron and Steel Act but then denationalised in 1954 and sold back to Lilleshall Company. The company’s railways were closed in 1969. [2]

The Mines

The Friends of Granville Country Park tell us that the Lilleshall Company “sank its first deep mine at Waxhill Barracks in 1818 and another the Freehold pit, at about the same time. The Muxton Bridge pit was opened by 1840. There were over 400 acres of coalpits and waste tips in the area in the 1840s.  Their production was running at some 100,000 tons of coal a year with 50,000 tons of iron ore. ” [2]

Map of Muxton Bridge, Waxhill Barracks and Barnyard Collieries. This image was shared by Brian Edwards on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group on 29th September 2022. It shows the rail network prior to the installation of the cutoff line, Granville Colliery sits off the bottom of this image, (c) Unknown. [14]

Granville Colliery

By 1860, the Granville pit had been sunk and sinking of the Grange (originally the Albert and Alexander) pit began in 1864.  Grange Colliery, Granville Colliery, The Muxton Bridge, Woodhouse and Stafford Collieries were known as the Deepside Mines.” [2]

Granville Colliery was nationalised after the Second World War. It remained under National Coal Board control until closure in 1979. At the time of closure it was employing 560 people. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group by Sharon Bradburn on 10th July 2018, (c) Unknown. [4]

From the late 19th century, coal mining gradually declined.  The Waxhill barracks colliery ceased production in 1900 and Muxton Bridge soon after.  The Freehold colliery closed in 1928 and only the Grange and Granville collieries survived until nationalisation in 1947.  In 1951 the two were connected underground and from 1952 the Grange served mainly to ventilate the Granville.  In 1979 the Granville colliery, which employed 560 men, was closed.  It was the last coal mine in Shropshire.” [2]

Bob Yate tells us that, “The most prolific of the collieries, [Granville Colliery] supplied the LNWR, GWR and Cambrian Railways with locomotive coal, and latterly also to Ironbridge ‘B’ Power Station. In 1896, there were 177 underground and 67 surface workers. Later the pit had a fairly consistent workforce of around 300 men, but after the closure of the nearby Kemberton colliery in 1967, this grew to 900 men, but shrank again to around 600 in the early 1970s. Meanwhile, the annual output had grown from around 300-350,000 tons to 600,000 tons in the late 1960s.” [25: p16]

An early photograph of Granville Pit, taken from the West in around 1900. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group by Ray Robinson on 20th May 2024, (c) Unknown. [6]
This extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1881/1882 shows the full length of the Mineral Railway branch from the East side of the map extracts above which show Old Lodge Furnaces. It is worth noting the loop which allowed locomotives to run round their trains just to the West of the Colliery site. [26]
An extract from the ERSI satellite imagery provided by the National Library of Scotland. The two lanes which appear on the map extract above can easily be seen on this satellite image. The line of the old Mineral Railway is also easy to make out. Nothing remains of the old colliery buildings. [27]
This much enlarged extract shows the immediate vicinity of the Granville Colliery in 1881/1882. [26]
A similar extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1901/1902. In 20 years some changes have occurred. The more southerly of the two colliery buildings has been enlarged and the new tramway/tramroad has been provided onto the spoil heap North of the standard-gauge mineral railway terminus, [28]
This map extract comes from the 1925/1927 edition of the 25″ Ordnance Survey. The screens have been built and some modifications to the internal tramway layout have occurred. [19]
The Colliery site on the 1:10,000 Ordnance Survey published in 1954. The tramway to the spoil heap has been relocated and the buildings on site have been altered. [30]
The colliery site on the 1:10,000 Ordnance Survey published in 1967. A complete refurbishment of the buildings above ground has taken place. The screens building is different and the area to the East of the railway has seen significant reconstruction. An internal tramway can now be seen to the South and East of the standard gauge line. [31]
This extract from the same Ordnance Survey sheet of 1967 shows the wider area close to Granville Colliery and the rationalisation which had by then taken place. The line North off this extract heads for the site of Muxtonbridge Colliery where trains to the Donnington Sidings would once have reversed. The line leaving the extract to the West runs on to the rest of the Lilleshall Company’s network. [31]
By 1970, this was the layout of the lines between the mainline at Donnington and the Colliery. This hand-drawn image appears in Bob Yate’s book. [25: p119]

Having looked at maps showing the Granville Colliery site at different points in its history, some photographs will help us better to envisage the site.

The Colliery’s sign close to the A5. This image is a still taken from a B&R Video, “The Jim Clemens Collection No. 2 – Steaming Through Shropshire Part 1.” Grange Lane is on the right side of the image with the A5 behind the camera, © Michael Clemens, and used here with his kind permission. [11]
Granville Colliery prior to modernisation. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group by Cliff Hewitt on 11th September 2105, (c) Unknown. [15]
Granville Colliery prior to modernisation. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group by Cliff Hewitt on 11th September 2105, (c) Unknown. [16]
Granville Colliery after modernisation. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group by Cliff Hewitt on 11th September 2105, (c) Unknown. [17]
Granville Colliery in the late 60s or early 70s. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery facebook Group by Cliff Hewitt on 21st August 2023, (c) Unknown. [5]
Another view of the colliery buildings and winding gear. This image taken soon after closure in 1979 and was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group by Brian Swanborough on 17th February 2025, (c) Tony Minor. [10]
The Colliery Head gear. Paul Wheeler comments: “To left, the upcast shaft and coal lifting cage. To right, man riding head gear and cage, used predominantly for personnel. Extreme right, is the winding engine house (electric) . The offices, baths and engineering workshops are off the photo to right.” Cliff Hewitt, responding to the Facebook posts says: “Left hand shaft was No 1 shaft always used as down cast shaft, man riding, coal & materials. Right hand shaft was upcast shaft & water shaft till the link underground to the Grange colliery 1952, the Grange then becoming the upcast for the Granville. This photo shows Granville after modernisation the No 2 shaft (on the right of picture) then wound men & materials the No 1 shaft became man riding shaft for men going in & out of the pit during shift time when the No 2 shaft was winding coal or materials. In 1967 a 2300hp winder was installed in the No 2 winder (ex Hampstead winder) then the cages in No 2 shaft had double deck cages & wound at a greater speed. Attached is the painting from the surveyors office [below) left hand No 2 shaft showing the beam engine pump all before modernisation.” This image was shared on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 1st October 2017 by Paul Wheeler. [19]
The picture referred to by Cliff Hewitt in his notes above. The image was shared by Cliff Hewitt on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 1st October 2017. [44]

What appears to be a train of empties at the screens at Granville Colliery. [11]

The same location but after the rail link was severed. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group by Linda Howard on 9th March 2014. [18]
A view of the screens from behind. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group by John Wood on 30th January 2015. [43]

Granville Colliery had its own 2ft 3in narrow gauge railway/tramway underground and close to the main shafts, battery powered locomotives were used below ground. …

Under the head gear at Granville Colliery. Coal was lifted up the shaft and run off to left to what appears to be a tippler. From there the coal went down to the screens. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group on 1st March 2014 by Marcus Keane. [20]
The same lines seen from the opposite direction and from above. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group on 1st March 2014 by Marcus Keane. [21]
The Tippler is featured in this image, which was shared by John Wood on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group on 30th January 2015. [22]
Two of the tubs/wagons used underground are seen in this image which was shared by John Wood on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group on 30th January 2015. [23]

Underground, there was an extensive network of 2ft 3in gauge lines which were initially served by horse power but which were later to see a number of dedicated battery-powered locomotives in use.

Cliff Hewitt shared this image on the Granville Colliery Facebook Page on 11th September 2015. [24]
The underground workshop/garage at Granville Colliery in 1958. Granville had three English Electric battery locos and the garage had battery charging benches on either side of the rails. This image was shared by Cliff Hewitt on 22nd November 2015 on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group. [24]
Granville Colliery had English Electric battery locos, picture is of the loco garage with the 3.3kv battery chargers to the left of frame switchgear to the right & a loco in the background ready for a battery change. This image was shared by Cliff Hewitt as a comment under a post by Ray Pascal, dated 18th November 2015, on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group. [24]
A loco battery changeout. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group on 18th November 2015 by Cliff Hewitt. [24]

Old Lodge Furnaces

In 1824 the company commissioned two new blast furnaces. They were named the Old Lodge furnaces because of their proximity to the site of an old hunting lodge which was demolished in 1820. In March 1825 the Lilleshall Company paid the Coalbrookdale Company £2,392 for the works.  George Roden, a stonemason from the Nabb, was paid £425 in 1825 and just over £777 in 1826 for erecting loading ramps and the retaining walls. In 1830 the Donnington Wood and the Old Lodge ironworks together produced 15,110 tons. A third furnace was added in 1846 and two more in 1859. New blast beam engines, manufactured by the Lilleshall Company, were installed in 1862 and the height of the furnaces was increased from 50 to 71 feet at about the same time.

Limestone came, via the canal, from the Lilleshall quarries and the coal (coke) and iron stone from the local pits via an extensive system of tramways, some of which, were later converted to standard gauge railways.

The Old Lodge Furnaces produced cold-blast pig iron of the finest quality, but eventually it could not compete with cheaper iron made elsewhere and in 1888 the last of the Old Lodge furnaces was blown out. The furnaces were demolished in 1905 by Thomas Molineaux Jnr, including a tall chimney 140 feet high by 13 feet diameter, known locally as “The Lodge Stack”. In 1956 the stone was reused for St Mathew’s Church. Thereafter the company concentrated all its iron and steel making at Priorslee.

An artist’s impression of what the Old Lodge Furnaces site would have looked like in its heyday. The view is from the Northeast. The canal arm which served the furnaces can be seen entering the sketch from the bottom-right (the North). The image is a little misleading as it shows narrow-boats on the canal when in fact tub-boats would have been used. The tub-boats would have been drawn by horses. The rails shown as a schematic representation of the rails on the site throughout its history and show an engine shed on the North end of the fun of furnaces. [My photograph, 27th July 2023]
This map extract is taken from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1881/1882. The canal arm enters from the top of the extract and railways/tramways are shown in preponderance, with the furnaces themselves in a row running North-South just above the centre of the extract. The line running off the extract to the East heads towards Granville Colliery. The line running off the extract to the South runs to Dawes Bower and Grange Colliery. Of the lines exiting the extract to the West, one, running Northwest (at the top corner of the lower image) is the old tramway link to Lubstree Wharf. There are also two lines leaving the bottom-left corner of the lower image, the lower line runs towards collieries/shafts local to the furnaces and is probably a tramway at a higher level than the upper of the two lines which is in cutting and is the connection from Old Lodge Furnaces into the wider Mineral Railway network belonging to the Lilleshall Company. [46]
This extract from RailMapOnline.com’s satellite imagery shows the area of the furnaces in the 21st century, a little more of the area immediately to the North than appears on the OS map extract above and less on the East-West axis. The turquoise lines are symbolic representations of the tramway network which preceded the mineral railway which is represented by the purple lines. The two tramway routes leading North out of this and the map extract served, from the left: Meadow Colliery (which appears in the first map extract below); Barn Colliery; Waxhill Barracks and Barracks Colliery; and Muxton Bridge Colliery. (That line, from Muxton Bridge Colliery to the site of Old Lodge Furnaces is illustrated on the map extracts which follow the one covering Meadow Colliery). [47]
A view of Old Lodge Furnaces from the East. [4] (This image was first produced in the ‘London Trade Exchange’ of 2nd January 1875. Some of the tramways are visible, as are the coke ovens in the distance, and the engine house on the right, although the engraver has omitted the chimney beside the engine house.) [25: p11]

The site of the furnaces became the main marshalling are for coal wagons from a number of the collieries, but particularly Granville Colliery

The Lilleshall Company Tramway and Railway Networks

A significant network of tramways and later railways served the Lilleshall Company’s interests in East Shropshire.

Bob Yate provides a sketch of the whole of the Lilleshall Company’s network of railways. This extract from the sketch map shows the length of their railways between the Humber Arm and Granville Colliery. The locations shown on this extract are: 3. Old Lodge Furnaces; 8. The Humber Arm Railway; 9. Lubstree Wharf; 10. The Donnington (LNWR) exchange sidings and the Midland Ironworks; 13. Lodge Trip; 19. Granville Colliery; 20. Barn Pits Colliery; 21. Waxhill Barracks Colliery; 22. Muxton Bridge Colliery; 23. Freehold Colliery; and 24. Shepherd Slag Crushing Plant. Yaye does not record Meadow Colliery which was close to the Donnington Wood Canal to the Southwest of Muxton Bridge Colliery and apparently tramway served until its closure. [2: p38]

The northernmost point on the network of tramways/tramroads was a wharf on the Humber Arm of the Newport Branch of the Shropshire Union Canal. That short branch canal ran from Kynnersley to Lubstree close to The Humbers, a hamlet located to the North of the old LNWR mainline through Donnington and on the North side of Venning Barracks, the present base of the 11th Signal Brigade and Headquarters West Midlands, part of the British Army’s 3rd UK Division. The early tramroad North of the old LNWR line was later replaced by a standard-gauge line. The length of tramroad to the South of the LNWR line was eventually abandoned in favour of a standard gauge line to the East.

The South end of the Humber Arm and the wharf at Lubstree as shown on the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1882. [45]
Approximately the same area as shown on the map extract above, as it appears on the RailMapOnline.com satellite imagery. The purple lines are the approximate line of the Mineral Railway that replaced the tramway we will following first. Satellite imagery shows nothing of the Canal Arm to the North of this image. Heading to the North from here, the line of the canal traverses open fields and then Aqueduct plantation. The trees in the plantation obscure any direct evidence of the old canal arm from above and, similarly, the location of its junction with the Shropshire Union Canal Newport Branch. Significant work has taken place at this location to convert derelict buildings to housing. [47]
The modern home created from the goods shed at Lubstree. [48]

As shown on Yate’s sketch plan above, the line ran South towards the LNWR main line, passing under it by means of the bridge. The LNWR line has been replaced by the A518.

This extract from the 1882 25″ Ordnance Survey shows the point at which the LNWR bridged the Lilleshall Company’s tramway/railway. It also shows the old tramway route continuing to the South-southeast and the later standard-gauge mineral railway curving round to the Northeast to run parallel to the LNWR main line. [49]
This RailMapOnline satellite image shows the features noted on map extract above and shows the dramatic changes which have occurred in the immediate vicinity of the old tramway. The tramway route is not followed by RailMapOnline South-southeast of Wellington Road. It runs Southeast towards Old Lodge Furnaces. [47]

After passing under the LNWR main line, the Lilleshall Company’s Mineral Railway turned Northeast to run alongside the LNWR for a short distance.

The mineral railway ran parallel to the LNWR main line. [49]
The Aldi store sits over the line of the old railway. [47]
This map extract shows the mineral railway curving away from the LNWR mainline. There were exchange sidings at this location and lines which accessed a Timber Yard and the Midland Ironworks, both on the East side of the LNWR mainline. [50]
This RailMapOnline satellite image shows that the route of the old mineral railway ties in with the modern field boundary. [47]
On the curve on Donnington Sidings looking East. This is the same train as shown on the next picture. This image was shared by Carole Anne Huselbee on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 14th September 2014. [51]
Donnington Sidings looking Northwest. A rake of empties setting off for Granville Colliery behind an 0-6-0ST locomotive. Wellington Road Crossing is a short distance ahead of the locomotive. This photograph was shared by Carole Anne Huselbee on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 5th October 2014. [52]
This next extract from the 25″Ordnance Survey of 1882 shows the mineral railway heading Southeast and crossing, first, what is now Wellington Road, and then running parallel to the modern Donnington Wood Way and crossing School Road. [49]
The route of the old mineral railway runs parallel to Donnington Wood Way, approximately on the line of the footpath shown on this Google Maps extract. The red flag marker highlights its route. [Google Maps, July 2023]
A closer view of the point where the mineral railway crossed the old Wellington Road. The photograph below shows a locomotive approaching the level-crossing from the Southeast. [47]
Wellington Road Crossing. The photograph below shows a locomotive entering the level-crossing from the Southeast. This picture was shared by Carole Anne Huselbee on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 5th October 2014. [53]
This crossing was located at what was called the Coal Wharf on the old Wellington Road just over & up from the now Ladbrokes Bookies. The line ran from the pit and approached it via what is now a footpath between “The Fields” (a lane to the houses at the bottom of bell rec.) and Donnington Wood Way then across the first gated crossing at the bottom of School Road and on past the end of what is now Van Beeks Motor Spares to the second crossing. The road was wide so gates with supporting heavy caster type wheels allowed them to open seperately. The photograph shows NCB loco No 10 crossing the main Telford to Newport road (A518) at Donnington in 1975 with a trip working from Granville Colliery to the exchange sidings which were just the other side of the road. The MGR hopper wagons would then be moved by a Class 47 to Ironbridge, with run rounds at both Wellington and Madeley Junction. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group by Peter Bushell on 21st August 2023, The gates in this image are now in use by Telford Steam Railway. (c) Unknown. [7]

Possibly the same locomotive, definitely at the same location as the image above. This image was shared by Phil Neal on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group on 8th August 2017, (c) Unknown. [12]

An Austerity 0-6-0ST, ‘Granville No. 5’ an industrial saddle tank, is close to Wellington Road Crossing. The building next to it is now ‘Van Beeks’ Motor Factors. The location was known as ‘Coal Wharf Corner’. The photograph was shared on the Telford Memories Facebook Group © David Clarke. David says that No.5 is in charge of a loaded train which it is pulling into the exchange sidings. He worked as a petrol pump attendant at what is now ‘Van Beeks’. [55]
Locomotive No. 10 (a Hunslet 0-6-0 ) waiting with its train to cross Wellington Road. This photo was shared by Lin Keska on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 2nd May 2017. [54]
A photograph taken at the School Road Crossing, © SimonFP and shared by him in a comment on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 5th August 2023. [56]
Another view of the School Road Crossing. This photo was shared on the Telford Memories Facebook Group by Carole Anne Huselbee on 8th September 2014. [57]

An 0-6-0ST pulls a train of empties back from Donnington to Lodge and Granville Colliery. It is seen here crossing School Road. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group by Jim Walton on 16th August 2023, (c) Unknown. [13]

From the School Road Crossing the line ran Southeast. Its route is now a public footpath separated from the modern Donnington Wood Way by a hedgeline.

Somewhere Southeast of School Road on 8th September 1969, this view looks Northwest and shows NCB Loco No. 8 hauling empty hopper wagons towards Granville Colliery. This image was shared on Telford Memories Facebook Group by Carole Anne Huselbee on 14th September 2014. [58]

Heading up hill from Donnington towards the Lodge and Granville Colliery. [11]

An 0-6-0ST (possibly No.8) pulls is train of hopper wagons up the direct route from Coal Wharf (Donnington) to Granville Pit (not going via the location of Muxton Bridge Pit) .This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group on 10th March 2020 by John Wood. [36]
NCB 0-6-0ST No. 8 taking a train of empty hoppers up the line from Donnington. This appears to have been taken on the cutoff link avoiding the need for reversing at Muxonbridge Colliery. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group by John Wood on 20th March 2020. [8]
This photograph shows ‘The Colonel’, an 0-6-0ST, running down to the Sidings at Donnington. The image was shared on the Telford Memories Facebook Group by Clive Sanbrook on 27th March 2020. [32]
A later locomotive crossing the same road. This image was shared on the Telford Memories Facebook Group by Carole Anne Huselbee on 15th September 2014. [35]

Having climbed up from the exchange sidings trains of empties entered the area of what was once Old Lodge Furnaces.

By 1970, this was the layout of the lines between the mainline at Donnington and the Colliery. This hand-drawn image appears in Bob Yate’s book. [25: p119]
Granville Colliery’s Diesel Loco (NCB No. 2D?) hauling a rake of empty coal hopper wagons on the lines to the West of Granville Colliery. This photo was shared on the Telford Memories Facebook Group by Carole Anne Huselbee on 5th October 2014. [33]
The original engine shed. This building was demolished and the NCB built a replacement some distance away. It looks in a poor condition. The loco on the left looks like the 0-6-0 Barclay tank No 11 or one of the large ex Taff Vale locos. The one on the right is an unidentified Saddle Tank. This image was sent to me by David Clarke the author of a book about Telford’s railways, (c) Unknown. [37]
A view of the NCB-built engine shed noted in the image above. After the NCB took over the collieries owned by the Company, Granville Colliery supplied coal to Buildwas Power Station and the coal trains were worked by a range of locos down the 1.5 miles to Donnington. Granville Colliery had a decent sized shed and in later years used Austerity 0-6-0ST tanks but in Lilleshall Company days the bigger engines were the ex-TVR and Barry railway engines. This image and the accompanying text were shared by Marcus Keane on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 15th September 2015. [38]
Possibly locomotive No. 8 on shed. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group by John Wood on 20th March 2020. [8]
Another photograph of the NCB engine shed with No. 5 and No. 8 on shed. This image was also sent to me by David Clarke, © A.J.B. Dodd. [37]
No.8 sits outside the engine shed. This image was shared by John Wood on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group on 27th June 2017. [39]

A poorly focused image of ‘Granville No. 5‘, a Hunslet of 1952 (Works No. 3771), equipped with an oblong Giesl ejector chimney. The line behind the wagon(s) at the right of the image is the line serving the Colliery. The cinefilm was taken on 14th October 1966 by Jim Clemens, © Michael Clemens, and used here with his kind permission. [11]

This view from a location on the spoil heap to the South of the last image shows the later engine shed, built by the NCB, and two locomotives in steam marshalling wagons. The wagons closest to the camera appear to be empties which will probably be pushed towards the colliery screens which are a distance off to the right of this image. The photograph was shared on the Telford Memories Facebook Group by Paul Wheeler on 25th May 2018. [34]

The ‘Colonel’, with a train of full wagons having left Granville Colliery and about to marshall its train for onward movement to Donnington Sidings. [11]

‘The Colonel‘ again! ‘The Colonel‘ was named after Colonel Harrison, Chairman of Harrison’s Grove Colliery. He was also Chairman of Cannock & Rugeley Colliery. After a spell at Area Central Workshops – May 1960 to June 1961, ‘The Colonel‘ went back to Grove Colliery then to Coppice Colliery at Heath Hayes for a few months in 1963 before transfer to Granville Colliery in November 1963. This image was shared on the Telford memories Facebook Group by Metsa Vaim EdOrg on 24th October 2020. [41]
Towards the end of steam, this loco is bringing its train South from the Depot towards the location of the engine shed which is off the picture to the left beyond the stored coal. The locomotive is ‘Granville No. 5‘. This image was shared on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 15th February 2017 by Lin Keska. [40]
This photograph was taken at a similar location to those above. At the centre of the image is the weighbridge. Granville Colliery itself can be made out on the horizon. The image was shared by John Wood on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group on 30th January 2015. [42]

The Lilleshall network continued to the West and Southwest of Granville Colliery and Lodge Sidings. These next photographs cover the length of the line through Oakengates to Hollingworth Sidings and Stafford and Dark Lane Collieries.

The dotted lines on this sketch map are private railways. The Lilleshall Company’s main line runs from Granville and Grange Collieries in the top-right of the sketch map via Old Lodge Ironworks and Priorslee Furnaces down to Hollinswood. This sketch map was included on the Miner’s Walk website which provides information about the local area. [10]

Grange Colliery, close to Granville Colliery operated independently at first and along with Granville Colliery survived to be nationalised in 1947. In 1951, the two were connected underground and from 1952 Grange Colliery served mainly to ventilate Granville Colliery. [2]

The monochrome photographs included here were taken by a number of different photographers. Where possible permission has been sought to include those photographs in this article. Particularly, there are a significant number of photographs taken by A.J.B. Dodd which appear here which were first found on various Facebook Groups. A number were supplied direct by Mike Dodd, A.J.B. Dodd’s son, who curates the photographs taken by his father. Particular thanks are expressed to Mike Dodd for entering into email correspondence about all of these photographs and for his generous permission to use them in this article. [59]

Grange Colliery as it appears on the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1901, published in 1902. The railway lines shown in the immediate area of the shafts and slag heaps were internal lines unconnected to the wider Lilleshall Company network. A single line ran to Dawes Bower where transshipment to the standard gauge Lilleshall Company network took place. [60]
The same area as shown on the OS map extract above. This image comes from Google Maps. What appears to be a caravan park on the site of the old colliery is Telford Naturist Club. The buildings to the top-right of the image are the Cottage Boarding Kennels and Cattery. [Google Maps, September 2025]
This extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1901 shows the point where the branch-line to Grange Colliery met the main Lilleshall line. The line from Grange Colliery enters bottom-right. At the top-right of this extract two sets of lines are shown. The upper lines run towards Donnington sidings, the lower lines connect to Granville Colliery. The lines leaving the top of the extract are local lines serving the area immediately around what were Old Lodge Furnaces. The line leaving the west (left) edge of the extract is the Lilleshall Company mainline to Priorslee and Hollinswood. As can be seen at the centre of the extract, a loco bringing wagons from Grange Colliery would need to cross the mainline before reversing its wagons onto the mainline and, depending on its destination, then head for Donnington or Hollinswood. The sidings shown on this extract were also used for storing wagons before onward transit to their ultimate destination. [61]
A short distance to the West of the sidings at Lodge, a line running North from Donnington Wood Brick and Tile Works met the Lilleshall Company’s main line at a triangular junction. [62]
Donnington Wood Brick & Tile Works were conveniently sited next to reserves of Clay. The Works had their own internal railway with a Self-acting Inclined Plane. [63]
Donnington Wood Brick & Tile Works seen from the air, from the Northeast. This image was shared on the Telford Memories Facebook Group by Marcus Keane on 27th March 2019. [64]
A much closer view of the circular Hoffman Kiln taken in 1966. This image was shared by Marcus Keane on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 23rd September 2017. [65]
The location of the Donnington Wood Brick and Tile Works plotted on modern satellite imagery from Google Maps. Properties on Cloisters Way sit directly over the site of the Hoffman Kiln. [Google Maps, December 2023]

West along the main line from the short branch to Donnington Wood Brickworks there were sidings adjacent to Rookery Road. I have not been able to find them on any maps.

This extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey shows the Lilleshall Mainline running South West from the junction which served the Donnington Wood Brick & Tile Works and covers the approximate location of the Rookery Road Sidings. [66]
This RailMapOnline.com satellite image covers the same area as the map extract above. [47]

I have found three photographs taken close to this location.

This view looks East towards the triangular junction serving Donnington Wood Brick Works, (c) A. J. B. Dodd. [59]
An 0-6-0ST Saddle Tank participating in track removal at Rookery Road Sidings. This image was shared on the Granville Colliery Facebook Group by John Wood on 28th June 2020, (c) A. J. B. Dodd. [9]
I believe this photograph was taken from a point close to the bridge over Gower Street. It looks East and shows Rookery Road Sidings in the distance, (c) A. J. B. Dodd. [59]
The bridge over Gower Street is at the bottom left of this extract from the 25″ OS map. [67]
Moss Road/Gower Street Railway Bridge before demolition. This is a photo of a photo which was behind glass, hence the glare. It was shared by Gwyn Thunderwing Hartley on the Oakengates History Group including surrounding areas Facebook Group on 17th July 2018. [68]
The junction for New Yard Engineering Works was adjacent to Wrockwardine Villa. The engine shed is visible bottom-centre of the extract. One of two bridges which crossed the Lilleshall Company’s Railway appears towards the bottom-left of the image. I believe that this was known as the ‘Tin Bridge’. [69]
A very similar area to that covered on the map extract above. The image comes, again, from RailMapOnline.com’s satellite imagery. Wrockwardine Villa is centre-top in this image. [47]
This is a view looks West along the Lilleshall main line at the junction with the short line to New Yard and its Engine Shed and Workshop. The image was shared on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 29th March 2018 by John Wood, © A.J.B. Dodd. [71]
This view looks Northeast from the line to New Yard at the junction with the Lilleshall Company’s main line. The Locomotives are Andrew Barclay 0-6-0T Lilleshall Company’s Locomotive No. 11 (i think) on the left, one of the Taff Vale Railway 0-6-2Ts in the middle and Lilleshall Company’s Locomotive No. 12 (ex-GWR 0-6-0PT No. 2794) on the right. The image was shared on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 29th March 2018 by John Wood, © A.J.B. Dodd. [71]
A similar view taken during the winter. The locomotives are possibly No. 4, Constance, No 5, and No. 10 a Peckett 0-4-0ST. The definition on the photograph is not good enough to be sure of these identities. The image was shared on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 29th March 2018 by John Wood, © A.J.B. Dodd. [71]
Turning to face South at the same location as the last two images, the Lilleshall Company, New Yard, Engine Sheds, Gower Street, St Georges. … Urban Terrace can be seen in background. The line to the right of the image runs round behind the engine shed and workshop to serve the Works. This picture was shared on the Oakengates History Group including surrounding areas Facebook Group on 15th June 2021 by Gwyn Thunderwing Hartley, © A.J.B. Dodd. [70]
New Yard Engineering Works. … Gower Street runs North-South on the right of the map extract New Works buildings faced East onto the road. The locomotive shed can be seen to the top-left of the image. The workshops which stood alongside it were not built by the time of the Ordnance Survey (1901). [72]
Sketch Railway Plan/Map of New Yard Engineering Works, Gower Street, St Georges showing the layout in 1959. The workshops adjacent to the Engine Shed are shown, top-left. This image was shared on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 1st April 2023 by Gwyn Thunderwing Hartley. [73]
A aerial postcard image of New Yard Engineering Works, the camera is to the Southeast of the Works and as a result shows, at the top-right, the Engine Shed and Workshop. This image was shared on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group by Gwyn Thunderwing Hartley on 17th February 2019. [74]
The Lilleshall Company mainline curves to the South through the area known as ‘The Nabb’. Two bridges are shown. The one just visible top-right is the ‘Tin Bridge. Prior to the construction of the standard gauge mineral railway a horse-drawn tramway ran North-South through this location, running down the side of the terraced housing adjacent to the bridge. The second bridge appears bottom-left. It was a more substantial structure. [75]
Former Great Western Railway 1901-built, William Dean-designed, 0-6-0PT No 2794 found a career extension after being sold-off by British Railways in October 1950. In the mid-1950s the 0-6-0PT, now Lilleshall No 12, is working hard up-grade as it passes the ‘tin bridge’ at The Nabb. The locomotive seems to be heading another engine, which is seemingly not in steam, so this is likely to be a move from Priorslee to the nearby locomotive shed at New Works, © A.J.B. Dodd. [76: p179]
A view Northeast, back towards the access to New Yard Engineering Works, from the ‘Tin Bridge’ on The Nabb. This locomotive movement appears to be the same movement as appears in the photograph immediately below. This locomotive may be ‘Alberta’, © A.J.B. Dodd. [59]
Looking South from the ‘Tin Bridge’ this is the same light engine movement as pictured above, probably to the engine shed just a little further along the line to the Northeast. The locomotive closest to the camera appears to be a Peckett loco. This image was shared on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group by John Wood on 28th March 2018, © A.J.B. Dodd. [77]
The Tin Bridge again with Diamond Row above and to the right. This photograph was taken during the Lilleshall Company’s last run on their Mineral line, with the Engine ‘Alberta’ in 1959. The Photo was taken by the late Edgar Meeson, cousin of Frank Meeson. The image was shared in the Oakengates History Group and surrounding areas Facebook Group by Gwyn Thunderwing Hartley on 27th January 2021. [78]
This is the second of the two bridges which crossed the Lilleshall Main Line in ‘The Nabb’.The picture looks to the Southwest and comes from the Howard Williams Collection and was shared on the Oakengates History Group including surrounding areas Facebook Group on 27th February 2014 by Frank Meeson. [79]

From this location the Lilleshall Company’s line curved round to the South and crossed Station Hill, Oakengates.

Apologies for the quality of this image, it is a significant enlargement of a small section of Image No. EAW013748, held on the Britain From Above website, © Historic England. The Station Hill Crossing is to the bottom right of the image. [80]
Station Hill, Oakengates at the turn of the 20th century. This postcard view looks West across the Lilleshall Company’s line down the hill towards the centre of Oakengates. The crossing keeper’s beehive hut is visible to the left of the road. This image was shared on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 24th October 2018 by Gwyn Thunderwing Hartley. [81]

Two further images of the Station Hill Crossing. …

Another view of Station Hill Crossing. The Locomotive is Alberta and is providing an enthusiasts tour of the Lilleshall Company’s network. This image was shared on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 29th March 2018 by John Wood, © A.J.B. Dodd. [71]
Looking South across Station Hill. The beehive keeper’s hut stands across the road from the camera. This image was shared by Gwyn Thunderwing Hartley on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 16th May 2021. [82]
The line crossed Station Hill in Oakengates on the level with the old canal running beneath the road. Looking West from the crossing, train crews would have had a glimpse of Oakengates (Market) Railway Station on the LNWR/LMS/BR Coalport Branch. The station appears on the left of this map extract. [83]

South of Station Hill the line ran at a high level above sidings which served Snedshill Ironworks. The next few images are relatively grainy as they are enlargements from aerial images from 1948. …

The Lilleshall main line runs across the top of the first of these images and behind the house at the top-right of the image. Wagons sit in the sidings associated with Snedshill Ironworks. [84]
The house at the top-right of the last image is on the left in this image. The road is Canongate which the Lilleshall main line crosses at level. The parapets of the bridge which supported Canongate over the line serving Snedshill Ironworks is nearer to the camera. Bother these two images come from the same aerial image – Image No. EAW013746 on the Britain From Above website, © Historic England. [84]
A closer view of the Canongate level crossing. This image is an extract from Image No. EAW013747 on the Britain From Above website, © Historic England. [85]
Looking North towards Station Hill. The mineral railway main line enters the image across Station Hill (top-right) and curves away to the right just above centre-right. The lines which run down the centre of the image pass under Canongate and include sidings serving Snedshill Ironworks. The sidings sit over the line of the old canal. The Lilleshall Company’s main line crosses Canongate at a level crossing just off the left of the photograph. The picture is an extract from Image No. EAW013748, held on the Britain From Above website, © Historic England. [86]
This view looks South from Station Hill. The Lilleshall Company’s main line bears to the left and the line down to the sidings at Snedshill Ironworks runs down hill to the right. The image was shared on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 29th March 2018 by John Wood, © A.J.B. Dodd. [59]
On the South side of Canongate, Snedshill Ironworks dominates this map extract. The Shrewsbury to Birmingham main line can be seen entering a tunnel at the bottom-left of this image. Towards the left edge of the extract, the LNWR Coalport Branch runs in cutting crossed by a number of footbridges/access bridges. The Works sidings on the West of the Works terminate on the site, whereas those to the East of the building run off the bottom of the extract to make a junction with the Coalport Branch. The old canal was in use as a reservoir alongside the Works and the Lilleshall Company’s mainline runs alongside that reservoir to its East. [87]

Two further extracts from Image No. EAW013746 taken in 1948 looking East, which show the mineral railway running South passing the Snedshill Ironworks (at the bottom of the first image).

The darker area above the Ironworks is a remaining length of canal with a retaining wall immediately beyond which supports the Lilleshall Company’s main line. [85]
The mineral wagons on this image are in the sidings which can be seen at the bottom of the 25″ map extract of 1901 above. [85]

Two further extracts from EAW013748 of 1948. [86] As already noted that aerial view looks Northwards across Snedshill Ironworks. …

The Lilleshall Company’s main line is on the right side of this image. Canongate can be seen at the top of the image with the reservoir which was once a length of the Shropshire Canal to the South of Canongate alongside the Lilleshall main line. Snedshill Ironworks sidings pass under Canongate and run towards the bottom-left of the image. [86]
The Snedshill Ironworks sidings which pass under Canongate to the East of the Works continue onto this image and head towards a junction with the LNWR Coalport Branch. Visible at the top-left is the end of the sidings/yard which was on the West side of the Ironworks. The white areas on this image are where it was marked for editing, © Historic England. [86]
Another extract from an aerial image which was taken shortly after those above. The wagons on this image are in the same location as those on the image above. This extract from EAW013752 on the Britain From Above website looks over Snedshill Ironworks (bottom-left), with the short length of canal behind them, towards Priorslee. The Lilleshall Company’s mainline enters just below centre-left and runs at an angle towards the top-right of the image. The Greyhound bridge on the old A5 is alongside the level crossing which took the mineral railway across the A5. The Greyhound bridge took the A5 over the LNWR Coalport Branch (in deep cutting) and a feeder line from/to the sidings at the Snedshill Ironworks which met the Coalport Branch just beyond the bridge. [88]
The level crossing at the A5 can be seen close to the centre of this extract from EAW013782 on the Britain From Above website, (© Historic England). The photograph faces South-southeast. Priorslee Brick and Tile Works are immediately to the left of the picture with a corner of the building just edging onto the image. The LNWR Coalport Branch runs up the right side of the image in deep cutting and passes under Greyhound bridge alongside the line from Snedshill Ironworks. Just beyond the bridge, a line turns away to the left and meets the Lilleshall Company’s mainline before leaving the image towards the top-left. Towards the top of the image, in deep shadow, the GWR mainline to Wolverhampton leaves the tunnel and bears away to the top-left. [89]

It is perhaps easier to make out some of these locations on 25″ Ordnance Survey plans.

Lines from Snedshill Ironworks join the Coalport Branch in passing under what became the A5 a little to the South of the Works themselves. The Lilleshall Company mainline crosses the road at level. A short branch runs off towards the Snedshill Brickworks. The GWR line from Shrewsbury to Wolverhampton runs in tunnel from top to bottom of the map extract. [90]
In the 21st century the area covered by the 25″ OS Map extract above has changed considerably. Only the GWR mainline from Shrewsbury to Wolverhampton remains of the lines on the OS Map extract. On this satellite image it is represented by the turquoise line and is running in tunnel. The Greyhound Roundabout has replaced what was the A5 (B5061 in 21st century) bridge over the Coalport Branch. The level crossing shown below, is long gone. The Lilleshall Company buildings have been replaced by Wickes and Aldi! The A442 dual carriageway dominates the area. [47]
A Pecket Loco used by the Lilleshall Co, at the Greyhound Crossroads junction, with the Lilleshall Co. Snedshill Buildings in view. The photograph was taken looking Southeast from the Greyhound bridge. This area is now the Greyhound Island, and Aldi & Wickes now stand on the ground where the buildings in the picture once stood. This image was shared by Gwyn Thunderwing Hartley on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 15th May 2018, © A.J.B. Dodd. [91]
The building in the photograph above is at the bottom of this aerial image, just to the right of centre. This is another extract from Image No. EAW013782, © Historic England. The Priorslee Furnaces are top-left of the image and shrouded in smoke. The Lilleshall Company’s mainline curves round from the bottom of the picture, to the right of the Lilleshall Brick and Tileworks buildings to run immediately to the Southwest side of the Furnaces (the side furthest from the camera). [89]
This photograph looks across the roof of the Snedshill Brick and Tile Works towards Priorslee Furnaces. This image was shared on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 24th November 2015 by Gwyn Thunderwing Hartley. [92]
Priorslee Furnaces and Steel Works in 1901. The Lilleshall Company’s main line runs diagonally across this map extract from the top-left corner to the bottom-right corner. [93]
Priorslee Furnaces viewed from the Southeast. This image was shared by Paul Wheeler on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 28th November 2017. [94]
An aerial image of the extensive steelworks and slag reduction plant at Priorslee. The blast furnaces were decommissioned in 1958 and the internal system closed. This image was shared on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group by Lin Keska on 22nd February 2017. [95]
This postcard view of Priorslee Furnaces was taken in 1899. The rail access to the plant is emphasised by the locomotive and wagons in the foreground. The image was shared on the Telford Memories Facebook Group by Lin Keska on 27th June 2020. [96]
Two Lilleshall Company locomotives (Peckett 0-4-0ST No.10 and 0-6-2T No. 3 which was once GWR No. 589) in attendance at the demolition of a 98ft high concrete coal bunker at Priorslee Furnaces circa 1936. This work was taking place as part of the demolition of the former steelworks site. The image was shared on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group by Gwyn Thunderwing Hartley (courtesy of John Wood) on 1st December 2019. I understand that the original image is held in the Archives of the Ironbridge Gorge Museum Trust. [97]
This extract from the 1882 25″ Ordnance Survey shows the area immediately Southeast of Priorslee Furnaces The Lilleshall Company’s main line split in three directions – to the South it runs into Hollinswood Sidings and up to Hollinswood Junction, where it joins the GWR mainline, Southeast it continues towards Stafford Colliery, and Northeast towards Woodhouse and Lawn Collieries. [98]
The remaining length of the Lilleshall Company’s mainline served Stafford Colliery (passing Darklane Colliery on its way East. This extract is taken from the 1901 25″ Ordnance Survey. Hollinswood Junction on the GWR mainline between Shrewsbury and Wolverhampton just sneaks into the bottom-left corner of this map extract. [99]
Hollinswood Sidings and Hollinswood Junction, to the South of Priorslee Furnaces and Steelworks. The GWR line between Shrewsbury and Wolverhampton runs from the top-left to the bottom-right. The LNWR Coalport Branch enters top-left and leaves the map extract to the left of centre at the bottom of the image. The line turning off the GWR mainline to the South served a series industrial undertakings to the East of the old Shropshire Canal. The Lilleshall Company’s sidings enter the map extract centre-top and meet the GWR mainline at Hollinswood Junction. [100]
This is another area of Telford which has seen dramatic change. The GWR line ‘turquoise’ remains, the LNWR Coalport branch (thicker purple) has long gone. As have all the Lilleshall Company’s lines (thinner purple). The M54, the A442, Queensway and Hollinswood Interchange dominate the modern image. [47]
Locomotive 48516 heading what seems to be a train of empty coal wagons and facing towards Wolverhampton. Hollinswood Sidings can be seen beyond the locomotive. The image was shared on the Telford Memories Facebook Group by Lin Keska on 4th April 2018. [101]

Lilleshall Company Locomotives

The Lilleshall Company operated a number of steam engines which it picked up from various sources and some of which it built itself. The remainder of this article is no more than a glimpse of these locomotives on the Lilleshall Company’s network. The authoritative treatment of the motive power on the Lilleshall Company network is the book by Bob Yate, “The Railways and Locos of the Lilleshall Company.” [25]

Yate tells us that, because the Lilleshall Company’s network was extensive, it needed a considerable number of locomotives to operate it. He continues: “Much of the traffic was heavy, so it comes as no surprise to find that the company turned to acquiring former main line company locomotives for some of their more arduous duties. The total number of locomotives rose from four during the mid-1850s to eight by 1870, down to five by 1875, then six by 1886, increasing to nine in 1900 until 1920 when there were eleven. By the 1930s the number was back down to nine.” [25: p67] After WW2, numbers were reduced to five, and once closure was approaching all five were scrapped and two other locomotives were purchased.

This photo was taken in June 1954 within the Priorslee steelworks complex and shows the blast furnaces in the background. The locomotive is Lilleshall Company No. 12 (ex-GWR 0-6-0PT No. 2794), © F.W. Shuttleworth. This image was shared on the Telford Memories Facebook Group by Marcus Keane on 15th September 2015. The blast furnace did not supply the adjacent rolling mill after 1925. At that time the Bessimer converters were scrapped. The Priorslee Furnaces only made made pig iron for the foundry trade until closure. The Lilleshall Company were forced to cease steel-making from the blast furnace pig-iron by the Iron and Steel Federation who shared out production around the country in the slump following the first world war. [102]
Peckett 0-4-0ST, Lilleshall Locomotive No. 10 at Priorslee, (c) Industrial Railway Society, Ken Cooper collection. This photograph was shared by Andy Rose on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 29th September 2019. [103]
Lilleshall Company No. 6, an 0-6-0ST locomotive, one of a number built by the Lilleshall Company, © A.J.B. Dodd. This photograph was shared by Andy Rose on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 29th September 2019. [103]
Former Barry Railway ‘B1’ Class 0-6-2T No. 60 (also ex-GWR No. 251) which when purchased by the Lilleshall Company was given No. 5, photographer not known. This photograph was shared by Andy Rose on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 29th September 2019. [103]
Lilleshall Company Locomotive No. 4, 0-4-0ST, Constance, © A.J.B. Dodd. This photograph was shared by Andy Rose on the Telford Memories Facebook Group on 29th September 2019. [103]
Lilleshall Company No. 9, an 0-6-0ST locomotive built by Robert Stephenson & Co. Ltd. It was bought by the Lilleshall Company in 1904 and lasted until 1929, (c) F. Jones Collection. This photograph was shared by Gwyn Thunderwing Hartley on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 27th November 2017. [104]
Lilleshall built 0-4-0ST, Constance and Andrew Barclay 0-6-0T No. 11 at New Yard Locomotive Shed. The image was shared on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group by Gwyn Thunderwing Hartley on 4th April 2021. [105]
The locomotive closest to the camera is Lilleshall Company Locomotive Alberta (a Barclay 0-4-0ST), possibly close to New Yard Engineering Works. This photograph was shared by John Wood on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 29th March 2018. Alberta was only purchased in October 1956 and was active on the Lilleshall Company’s network until closure, © A.J.B. Dodd. [106]
Lilleshall Company Locomotive No. 12, (ex-GWR No. 2794) 0-6-0PT sits a New Yard. This photograph was shared by John Wood on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 28th June 2020. [107]
Lilleshall Company Locomotive, Prince of Wales (ex-Lever Brothers, Port Sunlight Railway) 0-4-0ST also sits a New Yard This photograph was also shared by John Wood on the Oakengates History Group Facebook Group on 29th March 2018. [107]

National Coal Board Locomotives

With nationalisation, the NCB took over Granville and Grange pits and continued to use the northern length of the Lilleshall Network until closure of Granville Colliery in 1979. Granville Colliery supplied coal to Buildwas Power Station and the coal trains were worked by a range of locos down the 1.5 miles to Donnington. Austerity 0-6-0ST steam locomotives were the most common form of motive power until steam was replaced by diesel locomotives.

Between 1948 and 1964, 77 new “Austerity” 0-6-0ST locomotives were built for the NCB.

NCB Hunslet Austerity 0-6-0ST Granville No. 5 at School Road Crossing. [108]

When steam was replaced by diesel, the NCB deployed Hunslet 0-6-0DH locos at Granville Colliery. Between 1965 and 1989 well over 50 0-6-0DH shunters were built by Hunslet (Leeds) for the British market. More were also built to a variety of gauges for users abroad in South America, Africa, Europe and the Indian subcontinent. The Hunslet 0-6-0DHs were surprisingly powerful for their size, and their short wheelbase enabled them to operate in locations where other locomotives may struggle. [109]

Typical NCB Hunslet 0-6-0DH locomotives. [110]

Models of the Hunslet 0-6-0DH are produced in OO gauge by Revolution Trains and in N gauge by the N Gauge Society.

CAD 3/4 image of Hunslet 0-6-0DH in 00 Gauge. [110]

What can be seen today?

All of the Granville Colliery buildings have been removed.

All that remains of the Old Lodge furnaces after extensive dismantling and site restoration involving raising of the ground levels are parts of the brickwork of the first three furnaces.

The high walls behind the furnaces are the remains of the furnace loading ramps. On the right of the ramp walls hidden in the trees is a retaining wall in front which was the blowing house. Behind the loading ramps were calcining kilns which were added in 1870 to improve the quality of the iron ore. Remains of the Lodge Furnaces, Tug Boat Canal and other buildings  can be seen around Granville Country Park.

The Lilleshall Company Railways have disappeared completely.

References

  1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Granville_Leveson-Gower,_1st_Marquess_of_Stafford, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  2. https://friendsofgranvillecountrypark.com/industrial-history, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  3. G. F. R. Barker; Leveson-Gower, Granville (1721-1803); in Sydney Lee, (ed.); Dictionary of National Biography. Vol. 33; Smith Elder & Co., London, 1893.
  4. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=10155810062701925&set=p.10155810062701925&locale=en_GB, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  5. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=6767846649939199&set=gm.2472504872925859&idorvanity=265906436919058&locale=en_GB, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  6. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=10226151898004565&set=gm.2654360224740322&idorvanity=265906436919058&locale=en_GB, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  7. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=1523451488480998&set=gm.2472324666277213&idorvanity=265906436919058&locale=en_GB, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  8. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=10157888691039890&set=pcb.1477973989045624&locale=en_GB, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  9. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=10158258868359890&set=gm.1573059866203702&locale=en_GB, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  10. https://theminerswalk.org/snedshill/lilleshall-company-mineral-railway-line, accessed on 7th November 2023.
  11. The Jim Clemens Collection No. 2 – Steaming Through Shropshire Part 1; B&R Videos; and can be seen on Facebook at https://www.facebook.com/groups/265906436919058/search/?q=locomotive&locale=en_GB. B & R Video Productions produce a series of DVDs which have primarily been created by converting cine-film. One part of their library is the Jim Clemens Collection. These stills from the video are shared here with permission from Michael Clemens who holds the copyright on his father’s work. Michael is an author in his own right and maintains a website: https://www.michaelclemensrailways.co.uk. On that website there are details of all of the books he as published together with quite a bit of downloadable material including working timetables. His most relevant publication to this current article is: Michael Clemens; The Last Years of Steam in Shropshire and the Severn Valley; Fonthill Media Ltd, Stroud, Gloucestershire, 2017. That book contains two photographs which are similar to two of the images shown above (p67).
  12. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=10155597996999231&set=pcb.818336841676012&locale=en_GB, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  13. https://www.facebook.com/groups/265906436919058/search/?q=steam&locale=en_GB, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  14. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=1177395816142443&set=gm.2220243438152005&idorvanity=265906436919058&locale=en_GB, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  15. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=938311406226115&set=pcb.487942181382148&locale=en_GB, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  16. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=938311412892781&set=pcb.487942181382148&locale=en_GB, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  17. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=938311356226120&set=pcb.487942181382148&locale=en_GB, accessed on 30th September 2025.
  18. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=780955851917249&set=g.265906436919058&locale=en_GB, accessed on 17th August 2023.
  19. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=1930020190655315&set=gm.1835369933147668, accessed on 17th August 2023.
  20. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=3993423409539&set=g.265906436919058&locale=en_GB, accessed on 17th August 2023.
  21. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=3993651215234&set=g.265906436919058&locale=en_GB, accessed on 17th August 2023.
  22. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=10153034972544890&set=pcb.396942657148768, accessed on 18th August 2023.
  23. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=10153034971844890&set=pcb.396942657148768, accessed on 18th August 2023.
  24. https://www.facebook.com/groups/265906436919058/search?q=loco, accessed on 18th August 2023.
  25. Bob Yate; The Railways and Locomotives of the Lilleshall Company; Irwell Press, Clophill, Bedfordshire, 2008.
  26. https://maps.nls.uk/view/121150280, accessed on 24th July 2023.
  27. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=52.70540&lon=-2.41272&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 12th August 2023.
  28. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=19.0&lat=52.70538&lon=-2.40858&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 12th August 2023.
  29. https://maps.nls.uk/view/121150286, accessed on 12th August 2023.
  30. https://maps.nls.uk/view/189188889, accessed on 15th August 2023.
  31. https://maps.nls.uk/view/189188886, accessed on 15th August 2023.
  32. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=199914067979251&set=gm.3885749764776331&locale=en_GB, accessed on 17th August 2023.
  33. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=358725490972160&set=gm.857122790972392&locale=en_GB, accessed on 17th August 2023.
  34. https://scontent.fbhx4-2.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.6435-9/33498907_2064140837243249_3582868989702832128_n.jpg?_nc_cat=108&ccb=1-7&_nc_sid=825194&_nc_ohc=wSw5EVKxUyMAX8qskYR&_nc_ht=scontent.fbhx4-2.fna&oh=00_AfCSF31tNH6WIKLxXWfvuVw838LfrhemIIyqBXv-DanmNg&oe=65040196, accessed on 16th August 2023.
  35. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=350909495087093&set=gm.846879645330040, accessed on 17th August 2023.
  36. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=10157888689539890&set=pcb.1477973989045624&locale=en_GB, accessed on 18th August 2023.
  37. David Clarke; The Railways of Telford; Crowood Press, Ramsbury, Wiltshire, 2016.
  38. https://scontent.fbhx4-2.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.18169-9/12003317_10201024425808382_8593076314682892494_n.jpg?_nc_cat=103&ccb=1-7&_nc_sid=825194&_nc_ohc=79roHzvVxmgAX9c28mg&_nc_ht=scontent.fbhx4-2.fna&oh=00_AfDbCRsXlWhcbkz6I3Hfylg6ZXes4sfaKhIQFg-AzcyKuA&oe=650431FA, accessed on 16th August 2023.
  39. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=10155399978029890&set=pcb.795212197321810, accessed on 18th August 2023.
  40. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=1396454793732287&set=pcb.1536206876397310, accessed on 16th August 2023.
  41. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=415854582741549&set=pcb.4828097803874851&locale=en_GB, accessed on 17th August 2023.
  42. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=10153034973339890&set=pcb.396942657148768, accessed on 18th August 2023.
  43. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=10153034973449890&set=pcb.396942657148768, accessed on 18th August 2023.
  44. https://www.facebook.com/photo.php?fbid=1630154737041775&set=p.1630154737041775&type=3, accessed on 17th August 2023.
  45. https://maps.nls.uk/view/121150199, accessed on 20th July 2023.
  46. https://maps.nls.uk/view/121150280, accessed on 24th July 2023.
  47. https://www.railmaponline.com/UKIEMap.php, accessed on 21st July 2023.
  48. https://www.barbers-rural.co.uk/property-sales/lubstree-wharf, accessed on 23rd July 2023.
  49. https://maps.nls.uk/view/121150235, accessed on 20th July 2023.
  50. https://maps.nls.uk/view/121150199, accessed on 20th July 2023.
  51. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=350106448500731&set=gm.845962032088468, accessed on 13th August 2023.
  52. https://www.facebook.com/groups/674238619260811/search/?q=donnington%20sidings, accessed on 13th August 2023.
  53. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=358717190972990&set=gm.857116324306372, accessed on 13th August 2023.
  54. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=1479767825400983&set=pcb.1638734829477847, accessed on 13th August 2023.
  55. https://m.facebook.com/groups/674238619260811/permalink/3082152125136103, accessed on 27th July 2023.
  56. https://m.facebook.com/groups/674238619260811/permalink/10092979834053262, accessed on 6th August 2023.
  57. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=347844735393569&set=gm.843475365670468, accessed on 13th August 2023.
  58. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=350260361818673&set=gm.846144078736930, accessed on 13th August 2023.
  59. Many of the photographs taken by A.J.B. Dodd which appear in this article were first found on various Facebook Groups. A number were supplied direct by Mike Dodd, A.J.B. Dodd’s son who curates the photographs taken by his father. Particular thanks are expressed to Mike Dodd for entering into email correspondence about all of these photographs and for his generous permission to use them in this article.
  60. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=52.70068&lon=-2.41423&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th November 2023.
  61. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=52.70461&lon=-2.42072&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th November 2023.
  62. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=52.70305&lon=-2.42863&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th November 2023.
  63. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=52.70097&lon=-2.42826&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th November 2023.
  64. https://m.facebook.com/groups/674238619260811/permalink/2779688992049086, accessed on 5th December 2023.
  65. https://scontent.fbhx4-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.18169-9/21761420_10203764899078501_3636312693064153721_n.jpg?_nc_cat=110&ccb=1-7&_nc_sid=bd3046&_nc_ohc=TLTiCmZZExAAX9QiWM3&_nc_ht=scontent.fbhx4-1.fna&oh=00_AfAbhEAgGsk80Y8ua6NY6gjhnURjRZb13stK8S9bW6AjoA&oe=6597E1D8, accessed on 6th December 2023.
  66. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=52.70257&lon=-2.43263&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th November 2023.
  67. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=52.70171&lon=-2.43735&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th November 2023.
  68. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=10155782408243862&set=gm.1710808045681477, accessed on 8th December 2023.
  69. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=52.70034&lon=-2.44258&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th November 2023.
  70. https://scontent.fbhx4-2.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.6435-9/201482784_10158311988498862_4566373800303848415_n.jpg?stp=dst-jpg_p180x540&_nc_cat=106&ccb=1-7&_nc_sid=bd3046&_nc_ohc=yHmKg6jHVdcAX_Cs0Fv&_nc_ht=scontent.fbhx4-2.fna&oh=00_AfDnT7hKAayk2GcdynEjVb0-CbVhrKLewE2PkgsvTXFPjg&oe=659A7442, accessed on 8th December 2023.
  71. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=10156158070314890&set=pcb.1586941058068177, accessed on 11th January 2024.
  72. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=52.69896&lon=-2.43963&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th November 2023.
  73. https://www.facebook.com/groups/261490703946559/permalink/5921967501232156, accessed on 7th November 2023.
  74. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=10156229799958862&set=gm.2010423612386584, accessed on 11th January 2024.
  75. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=52.69906&lon=-2.44501&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th November 2023.
  76. D. Bradshaw and S.C. Jenkins; Rails around Oakengates; in Steam Days No. 283, March 2013, p165-179.
  77. https://scontent.fbhx4-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t31.18172-8/29352389_10156155183739890_3408729237109418941_o.jpg?_nc_cat=110&ccb=1-7&_nc_sid=3ba11c&_nc_ohc=NI9fQJlGVl8AX8MQqOk&_nc_ht=scontent.fbhx4-1.fna&oh=00_AfDMKjsidvIGKui1zGj0rpgAYGJpE596uwZCBljaVGyhTA&oe=65C343AA, accessed on 8th January 2024.
  78. https://m.facebook.com/groups/261490703946559/permalink/3559120847516845, accessed on 4th January 2024.
  79. https://scontent.fbhx4-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t31.18172-8/1655808_1425186684388540_656137306_o.jpg?_nc_cat=110&ccb=1-7&_nc_sid=bd3046&_nc_ohc=VZiU88xJa_sAX8eqOIg&_nc_ht=scontent.fbhx4-1.fna&oh=00_AfByQtLEzkvqCA7hZqxr4gvZUadwmfRB0hCPQQVgrGsLzQ&oe=659AAC33, accessed on 8th December 2023.
  80. https://www.britainfromabove.org.uk/image/EAW013748, accessed on 7th January 2024.
  81. https://m.facebook.com/groups/261490703946559/permalink/1846594735436140/, accessed on 6th January 2024.
  82. https://m.facebook.com/groups/261490703946559/permalink/3868350286593898, accessed on 6th January 2024.
  83. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=52.69531&lon=-2.44638&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th November 2023.
  84. https://www.britainfromabove.org.uk/image/EAW013746, accessed on 6th January 2024.
  85. https://www.britainfromabove.org.uk/image/EAW013747, accessed on 6th January 2024.
  86. https://www.britainfromabove.org.uk/image/EAW013748, accessed on 7th January 2024.
  87. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=52.69185&lon=-2.44694&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th November 2023.
  88. https://www.britainfromabove.org.uk/image/EAW013752, accessed on 7th January 2024.
  89. https://www.britainfromabove.org.uk/image/EAW013782, accessed on 7th January 2024.
  90. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=52.68980&lon=-2.44738&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th November 2023.
  91. https://www.facebook.com/groups/261490703946559/permalink/1631467146948901. accessed on 7th November 2023.
  92. https://scontent.fbhx4-2.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t1.18169-9/12249708_10153234847943862_2405376747380940551_n.jpg?_nc_cat=101&ccb=1-7&_nc_sid=bd3046&_nc_ohc=PTpPZUncF0oAX_zR0kT&_nc_ht=scontent.fbhx4-2.fna&oh=00_AfDmxW2EgzwA0skHXQQQicuFeBEC0U9pehtSXasn-aUj7w&oe=65C345CA, accessed on 8th January 2024.
  93. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=52.68525&lon=-2.44187&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th January 2024.
  94. https://scontent.fbhx4-1.fna.fbcdn.net/v/t31.18172-8/23926176_1960058820984785_764665039428004773_o.jpg?_nc_cat=111&ccb=1-7&_nc_sid=bd3046&_nc_ohc=ZkPn9C3jrwsAX_zb32j&_nc_ht=scontent.fbhx4-1.fna&oh=00_AfAjCyq1hFT5gGcqA3z3JR4rQhMnvTqdrOd-860xljNpxQ&oe=65C3663D, accessed on 8th January 2024.
  95. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=1404096642968102&set=gm.1211545145607772, accessed on 8th January 2024.
  96. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=2886679371376481&set=pcb.3555775264440451, accessed on 8th January 2024.
  97. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=10156905402433862&set=pcb.2505678986194375, accessed on 8th January 2024.
  98. https://maps.nls.uk/view/121150313, accessed on 8th January 2024.
  99. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=52.67930&lon=-2.42607&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th January 2024.
  100. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=52.67956&lon=-2.43844&layers=168&b=1, accessed on 8th January 2024.
  101. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=1853495224694906&set=pcb.2089170144434311, accessed on 9th January 2024.
  102. https://m.facebook.com/groups/674238619260811/permalink/1059102267441109, accessed on 11th January 2024.
  103. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=2438789446357223&set=pcb.3267701209914526, accessed on 11th January 2024.
  104. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=10155141661473862&set=oa.1468997059862578https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=10156229799958862&set=gm.2010423612386584, accessed on 11th January 2024.
  105. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=10158161361783862&set=gm.3745067428922185, accessed on 9th January 2024.
  106. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=10156155205514890&set=pcb.1585964188165864https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=10156229799958862&set=gm.2010423612386584, accessed on 11th January 2024.
  107. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=10158258749094890&set=pcb.2971873616241574https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=10156229799958862&set=gm.2010423612386584, accessed on 11th January 2024.
  108. https://live.staticflickr.com/65535/51177462289_cd07c79ac4_b.jpg, accessed on 2nd October 2025.
  109. https://revolutiontrains.com/category/locomotives/hunslet-0-6-0dh, accessed on 2nd October 2025.
  110. https://revolutiontrains.com/category/locomotives/hunslet-0-6-0dh, accessed on 3rd October 2025.

The Stockton & Darlington Railway

On 27th September 2025 we marked the bicentenary of the Stockton & Darlington Railway which is accepted the world over as one of the most significant developments in the history of railways, the precursor of all that was to follow in the development of railway networks throughout the world. That day, Locomotion No. 1 (a replica appears in the featured image above) pulled a long train along the Stockton and Darlington Railway. …………

The logo for the series of events across the country to mark this significant anniversary. [46]

Andrew Wilson, writing in 2002, said that the Stockton & Darlington Railway (S&DR) “was incorporated in 1821. With the line from Stockton to Shildon opening on 27th September 1825. The S&DR became the world’s first steam-operated railway, although passenger services were initially horse-drawn; regular steam-powered passenger services commenced in 1833. In 1843 the line was extended to Bishop Auckland, and Barnard Castle was reached in 1856. Additional lines were soon planned, and one of these the South Durham & Lancashire Union Railway sought to link Bishop Auckland and Tebay so that coke from the Durham coalfields could be easily moved to the Furness ironworks, and iron-ore moved back to Cleveland.” [1: p13]

The Institution of Civil Engineers says that “The Stockton and Darlington Railway (S&DR) was the first passenger railway to use steam trains to transport passengers.” [4] The Company started operations at the end of September 1825 and was eventually taken over by the North Eastern Railway in 1863 when “it consisted of 200 route miles (320km) and around 160 locomotives.” [4]

Network Rail says: “On 27th September 1825, the world’s first passenger train, hauled by George Stephenson’s Locomotion No.1, carried more than 400 people along the Stockton and Darlington Railway. The landmark event drew crowds of up to 40,000 people and marked the birth of modern passenger train travel.” [46]

Darren Caplan, chief executive of trade body the Railway Industry Association, said: “It is hard to overstate the benefits that the railway has brought, and continues to bring, not just to the UK, but also globally, since 1825. Rail networks don’t just keep people connected, they also play a crucial role in spurring economic growth, creating jobs, boosting sustainability, and bringing together local communities.” [46]

The Encyclopedia Brittanica speaks of the S&DR as “first railway in the world to operate freight and passenger services with steam traction.” [6]

The Friends of the Stockton & Darlington Railway say that the S&DR “demonstrated to the wider world that such a railway could be a technical and financial success. The S&DR made possible the railways that were to follow such as the Liverpool & Manchester Railway. … It was therefore the birthplace of the modern railways that we know today.” [5]

Asked, ‘What’s so special about the S&DR?’ Neil Hammond, the Chair of the Friends of the Stockton & Darlington Railway, said, “We would argue that it’s the railway that got the world on track.” [7]

J. S. Jeans, writing in 1875, somewhat effusively called the S&DR, “the greatest idea of modern times.” [9] (His book appears in the adjacent image.)

According to Hammond, the S&DR, for the first time, brought together various elements of engineering and ideas for what a railway could be, which gave the rest of the world a blueprint for how to build a recognisably modern railway. Anthony Coulls of the National Railway Museum said that, “It set the DNA for the railway system.” [7]

From the outset, it was much more than just a way of conveying coal, unlike many of the other early railways. Transport of other goods and regular passenger services were intrinsic to its operation and purpose. “It used a combination of horses, stationary steam engines and steam-powered locomotives to pull wagons along its 26 miles, from the coalfields of County Durham to the port on the River Tees at Stockton, via the then-village of Shildon and market town of Darlington. Signalling systems, timetables and the idea of stations were all developed by the S&DR.” [7]

While there had been earlier wooden waggonways, metal plateways and the use of steam engines, it was the coming together of engineering excellence with the motivation, vision and financial backing, mainly from Darlington’s Quaker families, in particular Edward Pease, which made the S&DR a significant milestone in the creation of what we now think of as the modern railway system. It required business people to recognise the potential role of the railway for communities and businesses beyond the mineral industries and to invest in a service that anyone (the public) could buy into and make use of. In return, unlike earlier mineral waggonways, the rail infrastructure would be a permanent fixture with a regular service linking populated areas and so attract additional businesses and industries resulting in population growth and movement. … By 1830, the S&DR was already a network of main and branch lines and had demonstrated to others building railways elsewhere in the UK and abroad, the model of a permanent, profitable steam powered public railway.” [8]

Coulls said that “Engineers travelled from across Britain and the world to see the the railway in action, to replicate its successes and learn from its mistakes. Bigger railways, such as the Manchester to Liverpool line, followed soon after and within a decade there was a global ‘railway mania’, akin to the rapid development and impact of the internet in the 20th Century.” [7]

He continued: “The S&DR was not the first railway and it was rapidly eclipsed. But it proved the practicality of the steam locomotive pulling trains over long distances.” [7]

There have been quite a number of detractors over the years and questions have been raised about the true place of the S&DR in railway history. As Coulls said, “it was not the first railway and it was rapidly eclipsed.” [7]

What we do know is that at least 400 people (maybe 600) travelled by train on the Stockton and Darlington Railway on 27th September 1825 and we know that around 40,000 people turned up to witness the event. [46] What is it that makes that event remarkable enough to be seen as the moment that the modern railway was born?

Lets first, make sure that we have understood the story on the Stockton & Darlington Railway Company: …

A Short History of the Stockton & Darlington Railway

Coal Reserves in Co. Durham

Coalfields in the United Kingdom in the 19th century. [103]

The Durham Coalfield is continuous with the Northumberland Coalfield to its North. It extends from Bishop Auckland in the South to the boundary with the county of Northumberland along the River Tyne in the North, beyond which is the Northumberland Coalfield. [106]

The two contiguous coalfield areas were often referred to as the Durham and Northumberland Coalfield(s) or as the Great Northern Coalfield. [108]

Three major ‘measures’ of Coal exist(ed) in the Durham Coalfield:

Upper (Youngest) Coal Measures: Hylton Castle Seam. [103]
Middle Coal Measures: Dean, Hebburn Fell, Usworth, Ryhope Five-Quarter, Ryhope Little, High Main, Metal, Five-Quarter, Main, Maudlin, Durham Low Main; Brass Thill, and Hutton Seams. [103]
Lower (Oldest) Coal Measures: Harvey, Tilley, Busty, Three-Quarter, Brockwell, Victoria, Marshall Green and Ganister Clay Seams. [103]

A closer focus on the Durham Coalfield: from a pamphlet printed by the National Coal Board in the 1950s, courtesy of ‘Mining History UK’, www.mhuk.org.uk. [106]
Early Collieries tended to be sited as close as possible to major rivers. This is true of the Durham Coalfield – along both the Tyne and the Wear. The Tees appears bottom-right in this sketch map and was outside the extent of the Durham coalfield. [104]
The Durham Coalfield: showing the mining areas developed before 1800. Proximity to river courses was paramount in keeping transport costs as low as possible. It is noticeable again that the River Tees and Stockton and Darlington were well outside the coalfield to the South. [104]
This drawing highlights the extended areas of coal mining in 1800-1825 and 1825-1850. The areas concerned remain significantly to the North of the River Tees (and, indeed, Darlington and Stockton). [104]
A cross-section of the Coalfield looking North. [104]

THe UK was the first country to develop its coal resources to any appreciable extent. The Durham Coalfield was among the first to be worked. The initiative came largely from the Bishops of Durham. The accounts of the See of Durham between 1274-1345 include a reference to the profits of the Bishop’s coalmines. By the middle of the fourteenth century mining had become well established at Whickham and Gateshead on the south side of the Tyne. “In 1366-1367 coal from Winlaton was bought by Edward III for the works at Windsor Castle. Coalpits were also in operation at Ferryhill, Hett and Lanchester before 1350. However, the cheapness of transport enjoyed by the pits close to the rivers gave them a big advantage and even at the beginning of the seventeenth century, almost all the large collieries were along the Tyne. Development of the Wear valley reserves led to the increasing importance of Sunderland as an exporting port, and by the time of the Civil War, the town had become, next to Newcastle, the biggest centre of the trade in the British Isles. The growth in the trade from the Tyne was phenomenal. In the year ended at Michaelmas, 1564, almost 33,000 tons of coal were shipped from Newcastle: in 1685, the tonnage was 616,000 almost 19 times as much.” [106]

Development of the industry in South Durham did not lag much behind the rest of the County. “As far back as the fourteenth century, part of the Bishopric of Durham south of Bishop Auckland was being successfully worked for coal. The Upper Wear Valley between Durham City and Bishop Auckland was in the Middle Ages the most populous part of the county because of the lead mines in the district. The coal consumed came from small workings sprinkled all through the valley and J. U. Nef, in his book ‘The Rise of the British Coal Industry’, estimates that by the middle of the seventeenth century there must have been twenty or thirty pits within an area of about 150 square miles. Every manor of any size had its own pits.” [106]

In more recent times, production from the Durham coal mines increased from about 26 million tons in 1877 to the highest recorded figure of almost 56 million tons in 1913. Just after the 1st World War there were 170,000 miners at work in the Durham coalfields. Since then, however, production has declined significantly. By the late 20th century production, with the closure of mines during the middle years of the century, production fell rapidly. The last mine in the Durham Coalfield closed in 1994. [107] The last in the Northumberland Coalfield (Ellington Colliery) closed in 2005. [108]

A few things to note:-

  • Coal Output – according to Sunnyside Local History Society, prior to the introduction of tramroads and then railways the combined output of the Northumberland and Durham coalfields was around 2,000,000 tons of coal per annum. [109] By 1850, the output was around 5,800,000 tons. By 1865, the coal exported from the combined coalfield was about 6,400,000 tons per annum. The railways and, prior to them, the tramroads enabled this dramatic increase, markedly increasing productivity and reducing costs. [110]
  • The location of Darlington and Stockton – both are some distance outside the Durham Coalfield. It is reasonable to ask what it was that meant that a railway route via Darlington to Stockton on the River Tees was considered to be the best route for the export of coal from the Southwest area of the coalfield. In practical terms, although the River Wear penetrated the Durham Coalfield close to the deposits in the Southwest, it was not navigable for much of its length. This meant that the distance to the port at Stockton (where the Tees was navigable) was shorter than the distance to Sunderland. The coal that was produced in the Southwest of the coalfield was either for local use or travelled by pack horse routes across the higher ground between the River Wear and the River Tees, or were carted on poorly surfaced roads to Stockton. It was natural, therefore to look to improve the route already used, rather than seek out significantly different alternative routes to the North and East. Landowners in the Southwest of the coalfield would only be able to exploit the coal reserves under their land once an economically sustainable transport method could be devised.
  • Pack horses – could carry about an eighth of a ton each. [111]
  • Tramroads – dramatically increased the capacity which a single horse could pull, from around 1 ton over uneven and poorly maintained roads to around 10 tons/horse. The problem, in the early 1800s, was to cost of horses and fodder. The Napoleonic Wars resulted in a dramatic increase in the cost of fodder and horses became more scarce as a result of the demands made by the wars. Landowners needed cheaper ways to transport coal to the ports for onward transport to London and the South. [112]
  • Canals – a number of different schemes were considered but foundered because of cost or the level differences involved in reach mines in the Pennine hills. If viable, they would have dramatically increased the load which could be pulled by one horse to as much as 30 tons! [111]
  • Steam railways – initially saw the amount of freight carried as 80 tons/locomotive (the amount pulled by Locomotion No. 1 on its inaugural trip on the Stockton and Darlington Railway). [113] And would go on to be able to move 100s of tons in single trains as the technology improved.

The Development of the Stockton & Darlington Railway

Until the 19th century, coal from the inland mines in southern County Durham used to be taken away on packhorses. Then later by horse-drawn carts as the roads were improved. [47]

A number of canal schemes failed.

Promoters included George Dixon, John Rennie, James Bradley and Robert Whitworth. [117]

The River Tees was straightened in the early 19th century through the creation of two cuts, the Mandale Cut (1810 – 220 yards long, saving over 2 miles of journey) and the Portrack Cut (1831 – 700 yards long), significantly improving access to Stockton’s port. [47]

Also in the early 19th century, another canal was proposed to take coal from the mines in the Southwest of Co. Durham to Stockton. The proposed route bypassed Yarm and Darlington and the scheme was resisted by Edward Pease and Jonathan Backhouse, both of Darlington. [47] It was at a meeting held in Yarm to oppose the construction of the canal that a tramroad was proposed. [48: p16] The Welsh engineer George Overton advised building a tramroad. He carried out a survey [49: p45-47] and planned a route from the Etherley and Witton Collieries to Shildon, and then passing to the north of Darlington to reach Stockton. The Scottish engineer Robert Stevenson was said to favour the railway, and the Quaker Edward Pease supported it at a public meeting in Darlington on 13th November 1818, promising a five per cent return on investment. [48: p16-17][49: p55 & 63] Approximately two-thirds of the shares were sold locally, and the rest were bought by Quakers nationally. [50: p33, 52, 79–80, 128][51][52][53: p223] A private bill was presented to Parliament in March 1819, but as the route passed through Earl of Eldon’s estate and one of the Earl of Darlington’s fox coverts, it was opposed and defeated by 13 votes. [11][54]

This plan, drawn by George Stephenson shows the original tramroad proposed by George Overton and George Stephenson’s own proposals for a railway. [118]

The first submission of a bill for what became the Stockton & Darlington Railway was deferred because of the death of George III. A revised bill was submitted on 30th September 1820. The route had to avoid the lands of Lord Darlington and Viscount Barrington. [49: p64-67][54]

The railway was unopposed this time, but the bill nearly failed to enter the committee stage as the required four-fifths of shares had not been sold. Pease subscribed £7,000; from that time he had considerable influence over the railway and it became known as “the Quaker line”. The Stockton and Darlington Railway Act 1821 (1 & 2 Geo. 4. c. xliv), which received royal assent on 19th April 1821, allowed for a railway that could be used by anyone with suitably built vehicles on payment of a toll, that was closed at night, and with which land owners within 5 miles (8 km) could build branches and make junctions;[49: p70][50: p37] no mention was made of steam locomotives. [48: p19][54]

What does seem significant, with the benefit of hindsight, is the way that this new railway initiated the construction of more railway lines, causing significant developments in railway mapping and cartography, iron and steel manufacturing, as well as in any industries requiring more efficient transportation. The railway(s) produced a demand for railway related supplies while simultaneously providing the mechanisms which brought significant economies of scale and logistics to many manufacturers and businesses [54][56][57]

This graph shows just how significant industrial growth was in the period before 1870 The vertical scale is logarithmic and we are focussing only on the period from 1800 to 1870. Each element of the industrial economy is set to a value of 100 in the year 1700. By 1800 the metals and mining sector had grown to 4.6 times its value in 1700, by 1870 it had risen to 618 times the 1700 value. The very rapid rise is due primarily to improvements in technology of which the railways were a dominant part. [119]
Edward Pease and George Stephenson, (c) Public Domain.

Edward Pease (1767-1858) was the chief inspiration and founder of the S&DR, in choosing a railway rather than a canal, in promoting its route, via Darlington, and adopting steam locomotive power.” [58: p13] Edward Pease had some concerns about George Overton’s competence in respect of railway construction. He turned to George Stephenson who had proven himself to be an excellent engine-wright at the Killingworth collieries, for advice. [54] In addition, Pease invested £7,000 (as much as £750,000 today) of his own money to overcome cashflow problems

A early share certificate (1823) for the Stockton and Darlington Railway. [127]

Pease also undertook, with fellow Quakers, what was perhaps the first targeted national sale of shares. They sought a wider involvement in share ownership beyond those immediately involved with their project.

On 12th May 1821 the shareholders appointed Thomas Meynell as chairman and Jonathan Backhouse as treasurer; a majority of the managing committee, which included Thomas Richardson, Edward Pease and his son Joseph Pease, were Quakers. The committee designed a seal, showing waggons being pulled by a horse, and adopted the Latin motto Periculum privatum utilitas publica (“At private risk for public service”).[49: p73][50: p184] By 23rd July 1821, it had decided that the line would be a railway with edge rails, rather than a plateway, and appointed Stephenson to make a fresh survey of the line, [49: p74][54]

The Seal of the Stockton & Darlington Railway Co. © Public Domain. [49: p73][55]

The seal of the railway company was designed in 1821. It is clear that, at that time at least, the planned railway was not intended for steam propulsion or passenger use.

The Latin motto is Periculum privatum utilitas publica (At private risk for public service). [54]

Stephenson recommended using malleable iron rails, even though he owned a share of the patent for cast iron rails. Malleable iron rails formed about 65% of the railway but cast iron rails were used at junctions and on the remainder of the line. [4][59: p74][60]

By the end of 1821, Stephenson “had reported that a usable line could be built within the bounds of the Act of Parliament, but another route would be shorter by 3 miles (5 km) and avoid deep cuttings and tunnels.” [48: p20]

Overton had kept himself available, but had no further involvement and the shareholders elected Stephenson [as] Engineer on 22nd January 1822, with a salary of £660 per year. [49: p79-80] On 23rd May 1822 a ceremony in Stockton celebrated the laying of the first track at St John’s Well, the rails 4 ft 8 in (1,422 mm) apart, [61] the same gauge used by Stephenson on his Killingworth Railway.” [48: p20][54] This was altered to 4 ft 8½ in to reduce binding on curves. [120: p19]

Stephenson advocated the use of steam locomotives on the line. [48: p19] Pease visited Killingworth in mid-1822 [62: p154] and the directors visited Hetton colliery railway, on which Stephenson had introduced steam locomotives. [49: p83] A new bill was presented, requesting Stephenson’s deviations from the original route and the use of “locomotives or moveable engines”, and this received royal assent on 23rd May 1823 as the Stockton and Darlington Railway Act 1823 (4 Geo. 4. c. xxxiii).[49: p85-86] The line included embankments up to 48 feet (15 m) high, and Stephenson designed an iron truss bridge to cross the River Gaunless. The Skerne Bridge over the River Skerne was designed by the Durham architect Ignatius Bonomi.” [59: p75][65][54] George Stephenson’s bridge over the Gaunless suffered flood damage and had to be rebuilt – the directors of the railway company instructed Stephenson to consult Bonomi about the construction of Skerne Bridge – Bonomi designed a stone arch bridge, with a single arch spanning the river and two smaller flood arches over the paths either side. Bonomi’s bridge is still in use today. “Being the oldest railway bridge in continuous use in the world, it is a Grade I listed building.” [68]

Stephenson’s Iron Bridge across the River Gaunless, © Public Domain, first published in The Engineer in 1875, and published as detailed above in 1915 by William W. Tomlinson. [49: p107].
A victorian photograph of George Stephenson’s bridge over the River Gaunless, © Public Domain. [102]
A watercolour from the 1825 journal of the Revd John Skinner showing Skerne Bridge as originally built. The Revd John Skinner was touring the North-East of England in August 1825, and sketched the newly-built railway bridge that carried the Stockton and Darlington Railway over the River Skerne. This is the only known image of the bridge in as-built condition; all later images (even those purporting to portray the opening day in September 1825) show the bridge with strengthening buttresses, which were were added in 1829, © Public Domain (British Library Add MS 33684 f. 89). [69]
Skerne Bridge seen from the South in May 2021. The oldest railway bridge in continuous use in the world. The centre section is the original stone arch built for the Stockton and Darlington Railway in 1825; the curved flanking walls were added later to strengthen it. The bridge was also widened on the north side; this was later removed, leaving only the piers beside the original bridge, © Verbarson and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [70]

By 1823, Stephenson and Pease had opened Robert Stephenson and Company, a locomotive works at Forth Street, Newcastle, from which the following year the S&DR ordered two steam locomotives and two stationary engines. [49: p95-96][54]

This highlights another way in which the S&DR was very much of its time and looked different from a modern railway: It only used locomotives (or horses) on the level sections of the line. Inclines were operated by a combination of gravity and steam-power from stationary engines.

On 16th September 1825, with the stationary engines in place, the first locomotive, ‘Locomotion No. 1’, left the works, and the following day it was advertised that the railway would open on 27th September 1825.” [49: p105][54]

The Opening of the Line

Wikipedia tells us that “the cost of building the railway had greatly exceeded the estimates. By September 1825, the company had borrowed £60,000 in short-term loans and needed to start earning an income to ward off its creditors. A railway coach, named Experiment, [71] arrived on the evening of 26th September 1825 and was attached to Locomotion No. 1, which had been placed on the rails for the first time at Aycliffe Lane station following the completion of its journey by road from Newcastle earlier that same day. Pease, Stephenson and other members of the committee then made an experimental journey to Darlington before taking the locomotive and coach to Shildon in preparation for the opening day, with James Stephenson, George’s elder brother, at the controls. [49: p105-106] On 27th September, between 7 am and 8 am, 12 waggons of coal [74] were drawn up Etherley North Bank by a rope attached to the stationary engine at the top, and then let down the South Bank to St Helen’s Auckland. A waggon of flour bags was attached and horses hauled the train across the Gaunless Bridge to the bottom of Brusselton West Bank, where thousands watched the second stationary engine draw the train up the incline. The train was let down the East Bank to Mason’s Arms Crossing at Shildon Lane End, where Locomotion No. 1, Experiment and 21 new coal waggons fitted with seats were waiting.” [49: p109-110]

The opening train of the Stockton and Darlington Railway crosses Skerne Bridge. The bridge drawn here is actually the later version of the bridge with pilasters, buttresses and wingwalls which were not part of Bonomi’s original design, © Public Domain. [67: p192]

Between 450 and 600 people travelled behind Locomotion No. 1, most in empty waggons but some on top of waggons full of coal. Wikipedia tells us that “brakesmen were placed between the waggons, and the train set off, led by a man on horseback with a flag. It picked up speed on the gentle downward slope and reached 10 to 12 miles per hour (16 to 19 km/h), leaving behind men on field hunters (horses) who had tried to keep up with the procession. The train stopped when the waggon carrying the company surveyors and engineers lost a wheel; the waggon was left behind and the train continued. The train stopped again, this time for 35 minutes to repair the locomotive and the train set off again, reaching 15 mph (24 km/h) before it was welcomed by an estimated 10,000 people as it came to a stop at the Darlington branch junction. Eight and a half miles (14 km) had been covered in two hours, and subtracting the 55 minutes accounted by the two stops, it had travelled at an average speed of 8 mph (13 km/h). Six waggons of coal were distributed to the poor, workers stopped for refreshments and many of the passengers from Brusselton alighted at Darlington, to be replaced by others.” [49: p110-112][54][59: p85]

The opening of the Stockton & Darlington Railway on 27th September 1825, a painting by John Dobbin, © Public Domain. [77]

Wikipedia continues: “Two waggons for the Yarm Band were attached, and at 12:30 pm the locomotive started for Stockton, now hauling 31 vehicles with 550 passengers. On the 5 miles (8 km) of nearly level track east of Darlington the train struggled to reach more than 4 mph (6.4 km/h). At Eaglescliffe near Yarm crowds waited for the train to cross the Stockton to Yarm turnpike. Approaching Stockton, running alongside the turnpike as it skirted the western edge of Preston Park, it gained speed and reached 15 mph (24 km/h) again, before a man clinging to the outside of a waggon fell off and his foot was crushed by the following vehicle. As work on the final section of track to Stockton’s quayside was still ongoing, the train halted at the temporary passenger terminus at St John’s Well 3 hours, 7 minutes after leaving Darlington. The opening ceremony was considered a success and that evening 102 people sat down to a celebratory dinner at the Town Hall.” [49: p112-114]

The story of the opening day illustrates effectively that the line was not hauled throughout by steam locomotives and relied significantly on stationary steam engines for managing movements on steep inclines.

Early Days

The railway that opened in September 1825 was 25 miles (40 km) long and ran from Phoenix Pit, Old Etherley Colliery, to Cottage Row, Stockton; there was also a 1⁄2 mile (800 m) branch to the depot at Darlington, 1⁄2 mile (800 m) of the Hagger Leases branch, and a 3⁄4 mile (1,200 m) branch to Yarm. [49: p106] Most of the track used 28 pounds per yard (13.9 kg/m) malleable iron rails, and 4 miles (6.4 km) of 57 1⁄2 lb/yd (28.5 kg/m) cast iron rails were used for junctions.” [49: p89-90][54][79] To put this in context, modern railway rails typically weigh between 40 to 70 kg/m (88 to 154 lb/yd), with heavier rails used for higher speeds and axle loads. In Europe, a common range is 40 to 60 kg/m, while in North America, it’s more common to see rails in the 55 to 70kg/m (115 to 154 lb/yd) range. The heaviest mass-produced rail was 77.5 kg/m (171 lb/yd). [78][79][80]

The full length of the Stockton & Darlington Railway in 1827 – modern railways are shown as red lines. [54][81]

The S&DR was “single track with four passing loops per mile; [48: p27] square sleepers supported each rail separately so that horses could walk between them. [59: p74] Stone was used for the sleepers to the west of Darlington and oak to the east; Stephenson would have preferred all of them to have been stone, but the transport cost was too high as they were quarried in the Auckland area. [49: p91] The railway opened with the company owing money and unable to raise further loans; Pease advanced money twice early in 1826 so the workers could be paid. By August 1827 the company had paid its debts and was able to raise more money; that month the Black Boy branch opened and construction began on the Croft and Hagger Leases branches. During 1827, shares rose from £120 at the start to £160 at the end.” [49: p138-140][54] Horses could haul up to four waggons. Dandy Waggons were introduced in mid-1828. A Dandy Waggon “was a small cart at the end of the train that carried the horse downhill, allowing it to rest while the train descended under gravity. The S&DR made their use compulsory from November 1828.” [48: p27][49: p154-156][54]

The line was initially used to carry coal to Darlington and Stockton, carrying 10,000 tons [82] in the first three months and earning nearly £2,000. In Stockton, the price of coal dropped from 18 to 12 shillings, and by the beginning of 1827 was … 8s 6d.[49: p117, 119] At first, the drivers had been paid a daily wage, but after February 1826 they were paid 1⁄4d per ton per mile; from this they had to pay assistants and fireman and to buy coal for the locomotive. [49: p132] The 1821 Act of Parliament had received opposition from the owners of collieries on the River Wear who supplied London and feared competition, and it had been necessary to restrict the rate for transporting coal destined for ships to 1⁄2d per ton per mile, which had been assumed would make the business uneconomic. There was interest from London for 100,000 tons a year, so the company began investigations in September 1825. In January 1826, the first staith opened at Stockton, designed so waggons over a ship’s hold could discharge coal from the bottom. [49: p120-121] About 18,500 tons of coal was transported to ships in the year ending June 1827, and this increased to over 52,000 tons the following year, 44.5% of the total carried.” [49: p136][54]

Locomotives

The locomotives were unreliable at first. Soon after opening, Locomotion No. 1 broke a wheel, and it was not ready for traffic until 12th or 13th October; Hope, the second locomotive, arrived in November 1825 but needed a week to ready it for the line – the cast-iron wheels were a source of trouble. [49: p118-119, 142] Two more locomotives of a similar design arrived in 1826; that August, 16s 9d was spent on ale to motivate the men maintaining the engines. [49: p118-119, 142] By the end of 1827, the company had also bought Chittaprat from Robert Wilson and Experiment from Stephenson. Timothy Hackworth, locomotive superintendent, used the boiler from the unsuccessful Chittaprat to build the Royal George in the works at Shildon; it started work at the end of November.” [49: p116, 142-143][54] A drawing of the Royal George appears below.

The boiler was a plain cylinder 13 ft. long and 4 ft. 4 in. in diameter. There were six coupled wheels 4 feet in diameter, and the cylinders, which were placed vertically at the end opposite to the fire place, were 11″ diameter, the stroke of the piston being 20 inches. The piston rods worked downward and were connected to the first pair of wheels. [122]

Problems with the locomotives may have seen the railway reverting to the use of horses but for the fact that Pease and Thomas Richardson were partners with Stephenson in the Newcastle works. Locomotives were clearly superior to horses when they were working. In his book, Tomlinson showed that coal was being moved by locomotive at half the cost of using horses. Rolt could not imagine the company reverting to horses. [83] Robert Young states that the company was unsure as to the real costs as they reported to shareholders in 1828 that the saving using locomotives was 30 per cent. Young also showed that Pease and Richardson were both concerned about their investment in the Newcastle works and Pease unsuccessfully tried to sell his share to George Stephenson. [50: p61-63][54][84]

New locomotives were ordered from Stephenson’s, but the first was too heavy when it arrived in February 1828. It was rebuilt with six wheels and hailed as a great improvement, Hackworth being told to convert the remaining locomotives as soon as possible. In 1828, two locomotive boilers exploded within four months, both killing the driver and both due to the safety valves being left fixed down while the engine was stationary.” [49: p146-148][54]

Hackworth redesigned locomotive wheels – cast-iron wheels used to fracture too easily. His solution was the first use of “a system of cast iron wheel with a wrought iron tyre shrunk on. The wheels were made up in parts because the lathes in the Shildon workshops were too small to turn up the rims when fixed upon the axle. They were dotted with plug holes to ensure sound castings and reduce unnecessary weight. This new wheel type was very efficient and so was used on nearly every engine on the S&DR and on other railways for many years.” [124: p157-8][125: p30].

He designed the spring safety valve. He perfected the blast pipe and again it was to be used on many engines subsequently. Perhaps the most important invention was the blast pipe which ensured that boiler pressure was always maintained; thus curing the lack of steam found in Stephenson’s earlier engines.

Hackworth lagged Royal George’s boiler with strips of mahogany to insulate it. “Royal George” was built for coal traffic and so was designed to be strong and with good tractive adhesion suitable in all weathers and the blast pipe doubled the amount of useful work [it] could do.” [124: p228]. The ‘blast pipe’ discharged exhaust steam through a converging nozzle blast pipe in the chimney, greatly increasing combustion intensity and steam production.

The S&DR was designed to be operated by travelling locomotive and through the skills of Timothy Hackworth, it was here that the locomotive engine became reliable and efficient. Through his work for the S&DR, confidence in the use of locomotives was gradually built up so that other embryonic railway companies were also prepared to embark on their use. By the time the Liverpool and Manchester line opened in 1830 the S&DR had 12 locomotives and by 1832 it had 19.” [125: p2]

The surviving documentation suggests that without Hackworth’s promotion of the locomotive and his key developments such as the plug wheel and blast pipe which allowed the practical and ultimately successful implementation of locomotive power on the S&DR for all to see, then the railways that followed would have significantly delayed the use of travelling locomotives. Hackworth cast enough doubt in the Director’s minds of the Liverpool & Manchester Railway about the dangers and short comings of rope pulled inclines, that they organised the Rainhill Trials only months before opening in order to test the power and efficiency of various locomotives. … From 1828 when the locomotives were proven technology (thanks to Hackworth’s design of the Royal George the previous year), there was a growth in locomotive engineering companies in England, and by 1830, also in America and France.” [125: p3]

“Perhaps there was no man in the whole engineering world more prepared for the time in which he lived. He was a man of great inventive ability, great courage in design, and most daring in its application…” (The Auckland Chronicle, 29th April 1876 referring to Timothy Hackworth)

Passengers

Wikipedia tells us that “passenger traffic started on 10th October 1825, after the required licence was purchased, using the Experiment coach hauled by a horse. The coach was initially timetabled to travel from Stockton to Darlington in two hours, with a fare of 1s, and made a return journey four days a week and a one-way journey on Tuesdays and Saturdays. In April 1826, the operation of the coach was contracted for £200 a year; by then the timetabled journey time had been reduced to 1 hour 15 minutes, and passengers were allowed to travel on the outside for 9d. A more comfortable coach, Express, started the same month and charged 1s 6d for travel inside. [49: p122-126] Innkeepers began running coaches, two to Shildon from July, and The Union, which served the Yarm branch from 16th October. [49: p126-127] There were no stations: [87: p117] in Darlington the coaches picked up passengers near the North Road Crossing, whereas in Stockton they picked up at different places on the quay. [49: p130] Between 30,000 and 40,000 passengers were carried between July 1826 and June 1827.” [49: p131]

The Union” started operating on 16th October 1825 and ran between Stockton and Yarm. [121]

Innovation occurred relatively quickly, the company decided that it needed to provide hostelries (pubs) close to its coal depots. Tickets were sold in various locations but, significantly, in the pubs closest to pick up points. The practice mirrored what happened with stagecoaches.

Perhaps a more significant change seems to have happened almost organically. … Some of the buildings at coal depots began to provide space for passengers to wait along with other goods to be carried by the railway. … Heighington was a wayside location on the railway. It had a coal depot, and the S&DR built a public house in 1826-1827 to oversee the coal depot. Historic England describe the building as a proto-railway station, built before the concept of the railway station had fully developed. [123] This was the first such structure on the railway.

This was one among a number of loading and unloading depots which would evolve into the now familiar railway architecture such as goods and passenger stations. [125]

Developing Understanding

In truth, a lot of work went into getting three different forms of traction to harmonise – horse, inclined plane and locomotives on a single line. This was further complicated by the fact that it was a public railway that anyone could use subject to payment and an agreement to abide by any rules. The increasingly popular use of the single line also meant that rules had to be established for giving way and the ‘first past the post’ system was adopted. Signalling considered (but blocked by local landowners), [128: p12] warnings were sounded on the approach to level crossings, braking systems improved and sleepers made heavier. There was no past experience to learn from, no book to consult and the duties of railway officials had yet to be clearly defined. [124: p121]

The S&DR led the way in devising a system to run a public railway. It was here that passenger timetables evolved, baggage allowances were created, rules made regarding punishment for non-purchase of tickets, job descriptions for railway staff evolved and signalling and braking developed and improved for regular use. The S&DR also recognised the need for locomotives of a different design to haul passengers rather than heavy goods and the need to provide facilities for passengers and workers at stations – all before 1830.” [125: p2]

The Stockton & Darlington’s regulations were initially laid down in ten ‘rules’ set out in the company’s Act of Incorporation of 19th April 1821, which established fines for those failing to preserve order and security on the railway. These were of a fairly general nature. [128: p12-13]

Two rules had attached to them the massive (for the day) fine of £5, these required wagons to be especially constructed for the railway, to bear the owner’s name and wagon number in 3-inch high lettering, and to allow the company to gauge wagons if it felt necessary.

By July 1826, these rules were supplemented by 24 byelaws and rules concerning wagons taking to sidings, all of these suggesting that there were shortcomings in the original rules which were discovered as an early result of operational experience. [128: p67-68]

After the launch date in 1825, other advances followed rapidly. “The growth of health and safety, the administration of running a regional railway, … and, [critically,] commercial success that would reassure other investors that it was safe to invest in their own regional railway that would soon form part of a national and then international railway network.  The first purpose-built goods station (as opposed to coal and lime which went to the depot down the road) was opened in Darlington 1827. … [It formed] the inspiration for the later 1830 warehouse at Liverpool Road Station in Manchester which still survives.” [125]

Many aspects of the line were still unproven technology when they came to be used in the context of a public regional railway. Until it could be proven (and the launch of 1825 went some way to do that with enough customers ready to pay for the service to immediately allay fears of money losses), that the line had to work first before it could be expanded. It was up to the S&DR to find a way forward as new problems arose. [Much of that responsibility fell on Timothy Hackworth’s shoulders.] … Through the hard knocks of money shortages, operating difficulties and the limitations of contemporary engineering, the S&DR had discovered what would be necessary [to run a railway] by the start of 1829, at a time when the L&MR was still vacillating over vital traction and operating decisions.” [126: p11-12]

A Change in Passenger and Goods Services

It was 1833, before the passenger railway service began to become something like we would recognise today. By 1833, it had become obvious that the competing needs of passengers and goods under an open access model needed to be managed. Network management, capacity and overall co-ordination were increasingly seen as important. As the network expanded, the conflicts increased. Until 1833, passenger services were run by external contractors. In 1833, the S&DR took on this responsibility directly.

The railway changed from a kind of ‘public road’ on which all-comers could transport goods and passengers to a system where services were co-ordinated, managed, timetabled and run by the Company.

The S&DR established a permanent rail infrastructure providing a regular service transporting both goods and passengers. In this particular sense, the S&DR was truly the launch of a modern railway network. Managed, timetabled services for passengers and goods made possible the rapid expansion of railways in the 19th century across the globe, together with attendant huge worldwide social and economic change.

In a railway context, everything was being done for the first time:

the keeping of general records; various statistical and financial records; employment of staff and rules; at first all drivers were self-employed and paid their firemen themselves.

Engine shed maintenance records; the need for dedicated general goods facilities; all arrangements for passengers; the management and supply of first coke and then coal for use by steam engines. ….

The S&DR, from the official launch in September 1825, “was at the forefront of technology in terms of operating locomotives regularly and over a relatively long stretch of line, it was to the S&DR that other embryonic railway companies looked to. Railway engineers and promoters from other parts of the UK, France, and the USA attended the opening ceremony in 1825. Two of those distinguished French guests went on to found France’s first public railway. Others were to visit the S&DR Works in the years that followed including engineers from Prussia who took copious detailed notes on Hackworth’s experiments. Hackworth himself shared his results widely (often at the request of Edward Pease) and organised trials at the request of engineers from other companies who were torn between the use of canal versus railway, or horse versus locomotive, or stationary versus travelling engine. The S&DR was at its most influential until around 1830.” [125: p2] A very short period of time!

Beyond 1830, “there were significant technological achievements … such as the delivery of Russia’s first locomotives to the Tsar in the 1840s from Hackworth’s Soho Works in Shildon, the continuing evolution of the first railway towns at New Shildon and Middlesbrough and the delivery of gas to the works in New Shildon in 1841 before anywhere else in the country apart from Grainger Town in Newcastle. Further the grouping of internationally important structures with later pioneering structures (such as at North Road in Darlington or at Locomotion in Shildon) provides an insight into those rapidly developing days of the early railway and add value to each other.” [125: p3]

The First ‘Railway’ Town – New Shildon

Shildon was, at the start of the 1820s, just a tiny hamlet, (c) National Library of Scotland. [105]
The same area South of Bishop Auckland as it appears on Stephenson’s survey of 1821.
Shildon still appears as a tiny hamlet. [118]
On Dixon’s Plan of 1839, there is new housing, the S&DR’s Shildon Works, bottom left, and Timothy Hackworth’s Soho Works, top right. [129]
New Shildon has developed significantly by the time of this map extract. A significant number of streets are now present, and both the railway works and Hackworth’s Soho Works have expanded. Note Shildon’s Railway Station at the right side of the image. [130]
By the 21st century New Shildon has completely swallowed the original hamlet of Shildon and urban sprawl has devoured all of the land North to Bishop Auckland. [Google Maps, August 2025]

The Second ‘Railway’ Town – Port Darlington and Middlesbrough

The ongoing story of the railway company is one of strong growth particularly in the carriage of goods. It opened its own port near the mouth of the River Tees.

When Port Darlington opened for business at the end of 1830. Hackworth’s engine ‘The Globe’ hauled a passenger train carrying about 600 people down to the staithes, © Public Domain. [95][97]

Hackworth’s six steam powered coal drops and staithes at Port Darlington with a fully laden coal train approaching. Eston Nab can be seen on the Cleveland Hills in the distance, © Public Domain (Source: taken from a survey by Richard Otley, held at Teesside Archives (U.OME(2) 6/1)). [95] This image also appears on the front cover of ‘The Globe’ (July 2018), the journal of the Friends of the S&DR. [96]

The S&DR played a significant role in the rapid expansion of Middlesbrough. Initially a farming community of around 25 people at the beginning of the 19th century, it transformed into a major iron and steel producer, “spurred by the arrival of the Stockton and Darlington Railway and the discovery of iron ore in the Cleveland Hills. This rapid expansion led to a significant population increase and the development of a new town, planned by Joseph Pease and others, centred around a gridiron street pattern and a market square. [85][86] Middlesbrough had only a few houses before the coming of the railway, [87] but a year later had a population of over 2,000 and at the 2011 census had over 138,000 people. [88][89] Port Darlington was first established, as shown on the left of the image below, which also shows the gridiron street pattern in what would become Middlesbrough, the new town on the right of the image. [95]

Port Darlington’s staithes are on the left of this development plan, the fan of sidings and the staithes can be seen close to the red dot. This plan also shows the planned gridiron street pattern in the new town, on the right of the image behind the wharfs where ships could be loaded and unloaded. [95]
The same area in the 21st century, the red dot provides continuity between these two images. A single rail siding still serves the area which had the staithes and some of the gridiron pattern of streets remains. The first house was completed in the New Town in the Spring of 1830. [Google Maps July 2025]

We have already noted the staithes built at Port Darlington to allow more mechanised loading of ships. These staithes were ingeniously designed, even if health and safety was not as paramount as perhaps it should have been. The Port of Middlesbrough describes the operation: “Staithes were elevated platforms for discharging coal and other materials from railway cars into coal ships for transport. … A steam engine hoisted a wagon full of coal off the line and about 20 feet into the air, where it landed on a gantry. A horse then pulled the wagon along the gantry and out over the water. At the end of the gantry, the wagon was strapped into a cradle and, with a man clinging to it, was swung in an arc on to the ship below. Here, the man unbolted the bottom of the wagon and the coal fell into the hold. Finally, the weight of the next full wagon swinging downwards caused the empty wagon and the man to swing upwards back to the gantry.” [95]

Plans from the port authority are shown below. It is difficult to imagine the process described from looking at these plans. It may be that the plans show a later design of staithe.

One of the staithes at Port Darlington/Middlesbrough Dock. [95]
A closer view of the staithe shown in the image above. [95]

The years after 1827 (once Company finances were on a sound footing)

A series of different extensions and branches to the S&DR appeared over the period from 1827. [54] “In 1830, the company opened new offices at the corner of Northgate and Union Street in Darlington. [49:p189] Between 1831 and 1832 a second track was laid between Stockton and the foot of Brusselton Bank. Workshops were built at Shildon for the maintenance and construction of locomotives. [49: p235-236] In 1830, approximately 50 horses shared the traffic with 19 locomotives, but travelled at different speeds, so to help regulate traffic horse-drawn trains were required to operate in groups of four or five.” [54] The rule book stated that locomotive-hauled trains had precedence over horse-drawn trains. Even so, accidents and conflict occurred. The practice was to allow private use of the line by industries that it served, “some horse drivers refused to give way and on one occasion a locomotive had to follow a horse-drawn train for over 2 miles (3 km). [49: p383-384][50: p91-94] The committee decided, in 1828, to replace horses with locomotives on the main line, starting with the coal trains, but there was resistance from some colliery owners.” [54]

After the S&DR bought out the local coach companies in August 1832, a mixed [locomotive-hauled] passenger and small goods service began between Stockton and Darlington on 7th September 1833, travelling at 12–14 miles per hour (19–23 km/h); locomotive-hauled services began to Shildon in December 1833 and to Middlesbrough on 7th April 1834. [49: p384-385][50: p68] The company had returned the five per cent dividend that had been promised by Edward Pease, and this had increased to eight per cent by the time he retired in 1832.” [50: p87-88][54]

In 1835, the S&DR partnered with the York & North Midland Railway (Y&NMR) to form the Great North of England Railway (GNER) to build a line from York to Newcastle which along the would run along the line of the S&DR’s Croft branch at Darlington. Pease specified a formation wide enough for four tracks, so freight could be carried at 30 miles per hour (48 km/h) and passengers at 60 mph (97 km/h), and George Stephenson had drawn up detailed plans by November 1835. [48: p64-65][54] The Acts of Parliament enabling the scheme were given royal assent on 4th July 1836 (Darlington to Newcastle) and 12th July 1837 (Croft to York). The railway opened for coal traffic on 4th January 1841 using S&DR locomotives, and to passengers with its own locomotives on 30th March 1841. [48: 67-69][54][87: p93-94]

A patchwork of different schemes was to follow:

  • By February 1842, a passenger service between Darlington and Coxhoe supported by an omnibus service to Shincliffe on the Durham & Sunderland Railway. [87: p165]
  • Early in 1842, the Shildon Tunnel Company opened its 1,225-yard (1,120 m) tunnel through the hills at Shildon to the Wear basin and after laying 2 miles (3.2 km) of track to South Church station, south of Bishop Auckland, opened in May 1842. [49: p435-437]
  • In 1846, the S&DR installed Alexander Bain’s “I and V” electric telegraph to regulate the passage of trains through the tunnel. [90: p52-53]
  • The SD&R provided a 3 1⁄4 hour service between Darlington and Newcastle, with a four-horse omnibus from South Church to Rainton Meadows on the Durham Junction Railway, from where trains ran to Gateshead, on the south side of the River Tyne near Newcastle. [48: p74]

By 1839, the S&DR track “had been upgraded with rails weighing 64 lb/yd (32 kg/m). [91: p415] The railway had about 30 steam locomotives, most of them six coupled, [91: p419] that ran with four-wheeled tenders with two water butts, each capable of holding 600 imperial gallons (2,700 L; 720 US gal) of water. [91: p422] The line descended from Shildon to Stockton, assisting the trains that carried coal to the docks at a maximum speed of 6 mph (9.7 km/h); the drivers were fined if caught travelling faster than 8 mph (13 km/h), [91: p415, 422] and one was dismissed for completing the forty-mile return journey in 4 1⁄2 hours. [59: p136-137] On average there were about 40 coal trains a day, hauling 28 waggons with a weight of 116 tons. [91: p423] There were about 5,000 privately owned waggons, and at any one time about 1,000 stood at Shildon depot.” [54][91: p417-418]

Wikipedia continues: “The railway had modern passenger locomotives, some [still] with four wheels. [91: p421-422] There were passenger stations at Stockton, Middlesbrough, Darlington, Shildon and West Auckland, and trains also stopped at Middlesbrough Junction, Yarm Junction, Fighting Cocks and Heighington. [91: p416] [A significant improvement on early passenger practice.] Some of the modified road coaches were still in use, but there were also modern railway carriages, some first class with three compartments each seating eight passengers, and second class carriages that seated up to 40. [91: p416][92] Luggage and sometimes the guard travelled on the carriage roof; [49: p423] a passenger travelling third class suffered serious injuries after falling from the roof in 1840. [49: p400] Passenger trains averaged 22–25 mph (35–40 km/h), and a speed of 42 mph (68 km/h) was recorded. Over 200,000 passengers were carried in the year to 1st October 1838, [91: p419] and in 1839 there were twelve trains each day between Middlesbrough and Stockton, six trains between Stockton and Darlington, and three between Darlington and Shildon, where a carriage was fitted with Rankine’s self-acting brake, taken over the Brussleton Inclines, and then drawn by a horse to St Helen Auckland. [91: p418] The Bradshaw’s railway guide for March 1843, after South Church opened, shows five services a day between Darlington and South Church via Shildon, with three between Shildon and St Helens. Also listed were six trains between Stockton and Hartlepool via Seaton [94] over the Clarence Railway and the Stockton and Hartlepool Railway that had opened in 1841.” [87: p146-147][54]

During the 1830s, Port Darlington quickly became overwhelmed by the volume of traffic (both imports and exports) and work started in 1839 on Middlesbrough Dock which was laid out by William Cubitt and capable of holding 150 ships! It was “built by resident civil engineer George Turnbull. [89] … After three years and an expenditure of £122,000 (equivalent to £9.65m at 2011 prices), the formal opening of the new dock took place on 12 May 1842. [49: p437][89] The S&DR provided most of the finance, and the dock was absorbed by the company in 1849.” [49: p508][54] The S&DR was, by 1849, a well established and very significant company.

Ongoing Developments

Political manoeuvring to secure a route from London to Scotland via the Northeast continued during this period and the S&DR saw its stocks in the GNER increase in value before a new concern, the Newcastle and Darlington Junction Railway (N&DJR) bought out the GNER.

The S&DR also secured interests in the Wear Valley, [4] [54] a line to Redcar and Saltburn, a branch to a mine at Skelton, [4][54] a line to Barnard Castle, a route (South Durham and Lancashire Union Railway (SD&LUR)) over Stainmore Summit to Tebay, [54] and, through running rights over the Eden Valley Railway (EVR) and the Lancaster & Carlisle Railway (L&CR), to Penrith. “The S&DR opened a carriage works south of Darlington North Road station in 1853 [98] and later it built a locomotive works nearby to replace its works at Shildon [which was] designed by William Bouch, who had taken over from Hackworth as Locomotive Supervisor in 1840, it completed its first locomotive in 1864.” [54][87: p8][99] The inclines, built when stationary engines were used, were bypassed by lines on gentler grades. By the early 1860s, the S&DR had a significant network, even having absorbed the EVR and the SD&LUR. [54]

The former S&DR, shown in red, as part of the larger NER network of 1904, © Public Domain. [101]

With 200 route miles (320 km) of line and about 160 locomotives, [100: p167] the Stockton and Darlington Railway became part of the North Eastern Railway on 13th July 1863. Due to a clause in the North Eastern and Stockton and Darlington Railways Amalgamation Act 1863 (26 & 27 Vict. c. cxxii) the railway was managed as the independent Darlington Section until 1876, when the lines became the NER’s Central Division. [87: p9][48: p133] After the restoration of the dividend in 1851, by the end of 1854 payments had recovered to 8 per cent and then had not dropped below 7 1⁄2 per cent.” [50: Appendix 1][54]

I guess that we might easily be able to agree that the Stockton & Darlington Railway was of great local significance. It significantly reduced the cost of coal supplied to Stockton and Darlington. It temporarily enhanced the Port at Stockton before moving that trade downstream to Middlesbrough. It dramatically improved the speed of supply of larger quantities of coal. It made the town and Port of Middlesbrough. It linked the industries of Cumbia and Cleveland allowing speedy transport of coal and iron-ore to the different industries. It improved passenger travel East-West and began with others the development of North-South travel freight and passenger train travel. ……

But how has the Stockton & Darlington Railway transcended the local and become internationally significant? ……

Why Is the Stockton & Darlington Railway So Important?

So, what is the case? Was the S&DR the first real railway?

As 2025 got underway, this question prompted me to look at what is known of railway history in the period from 1800 to 1850, and led to the writing of an article (online) about railway developments during that period. The article is entitled ‘The Mother of All Inventions‘. [2]

September 2025 marked the bicentenary of the Stockton & Darlington Railway (S&DR) and, very naturally and most appropriately, major events were planned across the UK, and enthusiasts across the world planned their own commemorations. In this context, it is, at the very least, worth considering what the S&DR can and cannot justifiably claim for itself. In fact, Anthony Dawson in an article in Steam Railway Magazine in February 2025 suggested that we best get to understand the importance of the S&DR, perversely, by considering what cannot be claimed for it. [3] What follows below is based around that article by Anthony Dawson.

Dawson says: “while every enthusiast would arguably agree that the [S&DR] is special and that the bicentenary of its opening is a landmark worthy of celebration, how many of us truly understand why the [S&DR] is so momentous? Indeed, putting the Stockton & Darlington’s importance into context isn’t exactly straightforward, nor can it be boiled down to a particular ‘first’. Therefore, to understand why the Stockton & Darlington is so important, we need to look at what it wasn’t.” [3]

He goes on to suggest that, to paraphrase Winston Churchill, “while the [S&D] was not the beginning, it was the end of the beginning. Although it wasn’t the first of anything, as early railway historian the late Andy Guy put it, it was ‘better than the first’.” [3]

Was the Stockton & Darlington the first railway?

Perhaps that question can only be answered once we have agreed a definition of a ‘railway’. Collins Dictionary offers three definitions: a railway is the steel tracks that trains travel on; a railway is a company or organization that operates railway routes; and, a railway is the system and network of tracks that trains travel on. [10] Accepting these definitions would rule out a number of early ‘railway-like’ systems based on stone and wood.

The Collins dictionary definitions are very narrowly drafted. Dawson points us to Dr Michael Lewis’ definition: A railway is “a prepared track which so guides the vehicles running on it that they cannot leave the track”. [3][11] This short, simple definition allows for the inclusion of the Diolkos and other rutways of the Classical World, [12][13] possible rutways in Wiltshire (circa 300CE), [13] Cornwall (circa 1550s), [13][14] rutways in 19th century Australia, [15] and the guide-pin railways developed in Germany and Austria in the Middle Ages. Lewis’ definition includes ‘railways’ “before the late 18th Century, [often] private … with rails essentially of wood or occasionally of stone, with carriage only of goods in vehicles propelled by horse- or by man-power, and with a variety of methods of guiding the wheels. ” [11]

Dawson comments that, “The earliest evidence for ‘railways’ in this country comes from the Lake District when German-speaking immigrants led by Daniel Hochstetter introduced them to silver mines at Caldbeck during the reign of Elizabeth I. These railways consisted of longitudinal planks which guided an iron pin secured to the bottom of a four-wheel mine cart, working rather like a slot-car. … But the first [‘true’] railway in England was very likely that built by Huntingdon Beaumont in 1604 to carry coal from his pits at Wollaton near Nottingham down to the River Trent. It was made entirely from wood and greatly improved the transport of coal for onward shipping by water. So pleased was Beaumont with this new technology, he invested heavily in four similar railways around Newcastle, which were built to carry coal down to the Tyne. Beaumont, however, failed to break into the local market. This, coupled with heavy investment in his new railways and his lavish lifestyle, led him to being declared bankrupt, ending his days in a debtors’ prison.” [3]

Dawson goes on to say that, “following the turmoil of the English Civil War and Commonwealth period, wooden railways began to spread across Shropshire where they took on the name ‘Railed Way’ and the North-East where they were known as ‘Waggonways’ – two different names for the same idea. Indeed, as excavations on the first railway in Scotland – the Tranent to Cockenzie Waggonway of 1722 – have shown, there was very little new in the technology of a wooden railway. It [was] essentially a giant ladder laid on the ground. They used old ideas to provide a solution to a new problem.” [3]

The coming of the 18th century heralded a transport revolution. Dawson says: “The early waggonways carried largely coal and other minerals down to a staithe or wharf on a river or canal for onward shipping. Thus, they grew hand in hand with the canal network and many canal companies even owned their own waggonways as feeder lines. There was a transport revolution on the roads as well with the growth of turnpikes. Taken together, [these events] … fed and fuelled industrialisation and growing urbanisation, particularly in the North of England. Improved transport links meant coal could go to market quicker. It meant it was cheaper at the point of sale, which meant greater profits and, in turn, greater demand.” [3]

Various forms of ‘railway’ were clearly well established by the advent of the 19th century. The S&DR was clearly not the first railway.

If not the first ‘railway’, was the Stockton & Darlington the first to use iron rails?

Iron was first used in a ‘railway’ context as protective plating for the early wooden ‘railways’. Lengths of cast iron plate were nailed to the running surface of wooden rails, probably first in Coalbrookdale. Wooden rails were wearing too quickly and the iron covers improved longevity. It was a simple logical next step to move from cast-iron plate to cast-iron bars and then to either cast iron edge rails or cast iron L-shaped ‘tram-plates’. Cast-iron rails were common by the 1790s, their only real fault was that they were brittle and often broke under load. Indeed, when Trevithick’s early locomotive ‘Pen-y-darren’ made its maiden run on the Merthyr Tramroad in 1804, it was noted that the cast-iron rails were not robust enough for the heavy locomotive and a number broke. [16]

Dawson says that “What was needed was a superior type of rail … made from wrought iron. First rolled in any quantity in 1820 at Bedlington Iron Works, the Stockton & Darlington was probably the first railway to use wrought-iron rails on a large scale. Due to distrust of the new material, half of the line was laid with cast iron and half with wrought. It was a major technological breakthrough and one crucial to the development of the locomotive.” [3]

It may well be that around two thirds of the length of the railway used wrought iron rails and one third had cast iron rails. Cast iron was used for the chairs which sat on the sleepers.

A section of the original Stockton & Darlington Railway track, including the rail, chairs and sleepers, at Preston Park Museum circa. 1962 (c) Bruce Coleman, courtesy of the Shildon Archive [133]

So, it seems that the Stockton & Darlington was not the first to use iron rails but that it was important in the taking of the next technological step of employing wrought-iron rails. “Bedlington Ironworks, in Blyth Dene, Northumberland … is remembered as the place where wrought iron rails were invented by John Birkinshaw in 1820, … with their first major use being [on] the Stockton and Darlington Railway. [17] Birkinshaw’s wrought-iron rails were rolled in 15ft lengths.

If not the first railway and not the first to use iron, was the S&DR the first railway authorised by Act of Parliament?

The first Act of Parliament for a railway was obtained by Charles Brandling for what became the Middleton Railway. It ran from coal pits at Hunslet down to the River Aire. The Act received Royal Assent in 1758. A significant number of Acts of Parliament relating to railways preceded the S&D, including this small selection: [18]

The Llanelli Railway and Dock Act, 1802 and the Monmouth Railway Act 1810. [134][135]
  • 1802: The Llanelly Railway and Dock Act;
  • 1803: The Croydon, Merstham and Godstone Iron Railway Act;
  • 1804: The Ellesmere Canal, Railway and Water Supply Act;
  • 1805: The Surrey Iron Railway Act;
  • 1808: The Kilmarnock and Troon Railway Act;
  • 1809: The Bullo Pill Railway Act; the Gloucester and Cheltenham Railway Act; the Lydney and Lidbrook Railway Act;
  • 1810: The Monmouth Railway Act; the Severn and Wye Railway and Canal Co. Act; The Severn Tunnel Act;
  • 1811: The Hay Railway Act; the Llanvihangel Railway Act; the Penclawdd Canal and Railway or Tramroad Act; the Severn and Wye Railway and Canal Co. Extension Act;
  • 1812: the Anglesey Railway Act;
  • 1813-15: the Usk Tram Road;
  • 1817: the Mansfield and Pinxton Branch;
  • 1818: the Kidwelly and Llanelly Canal and Tramroad Company Act; the Kington Railway Act;
  • 1819: the Leeds and Liverpool Canal Branch and Railway Act; the Plymouth and Dartmoor Railway Act;
  • 1820: the York and North Midland Railway Act; and the Plymouth and Dartmoor Railway (Crabtree and Sutton Pool Branch) Act. [18]

All these and more received their Royal Assent in advance of the S&D at some great expense. Dawson explains that “getting such an Act was very expensive and required having a Parliamentary Agent and introducing a Private Members’ Bill. It would then have to go through both Houses and committee stage and, unless the Bill could demonstrate it was for the public good, could be thrown out at any stage. It was a big risk, but ultimately worth it. Even though the Middleton had an Act, it didn’t mean it was a public railway. It was owned by the Brandlings, to carry their coal to market. It wasn’t open to any other users, and wasn’t a public right of way.” [3]

Not the first railway, not the first to use iron, not the first railway to received Royal Assent through an Act of Parliament. …Was, then, the S&D the first public railway?

All the railways built in the 17th and 18th centuries were private railways, built over private land. Dawson notes that, “or a railway to be public – to be public right-of-way – that meant it needed an Act of Parliament. It also meant that, until 1825 when the law was changed, an Act was also needed to form a joint-stock company.” [3]

Lake Lock Rail Road was the first public railway in England. It opened in 1798. [132]

The first public railway in England was the Lake Lock Rail Road (LLRR), which opened in 1798. It linked collieries near Wakefield to the Aire & Calder Navigation. The LLRR qualifies as a public railway “because it was open to any user upon payment of a toll and because its capital was held in publicly traded shares. … The LLRR didn’t operate the railway itself, but rather allowed colliery owners to run their own trains on it, for which a toll was paid.” [3] The LLRR can claim another first! As well as being “probably the world’s first public railway, it was also owned … by the world’s first public railway company.” [21]

If you are unhappy with the idea of the LLRR being the first public railway, Then perhaps you would have to accept the Surrey Iron Railway as the next contender for the title – It required an Act of Parliament and incorporated in 1803 and fully open at the latest by 1806.

The first public railway carrying passengers – The Swansea and Mumbles Railway. [131]

The first passenger-carrying public railway in the United Kingdom was opened by the Swansea and Mumbles Railway at Oystermouth in 1807, using horse-drawn carriages on an existing tramline. [19][20]

The first public railway in Scotland was the Kilmarnock & Troon Railway (K&TR) which finally opened in 1812. Like the LLRR, it operated as a toll road, so that independent carriers could place wagons on it, and pay for the facility. [22]

We have established that the Stockton & Darlington was not the first public railway. Given what we have already discovered, our next question needs to be one about the intentions of the designers and directors of the Stockton & Darlington.

Was the Stockton & Darlington the first to be designed and built with mechanical operation in mind?

Here we have to start from an ambivalent position. … It depends! … Do you see hydraulic power as a form of mechanical power? If your answer is ‘Yes’, then the first length of railway to be operated mechanically is one known to have existed in Sweden in the late 1600s, where a waterwheel was employed to haul wagons up an incline. By the end of the 1700s, this technology was in use in Mas-sachusetts (on the South Hadley Canal) for a rail-based lift for canal boats linked with practice at Ketley, Shropshire at that time but assisted by power from a water wheel. There was another ex-ample at Bad Gastein in what is now Germany. [114][115: p87 & p337][116] The water-powered haulage of wagons up an inclined plane in the UK was initially limited to one location in Devon alt-hough the practice was used much later in North Wales. [115: p87-88]

If we set aside waterpower, perhaps the S&DR could stake a claim to be the first public railway designed to be worked mechanically. But it definitely was not the first to be operated mechanically. … (More of that later).

Setting aside waterpower, was the S&DR the first railway designed to be operated mechanically? … Again the answer is ‘No!’ … Early inclines were self-acting, water power could support this but, as Gwyn tells us, experience on the Ketley Incline led Reynolds, when carrying out a survey for a canal to connect the Oakengates collieries with the River Severn, to conclude that the wastage of water from locks “would be prohibitive, and after much hesitation and a public competition, he and the other shareholders resolved on a modification of the Ketley system, but with fixed steam engines on its three inclined planes, at Donnington Wood, Windmill Farm and Hay. Instead of locks at the summit as at Ketley, reverse railed slopes were constructed into docks permanently kept in water, and the cradles were equipped with overlapping wheels which ran on ledges on the docksides to maintain them in a horizontal position. The engines were used to draw boats and cradles out of the docks and to haul up the main incline if necessary. All three were built to a hybrid design by Reynold’s protégé, Adam Heslop. These were the first locations in the world where railed vehicles were moved by steam. They were operational by 1793.” [115: p89]

The top of the Hay Inclined Plane as drawn by Agustín de Betancourt. [136]
Rendered isometric views of the 3D CAD model of the top area/winding house of the Hay Incline. [136]

This was followed by a significant section of the Lancaster Canal crossing the Ribble Valley. In 1803, steam-powered inclines were used “to connect the northern and southern ends of the Lancaster Canal. Its three inclined planes were each equipped with a high-pressure 6-horsepower 13-inch cylinder engine costing £350 and made by Summerfield and Atkinson, a local foundry which offered ‘patent steam engines’, and which also built the waggons. The first was installed in May of that year. In June, a 6-horsepower steam engine was installed on a plateway incline to haul spoil on the construction of London Docks.” [115: p89]

From the turn of the nineteenth century a number of shorter inclines were being steam-operated or steam-assisted. Examples include: an incline at Wellington Quay on the North bank of the Tyne (where George Stephenson was employed for a time), 1802/1803; an incline at Glynneath, connecting Aberdare Ironworks with Neath Canal, 1805; Bewicke Main (Urpeth) Colliery, 1805. [115: p89-91]

Three years prior to the opening of the Stockton & Darlington Railway George Stephenson designed and built another railway (the Hetton Colliery Railway) which, like the Stockton & Darlington “used a combination of stationary engines, rope haulages and level sections worked by locomotives.” [3] However, the Hetton Colliery Railway was a private, not a public railway:- “The Hetton Colliery Railway was an 8-mile (13 km) long private railway opened in 1822 by the Hetton Coal Company at Hetton-le-Hole, County Durham. … The Hetton was the first railway to be designed from the start to be operated without animal power, as well as being the first entirely new line to be developed by … George Stephenson.” [25]

Again, if we set aside hydraulic and discrete uses of stationary steam-power, it seems that the Stockton & Darlington was the first ‘public‘ (rather than ‘private‘) railway to be designed and built with steam power in mind. This, perhaps, feels as though we are making some headway. … The Stockton & Darlington was the first ‘public‘ railway to be designed and built with steam power in mind. … That is definitely a ‘first’ isn’t it. ….

Was the Stockton & Darlington the first railway to use steam power?

Surely, given that the S&DR was the first public railway designed for mechanical operation, that must mean that it was the first to use steam-powered engines. Mustn’t it?

Nothing is that simple!

The Middleton Railway in Leeds, was using steam power by 1812: “In 1812, it introduced the worlds first commercially successful steam locomotives which were designed and built in Leeds. These locomotives incorporated one of the most significant advances in the design of the steam locomotive – namely the twin cylinder engine which eliminated the need for the cumbersome flywheel employed on earlier single cylinder engined locomotives.” [24][34][35][36]

Incidentally, because it was the first railway to regularly use steam locomotives, the Middleton Railway also “lays claim to other firsts; they employed the first regular professional train driver in the world, a former pit labourer named James Hewitt. More tragically, a 13 year old boy called John Bruce was killed in February 1813 whilst running along the tracks – almost certainly the first member of public killed by a locomotive.” [36]

The Kilmarnock & Troon Railway first used steam power in 1817: in 1817 the Duke of Portland acquired a locomotive for the K&TR named ‘The Duke‘, which was the first use of steam locomotive power in Scotland. Its use was however discontinued in view of frequent breakages of the cast-iron rails on the line. [23] … Notes in The Railway Magazine of January 1950, suggest that this was only a hiatus in the use of this locomotive on the K&TR: In his ‘Story of the Life of George Stephenson‘, Samuel Smiles noted the discontinued use of ‘The Duke‘, but later, in his ‘Lives of the Engineers Volume III’ he appears to have secured further information, viz: “The iron wheels of this engine were afterwards removed, and replaced with wooden wheels, when it was again placed upon the road and continued working until the year 1848.” [43: p59][44: p139] This is supported by W. J. Gordon, writing in 1910, who says of the K&TR: “on it was placed the Killingworth engine with the chain gearing bought by the Duke of Portland from George Stephenson in 1817. The iron wheels of this remarkable engine broke down the cast-iron rails, for it thumped horribly, but, instead of being withdrawn from duty, as usually reported, it had its iron wheels taken off and replaced by wooden ones; and with wooden wheels it worked the traffic-mineral, goods and passenger-until 1848, for so many years in fact that it has been confused with or mistaken for the old St. Rollox, one of the first engines of the Glasgow & Garnkirk, which it in no way resembled.” [43: p59-60][45: p188-190]

Gordon appears to “have picked up and recorded a local railway tradition about the locomotive. It is difficult to credit that an old Killingworth-type engine was re-furbished in 1839 or later, after two decades of disuse, but this seems to be the only way of reconciling the various scraps of evidence. No trace has been found of any other Kilmarnock & Troon locomotive.” [43: p60]

It would be impossible to argue that the K&TR was built with steam power in mind, however, the K&TR was definitely the first use of steam-power on a public railway in Scotland. It could also be argued that this was the first use of steam power on a public railway in the United Kingdom. This was eight years before the Stockton and Darlington first used steam-powered trains.

However, neither of these could justifiably make a claim to be the first to use steam on a revenue earning railway. That accolade must go to the Merthyr Tramroad (otherwise known as the Pen-y-Darren Tramway and associated with the Pen-y-darren Ironworks, in Merthyr Tydfil) a bit earlier in the 19th century, on 21st February 1804 to be more precise, and to a locomotive designed by Richard Trevithick.

In 1802, Trevithick took out a patent for his high-pressure steam engine. To prove his ideas, he built a stationary engine at the Coalbrookdale Company’s works in Shropshire in 1802, forcing water to a measured height to measure the work done. The engine ran at forty piston strokes a minute, with an unprecedented boiler pressure of 145 psi.” [26]

It seems that the experiment in Shropshire led to Trevithick experimenting with creating steam railway locomotives. He had already designed and built a road locomotive, ‘Puffing Devil‘. [27]

In 1802, the Coalbrookdale Company in Shropshire built a rail locomotive for him. [28] The death of a company workman in an accident involving the engine is said to have caused the company to not proceed to running it on their existing railway. [29]

The Coalbrookdale Locomotive: To date, the only known information about the locomotive comes from a drawing preserved at the Science Museum, London, together with a letter written by Trevithick to his friend Davies Giddy. The design incorporated a single horizontal cylinder enclosed in a return-flue boiler. A flywheel drove the wheels on one side through spur gears, and the axles were mounted directly on the boiler, with no frame. [30] On the drawing, the piston-rod, guide-bars and cross-head are located directly above the firebox door, thus making the engine extremely dangerous to fire while moving. [31] Furthermore, the first drawing by Daniel Shute indicates that the locomotive ran on a plateway with a track gauge of 3 ft (914 mm), © Public Domain. [32]
The replica Coalbrookdale Locomotive in action at Blists Hill Victorian Town in Ironbridge Gorge in the 1990s. This replica was made in 1989 by a team of apprentices at GKN Sankey of Telford with the additional inclusion of a few safety additions, such as a trailing driver’s platform. The locomotive first ran in 1990 at Blists Hill at Ironbridge, © Unknown. [26]

The drawing above has been used as the basis of all images and replicas of the later ‘Pen-y-darren’ locomotive, as no plans for that locomotive have survived. It cannot be an exact sister of the later locomotive because there is a tunnel on the Pen-y-darren Tramway which would have required a lower chimney and a smaller flywheel. [3]

In 1804, Trevithick’s revised locomotive ran on the Pen-y-darren Tramway pulling a commercial load. Soon after this (1808) Trevithick exhibited a similar steam locomotive in London, built for him by John Urpeth Rastrick and John Hazledine at their foundry in Bridgnorth which was named ‘Catch Me Who Can‘. Although only on a small circular track, and only in use for matter of weeks, this was the first locomotive to power a train carrying fare-paying passengers. The drawing of the locomotive ‘Catch Me Who Can‘ is taken from a card/admission ticket to Trevithick’s ‘Steam Circus‘, summer 1808, © Public Domain. [33]

The S&DR was not the first railway to use a steam locomotive. However, the S&DR saw a step change in the use of steam power. … “Prior to 1825 no one had ever attempted to run a locomotive as far as George Stephenson did; the furthest they had ever run was a few miles.” [3] George Stephenson had such faith in steam power “that he designed and built a steam railway to be worked by locomotives not just for a couple of miles but for tens of miles” [3] – twenty six miles in all!

We have established that the S&DR was the first ‘public‘ (rather than ‘private‘) railway to be designed and built with steam power in mind. We have seen that while not the first to use steam-power, it was the first to be so confident in the new technology to believe that it could be used over significant distances.

We have noted, in passing, that the majority of different railways in use prior to 1825, were designed to carry coal or iron ore and some other ancillary forms of freight.

Can we say that the Stockton & Darlington was the first to carry fare-paying passengers over any significant distance?

Dawson tells us that “unofficial passenger carrying goes back into the 18th Century, on what were private mineral lines. The first public railway, as authorised by an Act of Parliament and which authorised the railway to do so was the Swansea & Mumbles Railway of 1807. This was a horse-drawn service, working to a timetable and, in 1812, saw the first railway station open in Swansea.” [3]

He continues: “The first passenger service on a public railway in Scotland was in 1813, on the Kilmarnock & Troon [Railway]. Again, it was horse-worked but like the Stockton & Darlington tickets could be bought from local inns along the line – as well as refreshments and parcels left there to be carried by the railway as well. There was a long history of public passenger railways before 1825. … Therefore, the Stockton & Darlington was tapping into an existing idea.” [3]

David Gwyn says: “In April 1807 the first known public railway passenger service was inaugurated, enabling tourists to enjoy the beauties of Swansea Bay along a plateway opened the previous year to carry limestone from the Mumbles to the copper smelters, and coal and manure in the opposite direction. Such services were soon found on railways in the border country, Scotland and the English West Country. Some carriers offered pleasure carriages for hire. Well-heeled people could now make railway journeys in order to enjoy attractive scenery, and humbler folk could travel by train to buy and sell – both Dr Griffiths plateway from the Rhondda to Pontypridd and the rail section of the Somerset Coal Canal to Radstock were used by women taking farm produce to market.” [115: p71-72]

Gwyn goes on to say that, “Carriers offering passenger services for wealthy tourists built specially designed vehicles, including long-wheelbase carriages on the Sirhowy, hauled at 6 or 7 mph, and on the Oystermouth.” William Chapman suggested in 1813 that ‘long carriages, properly constructed, and placed on two different sets of Wheels, viz. 8 in all, may take 30 or 40 people with their articles to market’.” A ‘market caravan’ on the Plymouth and Dartmoor had fireplaces to keep passengers warm, and there was also an open carriage with an awning. The Kilmarnock and Troon had a coach called ‘the Caledonia’, another called ‘the boat’, then one variously described as ‘an enormous Gypsy caravan’, ‘the Czar’s winter sledge’ and a ‘Brobdingnagian diligence’.” On other systems, humbler passengers rode on unconverted waggons, perhaps for the price of some beer money to the haulier or some other acknowl-edgement, or paid a fare to travel in a coal waggon which had been brushed out, and had planks inserted to serve as seats.” [115: p73]

Let’s tighten up the question. …

Was the S&DR the first to use steam for passenger trains?

Again we have to ask what criteria this should be judged by. Dawson says, “Yes, the opening train of the Stockton & Darlington was indeed pulled by a locomotive, and … included a purpose-built passenger carriage and passengers travelling in coal waggons, but that was a one-off event. It wasn’t the start of a regular steam-worked passenger service. Indeed, the Stockton & Darlington’s passenger service was horse-worked until 1833.” [3]

It was only after a number of years of operating passenger services that the economic potential for steam powered passenger services was recognised by the S&DR and it introduced its own steam hauled passenger services in 1833. It should be borne in mind that, “Although the S&DR made use of steam locomotives from its opening day, it can also be seen to represent a transitional stage of railway development in which stationary engines and horse-drawn vehicles were also utilised. Although [George Stephenson’s] ‘Locomotion’ represents a notable development [in] the earlier pioneering work of George Stephenson and others, it is fair to say that the subsequent work of Timothy Hackworth, the first Superintendent Engineer of the S&DR, proved the supremacy of the steam locomotive over other forms of motive power.” [37]

We have already noted in passing that passengers were carried on a number of earlier steam powered trains:

  • on 21st February 1804, Trevithick’s locomotive pulled a train of coal wagons which carried workmen (over 11 tons of coal, five wagons and 70 men) over the length of the line and it was also proposed to couple a private carriage begin the engine; [38][39]
  • Trevithick’s ‘Catch Me Who Can‘ of 1808 was pioneering in two ways – it was the first purpose-built passenger locomotive, as well as the first to haul fare-paying passengers; [33] and,
  • steam-powered trains on the Middleton Railway and associated lines also carried passengers, informally from very early days, formally by around 1834. [40]

We also have to note that the first regular steam-worked passenger service was to be established in May 1830 on the Canterbury and Whitstable Railway, which incidentally issued the first ever season tickets in 1834. [41] That line “was worked by a combination of stationary engines and a single locomotive – the now preserved Invicta, designed and built by Robert Stephenson & Co in Leeds immediately after Rocket.” [3]

In September 1830, the Liverpool and Manchester opened with a timetabled steam-powered passenger service. So, the S&DR cannot claim to be the first steam-powered passenger service.

If we accept that all of this is true, that the S&DR was not the first in any of the ways already discussed. What can we say about the S&DR which justifies the place it holds in the popular mind and in the eyes of technical specialists, journalists and railway enthusiasts around the world?

What is so special about the Stockton & Darlington Railway?

It is clear that the Stockton & Darlington Railway would not have existed without the, at least, two centuries of railway development which came before it. As Dawson says, “During those two centuries, crucial ideas and crucial technologies were worked out from the track to locomotives, to carrying passengers and legal structures. So, while the Stockton & Darlington wasn’t really the first of anything, it was the culmination of that previous development and evolution. It represents the bringing together and synthesising of existing ideas into a new concept. A public railway, authorised by Act of Parliament, to carry passengers, to use steam locomotives and use iron rails. In many ways it was, as Andy Guy noted in 2016, ‘better than the first’.” [3]

The Museum at Hopetown, Darlington says that, “The Stockton & Darlington was by no means the first railway, but its opening in 1825 marked a very significant step in the development of railways by bringing together two features for the first time: the concept of a public railway, available to all, for transport of passengers and goods; and the use of steam locomotives.” [37]

On that first journey on 27th September 1825, made by the locomotive, ‘Locomotion No. 1‘, driven by George Stephenson, a large number of wagons filled with coal, flour and passengers were hauled along the line. There was a passenger carriage called ‘Experiment’ present which carried the railway’s directors. 300 passenger tickets were sold officially. However, a total amount of nearly 700 passengers were crammed into the wagons and the total load on that day was about 80 tons! [42]

There was clearly a sense that something momentous was happening that day and history has proven that to be the case.

And that initial success, together with that of the neighbouring Hetton Colliery Railway, meant that George Stephenson had demonstrable experience in the use of steam locomotives and places on which to trial his continued development of the technology.

The opening day was recreated in 1925 for the centenary celebrations, © Public Domain. [7]

As Dawson says, the S&DR “wasn’t the first. It wasn’t the first railway, it wasn’t the first steam railway, nor was it the first main line railway. But what it did do was put the railway squarely on the map and in the public consciousness showing what a steam-worked railway could do, laying the foundations for everything that came afterwards.” [3] It was a critical link in the chain of developments that brought about our modern railways. “The Liverpool & Manchester and the birth of main line railways as we know them simply wouldn’t have happened without the Stockton & Darlington Railway.” [3] It placed George Stephenson at the forefront of the development of railway technology and gave him space to test and modify locomotive design.

In that context, However, we must acknowledge the strength of debate underway between 1825 and 1829.

In this four-year period there was an intense debate about whether locomotive power or stationary engines were best.

Stephenson ascribed to the use of fixed engines where gradients were both short and steep. Others argued for the use of a variety of different fixed engines. The directors of the Liverpool & Manchester Railway challenged Stephenson’s proposals for the use of locomotives. This resulted in a number of studies taking place. The first of these took place on the S&DR and reported that rope haul-age would be suitable for the Liverpool & Manchester, with the proviso that it could cause problems at level crossings and at junctions.

A second study based at the Bolton & Leigh Railway and at the Middleton Railway also found in favour of the use of stationary engines for the Liverpool & Manchester spaced at no more than 2-mile intervals, with goods and passengers changing from one system to another at locations dictated by the gradient or by the length of rope in use. That study saw the value of locomotives for light loads but estimated that the rate per ton per mile for heavier loads would be 2/3 of a penny cheaper with stationary engines rather than locomotives.

There was a worldwide proliferation of the use of stationary engines from the second half of the 1820s into the 1830s.

The complexity of use of the stationary engines over significant distances, the necessary transshipment of goods and passengers to suit the technology eventually brought the director of the Liverpool & Manchester to the conclusion that provided locomotives could meet specific criteria then they should be used for the longer lower gradient length (35 miles) of the railway.

There is little doubt that the experience of working the S&DR and the rapid development in loco-motive technology which resulted gave Stephenson and Hackworth a clear advantage over any competition. But it must be remembered that the ‘ordeal’ at Rainhill was as much about the choice between stationary engines and mobile locomotives as it was about which was the best locomotive.

Both Hackworth and Stephenson entered locomotive for the Rainhill Trials Stephenson’s expertise, honed by experience on the S&DR and built on a fastidious attention to detail which saw all parts of Rocket tried and tested as part of a component review, resulted in Rocket significantly out-performing all its competitors (including Hackworth), but perhaps of greater significance, the debate over the use of locomotives or stationary engines had been conclusively resolved in favour of the locomotive.

Locomotive design was developing so quickly that after 1831, Rocket became design-expired and was only used on engineers’ trains and for other secondary duties! [137] [115: p144-171]

To summarise, … the S&DR:

Was a significant step forward on a journey to technological advancement and in the history of transport. The S&DR made a critical contribution to the history of the world, not just to the development of railways. It:

Demonstrated the Feasibility of Steam Railways as a means of transport of goods and passengers over significant distances. It proved that steam-powered trains could be a practical and profitable means of transport, not just for coal but also for passengers.

Inspired Global Growth: The S&DR’s success led to a surge in railway construction both in Britain and around the world, as other countries sought to replicate its model. Initially, it gave confidence to a number of investors in railways. After the opening of the S&DR, people knew that they would be investing in proven technology, not risking their money on what was no more than an experiment.

Brought About Technological Innovation: The S&DR pioneered various railway technologies, including signaling systems, timetables, and station layouts, which became standard practices in the railway industry.

Had a Significant Economic Impact: The railway transformed the Tees Valley into an industrial powerhouse, facilitating the transport of goods and people, and contributing to the growth of new industries and towns.

Had a Manifest Social Impact: The S&DR made travel more accessible to people of all classes, leading to increased social mobility and cultural exchange.

Created a Legacy: The S&DR is considered the “birthplace of the modern railway system” and its legacy continues to be celebrated through museums, heritage sites, and ongoing research.

By the time Richard Trevithick died in 1833 the first main lines were extending across Britain. By the time of George Stephenson’s death in 1848, the railway mania was in full swing. Soon the world would be crisscrossed by parallel iron rails, and nothing would ever be the same again. Places once considered perilously distant could be reached in hours.

However, if the S&DR had not opened in 1825, somewhere else would have taken its place as the birth-place of modern railways within a matter of a few short years. It was however, the tipping point when one excellent technology of tramway and tramroad gave way to what we now call the railway..

Industries would soon transport their goods across the globe with ease.

Industrial output grew exponentially. … Cities were reshaped now that people didn’t have to live within walking distance of work.

Businesses could be more productive than ever before with reliable means of communication. News of events in far-off places could be on the breakfast table the following day.

Railways would drive wars and revolutions.

Railways also made going on holiday accessible to ordinary people.

Railways were celebrated in literature music and film.

The new need for consistent timekeeping across the country meant that Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) was adopted as standard – even time itself would be spiked to the iron way.

And here we are, 200 years later in a world that Trevithick and Stephenson would barely recognize. Perhaps the best way to end would be with a quote attributed to Stephenson found in Smile’s biography of George Stephenson and told to Smile by John Dixon. …

The time will come when railways will supersede almost every other form of conveyance in this country when mail coaches will go by railway and railroads will become the great highway for the king and all his subjects. I know there will be great and almost insurmountable difficulties to be encountered but what I have said will come to pass as sure as you live.” [George Stephenson]

References

  1. Andrew Wilson; The Stainmore Route and the Eden Valley Line; in Rex Kennedy (ed.); Steam Days, Red Gauntlet Publications , Bournemouth, Forest, January 2002, p13-30.
  2. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/03/03/the-mother-of-all-inventions
  3. Anthony Dawson; Stockton & Darlington: Better than the first; in Steam Railway Magazine, February 2025; via https://www.steamrailway.co.uk/blog/features/stockton-darlington-better-than-the-first, accessed on 21st March 2025.
  4. https://www.ice.org.uk/what-is-civil-engineering/infrastructure-projects/stockton-and-darlington-railway, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  5. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  6. https://www.britannica.com/topic/Stockton-and-Darlington-Railway, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  7. https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-england-tees-56168296, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  8. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/why-was-the-stockton-darlington-railway-important, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  9. J. S. Jeans; Jubilee Memorial of the Railway System. A History of the Stockton and Darlington Railway and a Record of Its Results; Longmans, Green & Co., London, 1875. (later 1974 ed., p74).
  10. https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/railway, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  11. M. J. T. Lewis; Railways in the Greek and Roman World, in A. Guy & J. Rees, J. (eds.); Early Railways. A Selection of Papers from the First International Early Railways Conference; (PDF); Newcomen Society, London, 2001, p8–19; via https://web.archive.org/web/20110721083013/http://www.sciencenews.gr/docs/diolkos.pdf, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  12. David Gwyn and Neil Cossons; Early Railways in England: Review and summary of recent research; Historic England, Discovery, Innovation and Science in the Historic Environment Research Report Series No. 25-2017; via
  13. The first railways in England probably date, at earliest, from the second half of the 16th century and were associated with mines where German-speaking miners were employed. Smith-Grogan 2010 suggests that several Cornish rutways might date back to the 1550s and be associated with Burchard Cranich and Ulrich Frosse. The West-Country mining engineer Sir Bevis Bulmer (1536-1615) was familiar with Agricola’s De Re Metallica (Skempton 2002), and another possible literary conduit is Sebastian Munster’s Cosmographia Universalis, published in German in 1544 and in Latin in 1550. This includes a woodcut of a hund on flanged wooden rails in a mine at Ste Marie/Markirch in Alsace (Lewis 1970, 51).” [12: p20]
  14. G. Smith-Grogan; Rutways in Cornwall; in Early Railways 4, Fourth International Early Railways Conference; Newcomen Society, London, 2010.
  15. J. Longworth and P. Rickard; Plateways, Steel Road Rails, Stoneways, and Rutways in Australia; in Early Railways 6, Sixth International Early Railways Conference; Newcomen Society, London, 2016.
  16. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_Trevithick#%22Pen-y-Darren%22_locomotive, accessed on 14th April 2025.
  17. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bedlington_Ironworks, accessed on 14th April 2025.
  18. http://www.railarchive.org.uk/Acts%20of%20Parliament%201801%20to%201840.pdf, accessed on 14th April 2025.
  19. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_rail_transport_in_Great_Britain, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  20. Mumbles Railway Was ‘Remarkable’; BBC News, 25th March 2007; via http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/wales/south_west/6491379.stm, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  21. https://www.branchstow.co.uk/wakefieldsfirstrailwayanditscollieriesjohngoodchild, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  22. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kilmarnock_and_Troon_Railway, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  23. https://www.nationaltransporttrust.org.uk/heritage-sites/heritage-detail/kilmarnock-and-troon-railway, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  24. https://railway200.co.uk/activity/celebration-of-the-90th-birthday-of-courage-the-worlds-smallest-standard-gauge-diesel-loco/, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  25. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hetton_colliery_railway, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  26. https://preservedbritishsteamlocomotives.com/richard-trevithick-1802-coalbrookdale-locomotive, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  27. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_Trevithick, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  28. Francis Trevithick; Life of Richard Trevithick: With an Account of His Inventions, Volume 1; E. & F.N. Spon, London, 1872.
  29. John Denton; Shropshire Railways; in Shropshire; Shropshire County Council, 1980. p335.
  30. G. F. Westcott; The British Railway Locomotive 1803–1853; HMSO, London, 1958 p3 & p11.
  31. Early steam locomotives; in Locos in Profile; via https://web.archive.org/web/20110612124726/http://www.locos-in-profile.co.uk/Articles/Early_Locos/early1.html, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  32. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_Trevithick#/media/File:Coalbrookdale_loco.jpg, accessed on 16th April 2025
  33. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catch_Me_Who_Can, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  34. Designed and built by Matthew Murray, four of these locomotives were built for use in Leeds, where they lasted – despite one blowing up – until the early 1830s. Three were built for use around Newcastle-upon-Tyne; three under licence for use near Wigan, and one for service in South Wales. A working model was sent to the Tsar of Russia and copies were built in modern-day Belgium and Poland. This means not only were they the first locomotives in commercial use, but the first built in any number and the first to be used in many countries around the world.” [3]
  35. The design of this early locomotive address one particular problem associated with these early locomotives: “Colliery manager John Blenkinsop focussed on a particular problem with locomotives on cast-iron rails, specifically that an engine light enough to run on the tracks without breaking them would have trouble with the weight of the wagons and the often steep gradients of the track. Blenkinsop relaid the track on one side with a toothed rail – patented in 1811 – and approached engineer Matthew Murray to design a locomotive with a pinion to mesh with the rail. The resulting Salamanca became the first commercial steam locomotive to operate successfully in 1812.” [36]
  36. https://www.airedalesprings.co.uk/blog/great-feats-of-british-engineering-middleton-railway, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  37. https://www.hopetowndarlington.co.uk/stories/the-stockton-darlington-railway, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  38. http://www.alangeorge.co.uk/penydarren_ironworks.htm, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  39. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Penydarren, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  40. https://sherburninelmethistory.co.uk/local-railway-history, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  41. https://crabandwinkle.org/past, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  42. https://uk.hornby.com/railway-200, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  43. Notes and News; in The Railway Magazine, January 1950, Volume 96, No. 585, Transport (1910) Ltd., Westminster, London.
  44. Samuel Smiles; Lives of the Engineers, Volume III; John Murray, 1862.
  45. W. J. Gordon; Our Home Railways Volume II; Frederick Warne & Co., 1910.
  46. https://www.networkrail.co.uk/stories/all-aboard-railway-200, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  47. https://www.thenorthernecho.co.uk/history/railway/stockton/3165797.Efforts_that_kept_the_mines_afloat, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  48. Cecil J. Allen; The North Eastern Railway; Ian Allan, Shepperton, HB 1964 (SB 1974).
  49. William Weaver Tomlinson; The North Eastern Railway: Its rise and development; Andrew Reid and Company, 1915; via https://archive.org/details/northeasternrail00tomlrich/northeasternrail00tomlrich, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  50. Maurice W. Kirby; The Origins of Railway Enterprise: The Stockton and Darlington Railway 1821–1863; Cambridge University Press. 2002.
  51. In the 19th century members of the Society of Friends travelled to attend regular meetings and came to know Quakers elsewhere, this leading to marriages and business partnerships. The Society of Friends published guidance on conduct that included honesty in business matters, and this gave Quakers the confidence to invest in the dealings of a devout member. [50: p52, 79–80, 128]
  52.  “In the mean time, a bill is to be brought into Parliament to carry a rail-way from Bishop Auckland to Darlington and Stockton. Mr. Stevenson … has been called … to give an opinion as to the best line. The work is estimated at 120,000l., a great part of which is already subscribed.” [53: p223]
  53. Thomas Thomson, ed.; Durham Coal Field; in Annals of Philosophy. Vol. XIII.; Baldwin, Cradock and Joy, London, March 1819.
  54. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stockton_and_Darlington_Railway, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  55. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Stockton_and_Darlington_seal_(en).jpg, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  56. David Milbank Challis & Andy Rush; The Railways Of Britain: An Unstudied Map Corpus; in Imago Mundi. Volume 61, No. 2, 2009, p186–214; via https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/The-Railways-of-Britain%3A-An-Unstudied-Map-Corpus-Challis-Rush/8ff97f7c976fe3a2cb7ed2e07a268ab4ab904490, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  57. From [1825] on, an abundance of maps, plans, diagrams and technical drawings were created to enable railways to be planned, constructed and operated; to be changed, developed and regulated; to attract business and passengers; and to provide railway staff with a range of specialist tools.” [56]
  58. Diana Collecott; The Arrival of Quakerism in Teesdale; in The Quaker Line: A study to understand the importance of the Quaker community to the Stockton & Darlington Railway; compiled by the Friends of the Stockton & Darlington Railway (FSDR), supported by Historic England, 2022/3, p7-14; via https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/The-Quaker-Line-Alan-Townsend-Ed.pdf, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  59. L. T. C. Rolt; George and Robert Stephenson: The Railway Revolution; Penguin, 1984.
  60. Malleable iron rails cost £12 10s and cast iron rails £6 15s per ton at that time, but malleable iron rails could be less than half the weight for the same strength. [59: p74]
  61. Smiles [62: p160] states that early tramroads had rails 4 ft 8 in (1,422 mm) apart, but Tomlinson [49: p82–83] questions this, stating that the most common gauge of the early tramroads and waggonways was about 4 ft (1,219 mm), and some, such as the Wylam Waggonway, had the rails 5 ft (1,524 mm) apart. The gauge of the S&DR was given in early documents as 4 ft 8 in (1,422 mm), but the distance between the rails was later measured as 4 ft 8+1⁄2 in (1,435 mm), and this became the standard gauge used by 60 per cent of railways worldwide. The difference of 1⁄2 inch (13 mm) is a mystery.” [54][63: p75][64]
  62. Samuel Smiles; Lives of the Engineers. The Locomotive. George and Robert Stephenson; John Murry, Albermarle Street, London, 1904; via https://archive.org/details/livesengineersg00smilgoog/page/n8/mode/2up?view=theater, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  63. Hunter Davis; George Stephenson: A Biographical Study of the Father of Railways; Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London, 1975.
  64. Robert Stephenson (1803–1859); Network Rail; via https://web.archive.org/web/20140226231103/http://www.networkrail.co.uk/VirtualArchive/robert-stephenson, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  65. The Skerne bridge was shown on the reverse of the Series E five-pound note that featured George Stephenson, issued by the Bank of England between 1990 and 2003.[66] Allen [48: p22] and Tomlinson [49: p93–95] state that Bonomi was directly appointed by the directors after Stephenson had ignored suggestions to consult him, but Rolt [59: p75] does not mention this.” [54]
  66. Withdrawn Banknotes Reference Guide (PDF) (Report). Bank of England, London, p27; via https://web.archive.org/web/20170329073154/http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/banknotes/Documents/withdrawnrefguide.pdf, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  67. Robert H. Thornton; A History of the Growth of the Steam Engine; D. Appleton & Co., New York, via https://archive.org/stream/ahistorygrowths03thurgoog#page/n5/mode/2up, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  68. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Skerne_Bridge, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  69. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Skerne_Bridge,_Darlington,_in_1825,_by_Revd._John_Skinner.jpg, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  70. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Skerne_Railway_Bridge_South_Side_May_2021.jpg, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  71. Smiles [62: p166] has an image of this railway coach and describes it as ‘a somewhat uncouth machine’, even though the Illustrated London News had discounted in 1875 an earlier publication of Smiles’ image, stating that coach used on the opening day was a similar to a road coach. [72] Tomlinson [49: p109–110] describes the coach as having a table, cushioned seats and carpets, and criticises the Smiles image for the lack of roof seats, having the wheels outside the coach frame and says that the drawing in Smiles does not look like a vehicle that was built for £80 (approximately £8300 in 2023). [73]
  72. Railway Jubilee at Darlington; Illustrated London News. 2nd October 1875, p342.
  73. UK Retail Price Index inflation figures are based on data from Gregory Clark; The Annual RPI and Average Earnings for Britain, 1209 to Present (New Series); MeasuringWorth, 2017, via https://measuringworth.com/datasets/ukearncpi accessed on 15th July 2025.
  74. These waggons (known as wagons after about 1830) [75] were designed to carry a Newcastle chaldron (pronounced ‘chalder’ in Newcastle) of coal, about 53 long cwt (5,900 lb; 2,700 kg). This differed from the London chaldron, which was 36 bushels or 25+1⁄2 long cwt (2,860 lb; 1,300 kg). [49: p120][76]
  75. A. A. Jackson; The Railway Dictionary: An A-Z of Railway Terminology; Alan Sutton, 1922, p322.
  76. Bill Griffiths; A Dictionary of North East Dialect; Northumbria University Press. 2005, p30.
  77. https://teesvalleymuseums.org/theme/the-stockton-darlington-railway/view-object/the-opening-of-the-stockton-and-darlington-railway-1825, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  78. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Railway_track, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  79. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rail_profile, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  80. https://railroadrails.com/information/railroad-track-weight-and-length, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  81. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Stockton_%26_Darlington_Railway_with_today%27s_lines.svg, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  82. An imperial or long ton is the same as 1.016 metric tonnes and 1.120 short tons, the US customary unit.
  83. Compare Tomlinson (49: p141–142) and Rolt (59: p143).
  84. Robert Young; Timothy Hackworth and the Locomotive; Locomotive Publishing Co., London, 1923 – republished by The Hackworth Society/The Book Guild Ltd., 2000 in PB.
  85. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_Middlesbrough, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  86. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Middlesbrough, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  87. K. Hoole; A Regional History of the Railways of Great Britain: Volume IV The North East; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1974.
  88. Census 2011; Middlesbrough Council; via https://web.archive.org/web/20131230231647/http://www.middlesbrough.gov.uk/?articleid=3995, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  89. Paul Delplanque; Middlesbrough Dock 1839–1980; in the Middlesbrough Gazette, 17th November 2011; via https://web.archive.org/web/20130409123451/http://rememberwhen.gazettelive.co.uk/2011/11/middlesbrough-dock-1839-1980.html, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  90. A. N. Mackay, ed.; A History of North Eastern Railway Signalling; North Eastern Railway Association, 2016.
  91. Francis Whishaw; The Railways of Great Britain and Ireland Practically Described and Illustrated (2nd ed.); John Weale, London,1842.
  92. Passenger accommodation was sometimes classified as inside and outside following the practice on stage-coaches; express trains with premium fares were known as first-class trains. The S&DR introduced third class accommodation on some trains in 1835 as people unable to afford a second class ticket had been walking along the tracks.” [93]
  93. Charles Edward Lee; Passenger Class Distinctions; in the Railway Gazette, London, 1946.
  94. Bradshaw’s Monthly General Railway and Steam Navigation Guide; March 1843, p16
  95. https://www.portofmiddlesbrough.com/1830-port-darlington-is-born, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  96. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/6-The-Globe-Jul-2018.pdf, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  97. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:The_Globe_locomotive.jpg, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  98. Historic England; Details from listed building database (1121229); National Heritage List for England; via https://historicengland.org.uk/listing/the-list/list-entry/1121229?section=official-list-entry, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  99.  Darlington North Road Locomotive Works; Railway Correspondence & Travel Society; 24 August 2012; via https://web.archive.org/web/20140115121551/https://www.rcts.org.uk/branches/north_east/page.htm?id=Darlington%20North%20Road%20Locomotive%20Works, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  100. Peter Walton; The Stainmore and Eden Valley Railways; Oxford Publishing, 1992.
  101. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:S%26DR_as_part_of_NER_in_1904_(en).jpg, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  102. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Gaunless_Bridge_before_1901.jpg, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  103. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Durham_Coalfield, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  104. https://evenwoodramshawdistricthistorysociety.uk/geology-the-durham-coalfield-etc, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  105. https://maps.nls.uk/view/220113055, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  106. https://web.archive.org/web/20110719144222/http://www.cmhrc.pwp.blueyonder.co.uk/durhamcf.htm, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  107. https://durhamrecordoffice.org.uk/our-records/coal-mining-and-durham-collieries, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  108. http://www.northumbria.ac.uk/sd/central/its/uni_press/catalogue/hist/gnc_bm, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  109. https://www.sunnisidelocalhistorysociety.co.uk/durham.html, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  110. https://muse.jhu.edu/article/623440/summary, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  111. https://www.pontcysyllte-aqueduct.co.uk/object/horses, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  112. https://www.theheritageportal.co.za/article/railway-put-world-track, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  113. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Locomotion_No._1, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  114. L.O. Karlsson; A Rediscovered Early Rail Wagon; in Early Railways; Newcomen Society, London, p20-23.
  115. David Gwyn; The Coming of the Railway: A New Global History, 1750-1850; Yale University Press, New Haven & London, 2023.
  116. Sir William Strickland; Technical Study of the Inclined Plane Mechanism of the South Hadley Canal, South Hadley,Massachusetts; 1794.
  117. https://picturestocktonarchive.com/2019/07/19/the-bishop-auckland-to-stockton-canal-1770, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  118. https://www.networkrail.co.uk/stories/incredible-stephenson-railway-history-rediscovered, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  119. https://ourworldindata.org/grapher/output-of-key-industrial-sectors-in-england-and-the-uk, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  120. A. Vaughan; Railwaymen, Politics and Money; John Murray, London, 1997.
  121. https://regency-explorer.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/Advertisment-for-the-first-horse-drawn-railway-in-Britain.jpg, accessed on 7th August 2025.
  122. https://www.thehopkinthomasproject.com/TheHopkinThomasProject/TimeLine/Wales/LocomotiveDevelopment/WrightIllustratedHistory/WrightHTMs/HackworthRoyalGeorge.htm, accessed on 7th August 2025.
  123. https://historicengland.org.uk/listing/the-list/list-entry/1322808?section=official-list-entry, accessed on 7th August 2025.
  124. R. Young; Timothy Hackworth and the Locomotive; 1975
  125. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/2016-12-28-SDR-Volume-1-Significance-Management.pdf accessed on 9th August 2025.
  126. A. Guy; Better Than First: the Significance of the Stockton & Darlington Railway, 1821-30; (unpub paper given at the Friends of the S&DR Conference June 2015).
  127. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Stockton_and_Darlington_Railway_Share_Certificate_issued_1823.jpg, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  128. http://www.metadyne.co.uk/pdf_files/RULE_MAIN_V4.pdf, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  129. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/StocktonandDarlingtonRailwayHeritageActionZone–AerialInvestigationandMapping-Historic-England-2021.pdf, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  130. https://maps.nls.uk/view/102341692, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  131. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swansea_and_Mumbles_Railway, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  132. https://www.historyofrailroad.com/news/lake-lock-rail-road-company-above-ground-railway#google_vignette, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  133. https://picturestocktonarchive.com/2016/03/30/original-sd-line-railway-tracks-outside-preston-hall-museum, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  134. https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukla/Geo3/42/80/contents/enacted, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  135. https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukla/Geo3/50/123/contents/enacted, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  136. José Ignacio Rojas-Sola & Eduardo De la Morena-De la Fuente; The Hay Inclined Plane in Coalbrookdale (Shropshire, England): Geometric Modeling and Virtual Reconstruction; Symmetry 2019, Volume 11, No. 4, p589; https://doi.org/10.3390/sym11040589; via https://www.mdpi.com/2073-8994/11/4/589, accessed on 20th August 2025.
  137. M.R. Bailey & J.P. Glithero; The Engineering and History of Rocket; National Railway Museum, London and York, 2000.

The Highland Railway – Part 2

The featured image at the head of this article (above) is Highland Railway No. 79, ‘Atholl’, a 4-4-0 Clyde Bogie, built Jun 1886. Renumbered 79A in Mar 1917. Only one of this class survived into LMS days No. 14278. It originally carried the name ‘Fife’ and was ‘Hughland Railway No. 82. Renamed ‘Durn’ in 1900, a name it retained until 1916, it was renumbered 82A in March 1917. It continued in service until being withdrawn in April 1930. [30][31]

Trains Illustrated No. 18 which was published in 1976 focussed on The Highland Railway. [1] The introductory article, ‘Highland Retrospect’, was written by Paul Drew. [1: p4-11]

The Highland Railway (HR) Company was based in Inverness. It was formed by merger, absorbing over 249 miles (401 km) of line. It continued to expand, reaching Wick and Thurso in the north and Kyle of Lochalsh in the west, eventually serving the counties of Caithness, Sutherland, Ross & Cromarty, Inverness, Perth, Nairn, Moray and Banff. Southwards, it connected with the Caledonian Railway at Stanley Junction, north of Perth, and eastward with the Great North of Scotland Railway at Boat of Garten, Elgin, Keith and Portessie. [6][7][17: p29]

A Map of the Highland Railway Network, © Public Domain. [8]

The direct route to Perth eliminated the need for a change of trains at Aberdeen (and for some time a half mile journey between two railway stations). “It gave a route virtually under one ownership between Inverness and Perth. The greatest benefit lay, however, in the shortening of the journey. Previously the distance by rail from Perth to Inverness had been 198 miles; it now became 144. This represented a saving of about 24 hours in travelling time, and a corresponding reduction in fares.” [17: p27]

Earlier articles about the Highland Railway network can be found here, [15] here, [3] and here. [16] In this article:

we follow the line from Forres via Dava to Perth

  • We follow the line from Forres via Dava to Perth.
  • We look at the Highland Railway’s locomotive superintendents and at least some of its locomotives.

The First Direct Line Between Inverness and Perth (via Forres) – the Dava Line

H. A. Vallance tells us that “The proposed new railway through the Central Highlands left the Inverness & Aberdeen Junction Railway at Forres, 24 miles East of Inverness, and turning sharply to the south, rose steeply for several miles to cross the hills separating the valley of the Findhorn from Strathspey. Beyond the summit at Dava, 1,052 ft above sea level, the approximate course of [a] route surveyed … in 1845 was joined, and the line proceeded by way of Grantown and the west bank of the Spey to Kingussie. There followed a long, steep climb up the northern slopes of the Grampians to the head of the Druimuachdar Pass, and a corresponding descent to Blair Atholl and the Pass of Killiecrankie. Crossing the Tay near Dalguise, the line reached Dunkeld, where it made an end-on junction with the Perth & Dunkeld Railway.” [17: p24]

The enabling Act of Parliament was passed in July 1861 and authorised the Inverness & Perth Junction Railway to take control of the Perth & Dunkeld Railway. That amalgamation took place in February 1864.

Work on the line commenced in October 1861. The first 13 miles (Dunkeld-Pitlochry) opened at the beginning of June 1863. The length from Forrest to Aviemore opened in early August of the same year. The last length (Aviemore-Pitlochry) was completed in September, just a month or so later. Vallance notes: “The chief engineering works on the line were the seven-span masonry viaduct over the Divie, near Dunphail, 477 ft long and 105 ft high; the girder bridge across the Tay, near Dalguise, 515 ft long and 67 ft high; and the ten-span masonry viaduct, 54 ft high, over a deep ravine in the Pass of Killiecrankie. Smaller masonry bridges were required to carry the railway over the Bran, north of Dunkeld, and the Garry, at Struan. The latter was remarkable in that its main span crossed not only the river, but also the stone bridge carrying the Rannoch Road over the Garry at the same point. At Blair Atholl the Tilt was crossed by a single-span lattice-girder bridge. … Only two short tunnels were found necessary-one in the Pass of Killiecrankie (128 yd long), and the other north of Dunkeld (350 yd long). South of Dunkeld there was a third tunnel (310 yd long), but this had, of course, been constructed by the Perth & Dunkeld Railway. (These, incidentally, were the only three tunnels on the Highland Railway.)” [17: p25]

Some time elapsed before all the stations were ready to be opened, a few of the smaller ones being left until communication between Forres and Perth had been established. Thus accommodation was not provided at Dava until 1864, and Killiecrankie and Dalnaspidal until 1865.” [17: p25]

We have already looked at the line from Keith to Inverness. The original station at Forres was not suited to becoming a significant junction station. Valance provides a sketch of the revisions at Forres. …

A sketch of the new Station and railway junction at Forres. A double junction was provided with the line from Inverness to Keith, so that trains could be run in each direction without reversing. To give each train platform accommodation, the new station was triangular in form and built to the south of the existing one. A new line was provided for the trains from east to west, leaving the original route as an auxiliary loop for goods trains and light engines. The old station building became the stationmaster’s residence. [17: p26-27]
The junction at Forres as it appeared on the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1868, published in 1870. The original alignment of the Inverness &Aberdeen Junction Railway runs diagonally across the top of the map extract. The old station was in the top right quadrant. The new triangular junction and accompanying station/platforms is at the centre of the image. [18]
The same area in the 21st century as depicted on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [19]

Before following the route below, you may well enjoy watching a video about The Dava Way. … [28]

https://youtu.be/T65rgJoVhj0?si=y4WHrtEZ07oST52e

South of Forres, the line ran close to the Dallas Dhu Distillery which had its own sidings, before climbing to Dunphail Railway Station.

Dallas Dhu Distillery and its rail sidings, as it appears on the 25″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [20]
The same location in the 21st century, the line of the now dismantled railway is marked by trees. [20]
Looking North along the line of the old sidings at Dallas Dhu Distillery. [Google Streetview, August 2021]
Dallas Dhu Distillery seen from the South in 2024. [21]
Dunphail Railway Station as shown on the 25″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [22]
The same location in the 21st century as shown on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [22]
Dunphail Railway Station buildings seen from the West in 1997. The station closed with the railway line in 1965, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [23]

A short distance Southeast of Dunphail Railway Station, the line crossed the Divide Viaduct (over the river of the same name). The viaduct still stands in the 21st Century and carries the Cava Way footpath.

The Divie Viaduct as shown on the 25″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century ntury. [24]
The ESRI satellite image of the Divie Viaduct. [24]
The Divie Viaduct, © Ewan Mackintosh. [Google Maps, 2022]

Some distance further South the line reached Dava Railway Station. … The NLS records of the 35″Ordnance Survey do not cover the line heading South, so we now use the 6″ Ordnance Survey. …

Dava Station, as recorded on the 6″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [25]
The same location in the 21st century, as recorded on the ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS. [25]

Wikipedia tells us that, “At 985 feet above sea-level, Dava was the third highest station on the Highland Railway network. The summit that followed south of the station (Dava Summit) reached 1,052 feet. … The station was located in sparsely populated moorland, along a dirt track near the junction of the A939 and A940 (OS Grid Reference NJ008389). The purpose of a station at this location was to provide a passing loop with water columns (15 miles from Forres and 16 miles to the first junction at Boat of Garten), although the station did provide some facilities for the area, such as a post office. … The surrounding area is wild moorland (The Dava Muir).” [26]

Goods services at Dava were first to end; the date of closure was 27th January 1964. A passenger service continued until 18th October 1965, when the station closed completely. The station building, stationmaster’s house, and platforms still remain. The stationmaster’s house is a private residence.

Dava Railway Station while still in use, © Not known. [27]

South of Dava the line ran almost due South and continues to provide the formation for the Dava Way [43] which reaches a summit between the locations of Dava Railway Station and Castle Grant Platform.

The 6″ Ordnance Survey shows the old military road and the railway line in close order. [45]
Railmaponline.com shows the route of the old railway in green approaching Dava Way Summit. This is also the long distance footpath known as the Dava Way. [42]
The route of the old railway runs alongside the A939 over Dava Summit an area of open moorland. In this South facing view, the fenceline beyond the Scots Pine marks the route [Google Streetview, June 2023]
The route of the railway and that of the Old Military road sit side-by-side. [44]
Further South the line of the old railway is very close to the modern road. [42]
Looking Southeast from the A939, The fence line marks the line of the old railway. [Google Streetview, June 2023]

The line snaked back and forth following the contours as it travelled South.

The adjacent map shows two bridges close together and both associated with the Castle Grant Estate. The first we encounter travelling South along the line is a bridge carrying an estate road over the old railway. A picture of that bridge can be seen here. [50]

The adjacent map shows two bridges close together and both associated with the Castle Grant Estate. The first we encounter travelling South along the line is a bridge carrying an estate road over the old railway. A picture of that bridge can be seen here. [50] The second bridge is shown below.
The old railway bridged the Old Military Road on its way down towards Grantown-on-Spey. [46]
This extract from railmaponline.com shows the same area in the 21st century. [42]
The bridge which carried the old railway over the Military Road remains in place carrying the Dava Way over the A939. This is the view looking South along the line of the old Military Road (A939). [Google Streetview, June 2023]
The same bridge seen looking North. The building adjacent to the railway combined as a station building and a lodge for the Castle Grant estate. There was a platform on the East side of the line included at the railway’s expense as a private platform for the estate.
At Lynmacgregor the railway bridged a minor road connecting the small hamlet to the Old Military Road. [48]

The same location is shown here on railmaponline.com’s satellite imagery. A length of embankment has been removed to allow a better alignment of the access road to Lynmacgregor. [42]

Close to what is now Grantown-on-Spey Caravan Park the railway crossed another minor road by means of a stone arch.

The area to the East of this bridge is now a Caravan Park. [47]
The same location in the 21st century. [42]
The view of the West face of the stone-arched bridge. [Google Streetview, August 2021]
Grantown West Railway Station sat to the Southwest of the village. This was one of two stations serving the town. Grantown East Railway Station on the Great North of Scotland Railway (Strathspey Section) was on the South side of the River Spey at Speybridge. [49]

Photographs of the Station while in use can be found here [52] and here. [53]

This extract from the Ordnance Survey 1 inch to 1 mile 3rd Edition (surveyed between 1866 to 1870; revised: 1906; and published: 1908) shows the relative positions of the town/village and its two stations. [54]

This extract from railmaponline.com’s satellite imagery shows the location of Grantown West Railway Station in the 21st century with the line of the old railway superimposed. The village/town of Grantown is to the Northeast of this location. The station site is now an industrial estate. [42]

Looking South-southwest through the industrial estate which sits on the site of Grantown West Railway Station. [Google Streetview, August 2021]
Looking North-northeast through the industrial estate which sits on the site of the old station. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

The Strathspey Steam Railway has an ambition to extend its line to the site of the old station. [55]

South of Grantown-on-Spey West Railway Station the line continued on embankment before crossing a minor road and stream as shown on the map extract below.

This extract from the OS 6″ mapping shows the location of the bridge mentioned above and shown in the photograph below. [56]
The structure shown on the map extract above, seen from the East. A single span crosses both the road and the watercourse. [Google Streetview, August 2021]
The line continued in a South-southwest direction. Its route is easy to make out on modern satellite imagery. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The modern A95 crosses the line of the old railway which can be seen curving round towards the Southwest. [Goole Maps, June 2025]

This extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey mapping which was surveyed in 1868 and published in 1873 shows the esrtwhile bridge which carried the railway over what was to become the A95. As can be seen above, the closure of the line permitted the road alignment to be considerably improved. [57]

A short distance further Southwest, the old line crossed the River Dulnain close to its confluence with the River Spey as this next extract from the 6″ Survey mapping surveyed between 1867 and 1871 and published in 1873/75 shows. [58]

The line continued on through Broomhill Station before it was met by the Great North of Scotland (Strathspey Section) line which had just bridged the River Spey. [59]

Broomhill Railway Station or Broomhill for Nethy Bridge Railway Station [60: p46] is a reconstructed railway station on the former Highland Railway main line [61] which was originally built to serve the small villages of Nethy Bridge and Dulnain Bridge in Strathspey. It is at present the eastern terminus of the heritage railway, the Strathspey Steam Railway. [55][62]

The location of Broomhill Station enlarged to show detail. [59]
The same location in the 21st century. [59]
Looking Northeast through Broomhill Station towards Forres. The station and line were closed completely on 18/10/65. However Broomhill is currently (2025) the terminus of the Heritage Strathspey Railway, restored in stages since 1972 from Aviemore via Boat of Garten, which will eventually reach on to Grantown-on-Spey, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [63]
The rebuilt Broomhill railway station on the Strathspey Railway in 2016, © Rosser1954 and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [64]
Looking Northeast from Station Road Bridge towards the modern Broomhill Station. [Google Streetview, 2023]
Looking Southwest from Station Road Bridge towards Aviemore. [Google Streetview, 2023]
The junction between the Highland Railway and the Great North of Scotland (Strathspey Section) line which had just bridged the River Spey. [59]
The same location in the 21st century. A hedgerow still marks the line of the Great North of Scotland Railway. [59]
The next length of the line extends from the junction to Boat of Garten Railway Station which originally acted as the junction station for the Great North of Scotland Railway. [65]
The same area in the 21st century. [65]
A closer view of the 6″ Ordnance Survey showing, in more detail, Boat of Garten Railway Station. [65]
The same view in the 21st century, now under preservation. [65]

Boat of Garten railway station was a significant junction on the Highland Railway, and is now the headquarters of the Strathspey Railway. The station served as a link between the Highland Railway’s main line (Perth to Forres) and the Great North of Scotland Railway’s branch to Craigellachie. Today, the Strathspey Railway operates heritage steam trains between Aviemore, Boat of Garten, and Broomhill, using part of the original Highland Railway line.

An early 20th century view looking North through Boat of Garten Railway Station, © Public Domain. [66]
Boat of Garten Railway Station after the closure of the line, © Public Domain. [66]
A similar view in the 21st century. [Google Streetview, 2023]
The next station along the line was/is Aviemore which was the junction between two Highland Railway routes. [67]
The same area in the 21st century. The two railway routes leaving the station to the North still operate as railways. [67]

In the 21st century, Aviemore Railway Station is owned by Network Rail and managed by ScotRail, is on the Highland Main Line, 83 miles 31 chains (134.2 kilometres) from Perth, between Kingussie and Carrbridge, and is also the southern terminus of the Strathspey preserved railway. [68]

The modern main line to the North of Aviemore, the later Highland Railway main line, will be covered in Part 3 of this series of articles.

Aviemore Railway Station during construction in the 1860s, © William Dow Scottish Railway Station Photography Collection, courtesy of the University of St Andrews Libraries and Museums, ID: DOW-avi-7. [71]
Aviemore Railway Station in the early 20th century, © Public Domain. [72]
A panorama photograph of Aviemore Railway Station looking North from the footbridge. The two platform-faces close to the centre of the image are for ScotRail services. The line to the right of the image is the Strathspey Railway. [My photograph, 28th June 2009]

South of Aviemore, the Highland line continued more than 83 miles South to Perth.

The line follows the River Spey southwards, passing to the East of Loch Alvie, through Kincraig Railway Station and then passing to the West of Loch Insh and through Kingussie Railway Station.

Kincraig Railway Station at around the turn of the 20th century. [69]
Kincraig in the 21st century, as shown on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [69]
Kincraig Railway Station in the 1970s after its closure in the 1960s. [73]
Looking South from ‘The Brae’ along the line at Kincraig. [Google Streetview, 2011]
This West facing image shows bridge at the South end of the closed Kincraig Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking Northeast along the line from the bridge carrying the modern A9 over the railway. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Southwest along the line from the same bridge. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Kingussie Railway Station at around the turn of the 20th century. [70]
Kingussie in the 21st century. [70]
The platform side of the station building at Kingussie, © Highland Council. id: 19121. [74]
Looking Southwest into Kingussie Railway Station site from the gated crossing carrying the B970 across the railway. [Google Streetview, 2023]
The station buildings at Kingussie seem from the North in the 21st century. [Google Streetview, 2022]

Southwest of Kingussie the railway continues to follow the River Spey. It bridges the Spey southwest of Newtonmore Railway Station and just to the East of Spey (Road) Bridge and then continues climbing alongside first the Spey and then a tributary, the River Truim, towards Dalwhinnie Distillery.

Newtonmore Railway Station as it appears on the 6″ Ordnance Survey of the turn of the 20th century. [76]
The same area in the 21st century. [76]
The original station buildings were constructed of wood and were destroyed in a fire in April 1893. A replacement station building in stone was erected in 1893. The stone building is no longer used as a station building. [77][Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking North along the single platform at Newtonmore Railway Station, © Gordon Hatton, and made available for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [77]
The Spey River railway bridge. [75]
The railway bridge across the Spey near Newtonmore is a single track girder viaduct south of Newtonmore station which crosses the River Spey. It has two sections and a central pier. Also known as Newtonmore Viaduct. It was originally a timber single track bridge and was rebuilt in 1885 by Head, Wrightson and Co Ltd. Originally intended to carry two tracks, but only one was laid. In the 21st century, only the girders associated with that single track remain, © Julian Paren and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [78]
The second edition 6″ Ordnance Survey shows Spey Bridge and at the top right, the railway bridge over the river. After the road bridged the railway line a short siding ran alongside the running line. [75]
The same area in the 21st century. The road which crosses Spey Road Bridge is the B9150. It follows the same alignment as it did at the turn of the 20th century. [75]

Beyond the confluence of the Spey and the Truim the railway runs Southwest up Glen Truim towards Dalwhinnie Distillery. Just a short distance Northeast of the Dalwhinnie Distillery the Truim splits into two. Google Maps records the name of the two arms being the River Truim. Both arms of the Truim pass under the railway.

The two arms of the River Truim pass under the railway as shown on this 6″ Ordnance Survey extract. [79]
The same area in the 21st century. The modern A9 can be seen on the right of this extract from the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [79]
The first of the structures encountered in the image above. [Google Streetview, 2023]
The second of the two bridges. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Dalwhinnie Distillery, Village and Station. The line both North and South of Dalwhinnie Railway Station was single-track. [80]
The same area in the 21st century. The line South of Dalwhinnie is now double-track. [80]
Dalwhinnie Railway Station looking North, © Andrewrabbot and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 4.0). [81]
Dalwhinnie Railway Station building. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The accommodation crossing at the South end of Dalwhinnie Railway Station site, (Ben Alder Road). [Google Streetview, 2022]

It is worth noting before we travel on towards Perth that one of the most significant improvements to the journey to Perth “came with the doubling of sections of line, designed by the engineer Alexander Newlands, beginning with Blair Atholl to Dalnacardoch (8.25 miles (13.28 km)) in 1900, extended to Druimuachdar (8.5 miles (13.7 km)) in 1901 and Dalwhinnie (5.5 miles (8.9 km)) in 1909. [83] In the 1960s, many sections of the line were converted from double track to single track. In 1976, 23 miles (37 km) from Blair Atholl to Dalwhinnie was redoubled. [84][85] In March 2019 Network Rail completed a programme of works to increase capacity on the line and support the introduction of InterCity 125 sets on ScotRail services, with passing loops and platforms extended.” [82][86]

A few kilometres South of Dalwhinnie, the railway crosses a minor road just to the West of its junction with the A9,then crosses a small tributary  of the River Truim, before it crosses the River Truim again.

Looking South from the minor road crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The bridge over the River Truim. [87]
The same location in the 21st century. The unfenced road shown on the map extract is now the A9 trunk road [87]
The same bridge, seen from the A9. [Google Streetview, 2023]

Continuing southwards the line crosses the River Truim again. …

The next bridge over the river. [88]
The same location in the 21st century. [88]
The best view of the bridge from the A9. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The line crosses the watershed and begins the drop down towards Perth.

The next bridge crosses the first of a series of streams which form the headwaters of the River Garry. [89]
The same location in the 21st century. [89]
The bridge on the map and satellite image above. [Google Streetview, 2024]

Over the next kilometre a number of such streams are crossed and the line passes through the location of Dalnaspidal Railway Station which closed in 1965.

Dalnaspidal Railway Station close to the turn of the 20th century. [90]
The site of the erstwhile Dalnaspidal Railway Station which closed in 1965. [90]
This photograph was taken in 2006. It shows the abandoned signal box and platform at Dalnaspidal Railway Station, © Lis Burke and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [91]
The first railway bridge over the River Garry. [92]
The same location in the 21st century. [92]
The best view possible from the A9 of the bridge over the River Garry. [Google Streetview, 2023]
Struan Railway Station and bridges in the early 20th century. [93]
The same location in the 21st century. [93]
Struan road and railway bridge seen from the B847 South of the railway. [Google Streetview, 2023]

The next location of note along Glen Garry is the bridge over Bruar Water. …

The bridge over Bruar Water. [94]
The same location in the 21st century. [94]
The railway viaduct with a pedestrian underpass for people heading to the Falls of Bruar, © Jeff Collins and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [95]

It is not too much more than a kilometre or two to Blair Athol. …

Blair Athol Railway Station at the start of the 20th century. The bridge at the West end of the station area spans the Banvie Burn, that at the East end of the station site crosses the River Tilt. [96]
Blair Athol Railway Station in the 21st century. [96]
The best view available from the B8079 of the railway bridge over  the Banvie Burn. [Google Streetview, 2023]
Blair Athol Railway Station in 1962, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [99]
Blair Athol Railway Station, also seen from the footbridge, in 2018, © Martin Addison and cleared for use under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [100]
The 6″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century shows the railway bridge over the River Tilt just to the  East of Blair Athol Railway Station. [101]
The same bridge in the 21st century. [101]
The River Tilt Railway Bridge seen from the North, © Jim Barton and used under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [97]
The same bridge viewed from the West. This image shows the way in which the bridge design was made to fit in with the Balt© Andrew Abbot and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [98]
The next station on the line was Killiecrankie Railway Station seen here around the turn of the 20th century. The station closed in 1965. Note the western mouth of the short tunnel to the East of the station. [102]
The same area in the 21st century. [102]
The site of Killiecrankie Railway Station, seen from the bridge that framed the West end of the station. [Google Streetview, 2010]
Killiecrankie Railway Station in the years before closure. [110]

To the Southwest of Killiecrankie Railway Station the line passed through the Pass of Killiecrankie. First there was a short tunnel, then a viaduct over a tributary of the Tummel.

The tunnel  can be seen to the top-left of this extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey. The viaduct is towards the centre of the image. [103]
The viaduct can easily be seen on this extract from the ESRI Satellite imagery from the NLS. [103]
The East tunnel mouth sits immediately above the Northwest end of the viaduct. [111]
The Viaduct sits alongside the River Garry. A plaque sits beneath the viaduct which reads:  The National Trust for Scotland: Railway Viaduct – This 510′ long-viaduct, which was designed for the Inverness and Perth Junction (The Highland Railway from 1865) by Joseph Mitchell was completed in 2864;at a cost of £5,730. The ten masonry arches are each 35′ span and the extreme height to the parapet wall is 54′. [111]

The railway has followed the River Garry over some distance. The confluence of the River Garry with the River Tummel is just a short distance South of the Pass of Killiecrankie. From that point the railway follows the River Tummel through Pitlochry.

The town of Pitlochry and its railway station site on the North side of the River Tummel. [104]
The same location in the 21st century. [104]
The railway bridge over Rie-Achan Road at the Northwest end of the station site at Pitlochry. [Google Streetview, 2023]
Pitlochry Railway Station, © Geoff Sheppard and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [112]
Rail side at Pitlochry Railway Station, © The joy of all things, and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [113]
The railway bridge over Ferry Road at the Southeast end of the Pitlochry Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2023]To

To the Southeast of Pitlochry the main line of the Highland Railway is met by the Aberfeldy branch which has just crossed the River Tummel. The Aberfeldy branch ran along the South side of the River Tay from Aberfeldy to close the confluence of the Tummel and the Tay. It bridged the Tay and soon also bridged the Tummel as shown in the OS extract below.

The Highland Railway main line is joined by the Aberfeldy Branch at Balliinluig Junction. [105]
The old road bridge to the North of the railway bridge has been removed the road (A827) has been diverted onto the railway alignment and a modern structure has replaced the old railway bridge.  [105]
Balliinluig Railway Station in 1962, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [120]
The Aberfeldy branch of the Highland Railway crossed the River Tummel, adjacent to  Balliinluig Junction, on this bridge, © Public Domain (1864). [114]
The same bridge Seen from the West in 1967, © Elliott Simpson and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [115]
The A827 road bridge over the river, seen from the North,, © Russell Wills and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [116]

The River Tummel joins the River Tay a short distance South of Balliinluig Junction and the railway continues down the valley of the Tay, through what was Guay Railway Station and bridging the River Tay a little further South.

Guay Railway Station served a small hamlet which once had its own water mill, school and smithy. The station closed in 1959. [117] By 1948, Guay had a very limited service with no Sunday stopping trains, one Monday only service and several that stopped only on request. [118][106]
The same location in the 21st century. [106]
The bridge over the River Tay. [107]
The same location in the 21st century. [107]
The ornamental bridge over the River Tay was designed to appease the Duke of Athol. It has two spans; the southern one being 210 feet (64 m), the northern 141 feet (43 m). The girders are 16 ft (4.9 m) high, and 67 ft (20 m) above the bed of the river. The ironwork was supplied by Sir William Fairbairn & Sons, of Manchester. The abutments and central piers are stone, with ornamental castellations on top, © Euan Nelson and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [119]
Dalguise Railway Station was a very short distance South of the bridge over the Tay. [108]
The location of the station in the 21st century. [108]

Images of Dalguise Railway Station can be seen here, [121] here [122] and here. [123]

Beyond Dalguise, a tunnel opposite Dunkeld House across the Tay, a bridge over the River Braan, a significant embankment and a length of cutting bring the line to a point across the Tay from Inverness. The line continues through the railway station at Birnam which serves Dunkeld and Little Dunkeld.

Opposite Dunkeld House and on the South side of the Tay, the line passes through a short tunnel and over the River Braan. [109]
The same location on the 21st century ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. The bridge is easier to make out than the tunnel to its West.[109]

Historic Environment Scotland describes Inver Viaduct, the bridge over the River Braan, as being a “large single segmental arch, flanked by crenellated refuges [with] large masonry approaches pierced for footpaths, octagonal flanking features.” [124]

Inver Viaduct was one of a number of bridges included in a £34 million investment programme undertaken by Network Rail and completed in 2023. 50 railway bridges in Scotland were protected against damage caused by scouring of the river bed that they spanned. [125]
Looking West along the line towards Inverness Viaduct from a minor road which links the A822 and the A9. [Google Streetview, 2007]
Looking East towards Dunkeld and Birnam Railway Station from the same minor road. [Google Streetview, 2007]
A little further down the line the A822 (the Old Military Road) is crossed by a girder bridge. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Dunkeld and Birnam Railway Station seen from the North. [Google Streetview, 2023]
Looking through Dunkeld and Birnam Railway Station from the Northeast, © Rosser1954 and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [126]

Beyond Dunkeld and Birnam Railway Station, the line continues along the South side of the River Tay. Rail and river separate to make room for Murthly Castle. The line, first in tunnel and then skirting the South side of the Murthly estate.

Murthly Castle has been owned by three families since the original tower house was built in 1450. The Stewarts of Grantully acquired the property in 1615 and the present owner is Thomas Steuart Fothringham, who lives at the property with his family. The castle was developed gradually over a 450-year period, with the latest addition dating from 1893. Consequently, there is a wide range of architectural styles both inside and outside.” [127]

The 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1901 shows the Murthly estate, the River Tay and the railway. The tunnel can be seen bottom-left of this map extract. [128]
A similar area in the 21st century. [128]
Murthly Village, Station and Asylum in 1901. [129]
The same location in the 21st century. The station closed in 1965. [129]
Murthly Railway Station close to the turn of the 20th century. [130]
Abandoned signal box and level. Rossing at the closed Murthly Railway Station site. [131]
The Highland Railway (HR) line met the Caledonian line at Stanley Junction. HR trains covered the remaining miles into Perth on Caledonian metals. [132]
The same location in the 21st century. [132]

Stanley railway station was located around half-a-mile Southwest of Stanley Junction Station. It was opened in 1848 by the Scottish Midland Junction Railway which linked Perth and Arbroath. It closed in 1857, when the new station of Stanley Junction was built at the location where the Perth and Dunkeld Railway diverged from the Scottish Midland Junction Railway running between Perth and Arbroath. Stanley Junction Station closed to passengers in 1956 and to goods in 1965. [133][134]

Stanley Junction Railway Station. This image was shared on the Perth & Kinross Archive Facebook Page on 9th November 2022. [135]

Highland Railway trains ran through to Perth on the Caledonian Railway under an arrangement agreed by predecessor companies (the Perth and Dunkeld Railway and the Scottish Midland Junction Railway). The line ran through Stratford and Luncarty stations, before passing through Almond Valley Junction before the final approach to Perth General Railway Station.

Strathord Railway Station. [136]
The same location in the 21st century. [136]
Luncarty Railway Station and Bridge. [137]
The same location in the 21st century. [137]
Almond Valley Junction in 1901. Lines from Crieff and Methven met up the valley of the Almond. [138]
The branch line’s route is marked by the narrow line of trees curving towards the top-left of this extract from the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [138]
The approach to Perth from the North in 1901. [139]
The same area in the 21st century. [139]
Looking North from the bridge carrying Long Causeway over the railway. Nothing remains of what was once a busy railway scene. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking South from the same bridge. The bridge in the distance appears on the next map extract and satellite image. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The final approach to Perth from the North in 1901. [139]
The final  bridge over the line before Perth Railway Station appears just below centre in both the map extract above and this satellite image. [139]
Looking South into Perth Railway Station from the bridge carrying Glasgow Road over the station approach from the North. [Google Streetview, 2021]
Perth Railway Station in 1901, as it appeared on the 6″ Ordnance Survey. [140]
Perth Railway Station in the 21st century. [140]

Having travelled to the most southerly point on the Highland Railway’s network and having already noted that a more direct route from Inverness to Perth was to be constructed. We complete this particular article by acknowledging that the rivalry between the Highland Railway and the Great North of Scotland Railway (GNSR) was intense. Various schemes were developed by the GNSR, but none more significant than the GNSR backed abortive scheme of the Strathspey Strathdon & Deeside Junction Railway Co. (SS&DJ) to construct a 30-mile line from Ballater, terminus of the GNSR Deeside branch from Aberdeen, to Nethy Bridge on Speyside, on a GNSR branch from Craigellachie; the GNSR “was then to build its own line from Nethy Bridge directly to Inverness. The terrain was difficult on both sides of Nethy Bridge, especially to the east, where the alignment cut across a northern ridge of the Cairngorms that would have meant a 2000ft summit (compared with Druimuachdar’s 1484ft) or a long tunnel.” [1: p7] It is difficult to determine whether this route was ever a serious proposition, but “one effect of the SS&DJ proposal was to frighten the HR into building the costly Perth-Aviemore cut-off over Slochd so as to cut the Perth-Inverness passenger transit by reducing the distance compared with the route via Forres and Dava.” [1: p7]

However, the end of the 19th century saw the end of the more absurd, wasteful and expensive rivalry between the Highland and the Great North of Scotland Railway.

North and Northwest of Inverness

Drew comments: “True to its purpose of helping in the economic development of the Highlands, the I&AJR (as it was until it became the HR in 1865) started, in the early 1860s, … pushing north from Inverness. Once again local men and women co-operated. By means of working and eventually taking over lengths of line originally built as independent undertakings, the Farther North line of the HR reached Thurso, Britain’s most northerly town and 20 miles from Duncansby Head, in 1874; Penzance had been linked with London some years before, so that the British railway system extended from (near) John o’ Groats to (near) Land’s End in less than 50 years from the opening of the Stockton & Darlington.” [1: p7]

The Farther North Line or the Far North Line

In Drew’s opinion, “The Farther North line is unique in Britain. The distance by rail from Inverness to Wick, its terminus (Thurso being at the end of the branch) is 161 miles, because the line avoids expensive bridges over the sea lochs, serves as many population centres and even isolated estates as possible, and runs inland from Helmsdale roughly in a semicircle through some desolate country to near Wick. The object was partly to serve the population (sometimes by means of lonely roadhead stations) and partly to avoid the cliffs along the coast north of Helmsdale. By bridging the narrower sea lochs and keeping nearer to the coast the distance from Inverness to Wick could have been only a little over 100 miles; but that would have left many places in Ross & Cromarty, Sutherland and Caithness even farther from a railhead than they are. Less than 10 miles of the more direct route along the coast beyond Helmsdale would have been really difficult construction, probably involving some tunnelling under cliffs.” [1: p7]

Drew notes the problems encountered with snow on the Farther North line, particularly the problem of drifting snow on relatively open expanses of moorland and its propensity to collect in narrow railway cuttings. He highlights the resources needed and the logistics involved in clearing lines that were remote from highway links.

He also highlights the sterling efforts of the Highland Railway in maintaining supplies and communication to the Royal Navy in Inverness and at Scapa Flow during the first world war, over a line not built for such traffic flows. “One of the hardest tasks was the working of trains of coal, largely high-quality steam coal for the Fleet from South Wales, to Invergordon and Thurso; well over 200 miles of the journey was over the HR and most of that distance was single track. The HR had of course to borrow engines and wagons from other railways. The difficulties included lack of the running loops needed for such heavy two-way traffic.” [1: p9]

A daily scheduled service ran from Euston to Thurso during both world wars. Officially ‘The Euston to Thurso Naval Special’, this was known colloquially as the Misery Express or more positively, ‘The Jellicoe Express’. “It was named after Admiral Sir John Jellicoe and carried service personnel to and from Naval bases around the country, including Scapa Flow. WW100 Scotland reports that in WW1 it ran 15th February 1917 – 30th April 1919.” [9]

It was estimated to have transported some half a million service personnel during the two wars. (Helmsdale says half a million in each war). It was the longest scheduled rail service ever to run in the UK.

Crewe Station was one of the few scheduled stops on the 717-mile 21h 30m journey. This was a major refreshment stop, where over 300 women volunteers worked around the clock to provide refreshments in a canteen on Platform 6. Helmsdale was another refreshment stop.

From Royal Naval Association: “Although seen as a crucial piece of Naval infrastructure, the train also carried thousands of soldiers and airmen over the years.Travelling on it was usually a nightmare – invariably overcrowded, most passengers were unlikely to get a seat, and only the shortest of them could hope to get any sleep (if they could find an empty wire luggage-rack). In the Great War it left London at 6pm, arriving at Thurso at 3.30pm the following day. The southbound service took an hour longer …”

The Far North/Father North Line will be covered in detail in a future article. The early involvement of the 3rd Duke of Sutherland in the development of the line is covered here. [51]

The Skye Line from Dingwall to Kyle of Lochalshwas also built to develop rural areas. Whereas the purpose of the Farther North was to help the mainland northerly counties (though the promoters had Orkney traffic via Scrabster in mind), the Skye line was regarded also as a means of helping economically depressed Skye and Lewis and Harris and such others of the Hebrides as sent fish and the products of sheep farming to the south.” [1: p9]

Kyle of Lochalsh Railway Station – the terminus of the Dingwall & Skye Railway, © Public Domain (Ian Allan Library). [1: p6]

Drew tells us that “the line began as an independent undertaking, the Dingwall & Skye, and was to run for 63 miles across Ross & Cromarty and over the watershed between the Moray Firth and the Atlantic to Kyle of Lochalsh, terminus of the shortest ferry crossing to Skye and a site for berths for seagoing steamers to Lewis and other islands. Construction was delayed by opposition at Strathpeffer, which little spa had to be bypassed by a costly deviation. Consequently the line only reached Strome Ferry, at the head of the sea inlet, Loch Carron, in 1870. This remained the terminus and point of embarkation until 1897, when the Skye line eventually reached the Kyle, which became an admirably designed minor packet port, complete with a hotel.” [1: p9]

Drew explains that the HR absorbed the Dingwall & Skye (D&S) in 1880. “For 10 years from the opening of the railway to Strome Ferry the D&S and later the HR operated the shipping services between Strome Ferry and Skye and the Hebrides. They were eventually taken over by David MacBrayne and [then] … by Caledonian MacBrayne Ltd. … The HR later had high hopes of Strathpeffer; it built a special two-mile branch (now closed) thither from Fodderty Junction and during the season a Strathpeffer Spa express was run non-stop from Aviemore to Dingwall and on to the branch.” [1: p9]

The line to Skye and the Strathpeffer Branch are covered in detail elsewhere. The Strathpeffer Branch is dealt with here. [3] An article about the line to Kyle of Lochalsh will follow in due course.

Locomotives and Rolling Stock

To conclude this article we take a look at the notes Drew provides on the locomotives employed by the HR and further, at its locomotive superintendents: “The Jones Goods, placed in service from 1894, is one of the best-known types of engine of any British railway, famous as the first instance in the UK of the 4-6-0 wheel arrangement. … Experience with the Jones Goods helped their designer David Jones in developing the Castle Class express passenger 4-6-0s, which did not, however, enter service until 1906, after Jones had retired, and details were finalised by his successor Peter Drummond. … Struck by the magnificent work of the Castles on the HR main lines, the French State Railways in 1910 ordered 50 from the North British Locomotive Company. As illustrations show, Jones’s designs, despite the louvred chimneys, were handsome, and most were highly efficient. In view of the many steep gradients it might be asked why Jones did not develop six-coupled engines before. Indeed the HR and its constituents seemed to prefer Alexander Allan single drivers (successful on lines in flat country) long after greater adhesion became necessary.” [1: p11]

Having developed successful goods and passenger 4-6-0s, the HR went ahead with others. The best was F. G. Smith’s River Class of 1915, which were not allowed to work on the HR after delivery, because of Smith’s failure to consult the civil engineer, and had to be sold to the CR. His successor Cumming was responsible for two fine designs of 4-6-0, the Cumming Goods and the Clans, but there was little opportunity for those engines to show their paces before grouping.” [1: p11]

William Barclay was HR locomotive superintendent from 1855 until 1965. “During Barclay’s incumbency, … various 2-2-2 and 2-4-0 locomotives were built, along with a solitary 0-4-0T. An 0-4-0ST was also inherited from the Findhorn Railway. Many of Barclay’s locomotives would later be rebuilt by Stroudley or Jones – most of the 2-2-2s ended up as 2-4-0s and one became a 2-2-2T, a pair of 2-4-0s became 4-4-0s and the 0-4-0T became an 0-4-2T. Only 4 much rebuilt Barclay locomotives (all 2-4-0s) were still in stock at the time of the Grouping.” [35]

William Stroudley was HR locomotive superintendent from 1865 to 1870. “His main achievement was high standards of maintenance and cleanliness that continued to be achieved long after his departure to the LB&SCR. He did much to rationalise the HR Lochgorm Works at Inverness.” [1: p11]

Stroudley was also responsible for the design of a small HR 0-6-0ST which, with modifications, was to become the well-known Terrier Class A1 of the LB&SCR. The HR 0-6-0STs were the first locomotives to be built at the Highland Railway’s Lochgorm works in Inverness. The design was the only new design of locomotive brought in during William Stroudley’s spell as the company’s locomotive superintendent. Only three of engines were built. [4] All three, built in 1869, 1872 and 1874, “started life with second hand boilers, shortened to suit, with the dome over the firebox. The side tanks had extra capacity in the form of an arched tank placed over the boiler. The cab was typical of Stroudley but there was no coal bunker; it was carried on the right hand side in the space alongside the firebox between the cab and the side tank, both sides having extended lower cab sides meeting the tanks.” [39]

To the end the three engines showed strong Stroudley features, although they were not entirely identical, the oldest acquiring a larger side tank during rebuilding in 1917 and the rear toolbox was replaced by a small bunker on all three. Typically for HR engines all three were named: No. 56 – Balnain when new, then Dornoch in 1902; No. 57 – Lochgorm; No. 16 – St. Martin’s when new, then Fort George in 1899. … The later names reflect the move of the engines to those branches. Latterly in HR days they were nameless. The LMS correctly placed Nos 56 and 57, by then with duplicate list numbers as 56B and 57A, with similar powered tanks as Nos 16118 and 16119, by which time the former was working the Strathpeffer branch, but the third was numbered 16383 at the end of the other 0-6-0T classes this may have been due to mistaken identity. All three were soon running with LMS numbers, Inverness having applied LMS numbers and livery rather quickly, but they were condemned in 1927-32.” [39]

HR 0-6-0ST No. 57 ‘Lochgorm’ at Inverness. It was built in November 1872 and was the second of three locomotives in the Class. Iw was rebuilt in August 1897, its name was removed in 1898. It was later renumbered 16119 by the LMS until it was withdrawn from service and scrapped in December 1932. It was the longest serving of the three locomotives of the Class, © Public Domain. [5]

Until 1869, all locomotives were painted dark green. After that, passenger locomotives were painted yellow ochre , and freight locomotives were painted Scottish green (very dark green). From 1885, all locomotives were painted pea green with red and white trim. From 1903, the green became darker again, and the tenders now bore the inscription “Highland Railway.” [5]

David Jones was Locomotive  Superintendent from 1870 to 1896. He “designed several classes of 4-4-0, and was also notable for introducing the 4-6-0 wheel arrangement to the UK. He also produced small numbers of 0-4-4ST, 2-4-0, 2-4-0T and 4-4-0T locomotives. Of 88 engines built to Jones’ design (including 3 built as late as 1917), 74 passed to the LMS in 1923. A small 2-4-0T purchased secondhand from the Duke of Sutherland also made into LMS ownership.” [35]

Both the Highland Railway and the Glasgow & South Western Railway initially put [4-4-0 locomotives] on the line during 1873, the first in June, the latter in July – however the important distinction was that the former was produced by fitting a bogie to an outside cylinder 2-4-0 locomotive dating from 1858. The need arose from problems encountered on the recently opened (1870) line from Dingwall to Strome Ferry, the long fixed wheelbase of the six-wheelers sent there not taking kindly to the sharp curves. The first convert was No 10, followed by No 7, another 1858 engine, in 1875. The immediate result for the HR was the introduction of a new 4-4-0 type in 1874, the ’60’ class, which however was for main line work, ten being supplied by Dübs, and at the same time the most powerful passenger engines in Britain. For some years the Lechatelier counter pressure brake was fitted, later replaced by vacuum. With these engines came the well known louvred chimney, a feature of David Jones’ Highland engines. Seven more were built by the company at their Lochgorm Works in 1876-88, generally similar apart from boiler dimensions. Eight others, Nos 76-83, dated 1886, were the first products of the Clyde Locomotive Works of Glasgow (soon absorbed by Sharp, Stewart); the first engine of this batch was displayed at the 1886 Edinburgh Exhibition. The type was perpetuated in 1892 when Nos 89-100 were completed, essentially the same class, apart from further boiler enlargement. As main line engines all of these 4-4-0s were named, but confusion arises from numerous changes of names. Several lasted into LMS days, but only one of the Clyde built and six of the 1892 engines were allocated LMS numbers.” [10: p5]

After the first ‘Skye Bogie’s had appeared in 1873, Jones ordered ten ‘Duke’ class 4-4-0s from Dubs & Co. which were delivered in the summer of 1874. A further seven ‘Duke’ class engines were built by the HR at their Lochgorm Works, Inverness between 1876 and 1888. The first of these, No. 4 ‘Ardross’ seen here prior to being renamed ‘Auchtertyre’ in 1901. These engines had 6 ft 3.5 in diameter coupled wheels, one foot larger than the ‘Skye Bogies’. [10: p10][13]
The Highland Railway ‘Bruce’ or E class locomotives were a series of eight locomotives designed by David Jones and built by the Clyde Locomotive Company of Glasgow (eventually part of Sharp, Stewart). These locomotives were known as ‘Clyde Bogies’, © Public Domain. [29]

A smaller wheeled version of these classes for the Strome Ferry line, hence its popular title ‘Skye Bogie’, was only slowly multiplied, one engine in 1882, followed by eight in 1892-1901, the last four appearing after Peter Drummond had succeeded Jones in 1896. With the completion of No 48 in 1901 the use of the “Crewe” pattern of front end frames and cylinders on new building ceased. Unlike the ’60’ class these engines were not named. All passed into LMS stock but one was not given a new number. However one of them was a combination, identified as a ‘Skye Bogie’ because of its smaller coupled wheels, the frames originating from No 70, the 1882 engine, other components being derived from No 67 of the ’60’ class, the assemblage being completed in February 1923 and identified as No 67 Cromartie. Useful in their later days on branch lines it was 1930 before the last was condemned.” [10: p5]

The prototype ‘Skye Bogie’ No 70 was placed on the duplicate list in 1912 as No 70A and is seen here on station pilot duty at Inverness on 1st July 1915. At the beginning of 1923 it was given the boiler from withdrawn ‘Duke’ No 67 and was restored to the capital list as No 67, its original No 70 having been taken by one of the three ‘Lochs’ built in 1917. The LMS recognised its history by allotting the No 14277 with the sole remaining ‘Duke’ between it and the rest of the ‘Skye Bogies’ © Public Domain. [12] Also
K.A.C.R. Nunn/LCGB Ken Nunn Collection 2026[10: p11]
The second of the two Hawthorn 2-4-0s built in 1858 for the Inverness & Aberdeen Junction Railway that were rebuilt as 4-4-0s in 1873 and 1875 by David Jones for working the Dingwall & Skye line to Strome Ferry. No 7 is seen as running in the 1890s having lost the name Dingwall but before being placed on the duplicate list, © Public Domain. [11]

Despite introducing a large six-coupled goods in 1894 Jones retained the 4-4-0 wheel arrangement for the next express locomotives. Again the new class, ‘119’ or ‘Lochs’, were some of the most powerful passenger engines in the land. Most of the established features of Inverness engines were retained, the louvred chimney, the Stroudley cab but the frames and cylinders were conventional, not of the “Crewe” type. An early form of piston valves were used, not successfully for they were soon replaced by balanced slide valves. All were named after ‘Lochs’ in the Highland area. There were few changes in HR days although No. 130 ran with a feed water heater. Even after displacement as the premier main line engines by Drummond’s 4-6-0 ‘Castle’ class in 1900, the ‘Lochs’ remained almost confined to the HR main line right up to the Grouping. When further engines were urgently required during World War I the need was partly met by obtaining in 1917 three more of the class from North British in Glasgow, time and expenses being saved by using existing patterns and drawings.” [10: p5]

The ‘Lochs’ were Jones’ final design for the Highland Railway. 15 were originally built by Dubs & Co. in July-September 1896. [10: p16] With the 3 built in 1917, this meant that a total of 18 members of this class were built.

Highland Railway ‘Loch’ Class Locomotive No.125, ‘Loch Tay’: these were large 4-4-0s normally used north of Inverness. They were introduced in 1896, to the design of David Jones. Fifteen were built by Dübs and Company in Glasgow, all going into traffic between July and September 1896. Three more were built in 1917 by Dübs’ successor, the North British Locomotive Company (NBL), © ETH-Bibliothek Zürich, Bildarchiv / Fotograf: Unbekannt / Ans_05373-0434 / Public Domain (CC0). [32]
Loch Shin at Kyle of Lochalsh. The second engine is probably a ‘Skye Bogie’. This picture of Loch Shin shows the louvres on the chimney rather well, © Robin Gibbons who kindly has allowed me to use the image. [41]

Drummond brought about a complete transformation of Highland engine power, such that it seemed that his brother Dugald, and Eastleigh Works of the London & South Western Railway had taken over, for many of Peter Drummond’s classes corresponded to L&SWR designs. The first of two Drummond 4-4-0 classes appeared in 1898 and were slightly smaller than the ‘Loch’ class, being intended for services from Inverness to Aberdeen and Wick. The eight initial engines were supplied by Dübs in 1898, followed by a further nine built at Inverness in 1899-1901. Three more came from Glasgow in 1906, having tenders with a little more water capacity. Six-wheeled tenders had been supplied with the class but at times a few engines ran with eight-wheeled tenders from other classes. There was an important change from the previous Inverness adherence to Allan’s straight link valve gear to Stephenson link motion. Another change was the introduction of steam reversing gear, although the initial eight had lever reverse until modified. Nos 2 and 13-7 were dual braked and Nos 2 and 7 later ran with Smith’s feed water heaters. Named after Scottish mountains these engines were inevitably known as the ‘Ben’ class. The first engine arrived at Inverness with the name Ben Nevis to the embarrassment of the HR for that mountain is far away in rival North British Railway territory so a hurried change was made to Ben-y-Gloe.” [10: p5]

Highland Railway ‘Ben’ Class Locomotive No. 1, ‘Ben-y-Gloe’ was originally named ‘Ben Nevis’ but hastily changed to be named after a mountain in Highland Railway territory. There were actually two separate ‘Ben’ classes, usually referred to as the ‘Small Bens’ and the ‘Large Bens’: Highland Railway C and U classes. The designer was Peter Drummond, the builders were: Dübs & Co. (8 Small); HR Lochgorm Works (9 Small); and North British Locomotive Co. (3 Small, 6 Large). Serial numbers were: Dübs: 3686–3692 (Small); NBL: 17398–17400 (Small); 18269–18272 (Large); 18803–18804 (Large). Build dates were: 1898–1906 (Small); and 1908–1909 (Large). In total 20 small and 6 large ‘Bens’ were produced. [33]

Rowledge continues: “A further six 4-4-0s engines, intended for Inverness and Wick trains, were provided by North British in 1908-9, using the frames, etc., of the ‘Ben’ class but carrying a larger boiler, becoming the ‘New Ben’ class, using more mountain names. All had steam reversers and three, Nos 60, 61 and 63, were dual braked. Smith’s feed water heaters were fitted in 1914-5, feed water initially being heated by exhaust steam in a heat exchanger placed alongside the smokebox on the right hand side and then further heated by another set of tubes inside the smokebox. The four 1908 engines started with the same size 3,185 gallon tenders as the last three ‘Bens’, but two, Nos 61 and 63 soon received 3,200 gallon double bogie tenders taken from 0-6-0 tender engines, while the final pair had even larger 3,600 gallon bogie tenders.” [10: p5]

Despite wartime conditions a new design appeared in 1916 after Cumming had replaced Drummond as Locomotive Superintendent, larger and heavier than any previous HR 4-4-0 class. Nos 73 and 74 were the first two-cylinder engines of this wheel arrangement in Britain to have outside cylinders and valve gear. Apart from the rejected ‘River’ class 4-6-0 engines this pair were the first on the HR to have superheaters, Drummond not having taken to this development while at Inverness. Both were built for the ‘Far North’ line but they also saw use between Inverness and Perth.” [10: p5]

When Cumming replaced Drummond he ordered two superheated 4-4-0 locomotives which were known as the ‘Durn‘ class. They were ordered specifically for use on the Far North line. This postcard image shows No. 74 ‘Durn’ in LMS livery as No. 14523, © Public Domain. [34] The other locomotive of this class was ‘Snaigow’. These two locomotives were entirely of Hawthorn, Leslie design and were built in 1916. They were delivered  to the Highland Railway in November 1916. They were the only British two-cylinder 4-4-0s to have outside Walschaerts valve gear, although the gear was rather hidden behind the casing over the pistol valves in which an oval slot was cut to improve access to the motion. [10: p25]

From the late 1920s ‘Snaigow‘ and ‘Durn‘ were found mostly working from Aviemore Shed on goods or piloting work, having been replaced on the Far North line by Drummond ‘Castle’ 4-6-0s which were in turn displaced by new LMS ‘Crabs’ and Caledonian ‘Rivers’ sent to the Highland Railway. The arrival of Stanier ‘Black Fives’ sealed their fate and both were withdrawn in the mid-1930s. [10: p25]

The LMS inherited 78 4-4-0s from the HR – this is the official figure contained in a document at the Public Record Office, Kew – but two others were still extant and are usually included in the initial LMS total. Only 61 were allotted new LMS numbers, the rest being written off during 1923. Despite early withdrawal of pre-1896 examples several of them, Nos 14271/2/5-9/82-5, appeared in the LMS red livery with large numerals on the tender.” [10: p5-7]

The Highland [4-4-0] engines lasted rather better than those of the G&SWR, twelve passing into British Railways stock.” [10: p7] The last of these was ‘Small Ben’ No. 54398 ‘Ben Alder‘ which was scrapped in the second half of 1952.

Having followed the various 4-4-0 classes employed by the Highland Railway we return to look at David Jones’ other locomotive designs. As we noted above, he “was also notable for introducing the 4-6-0 wheel arrangement to the UK. He also produced small numbers of 0-4-4ST, 2-4-0, 2-4-0T and 4-4-0T locomotives. Of 88 engines built to Jones’ design (including 3 built as late as 1917), 74 passed to the LMS in 1923. A small 2-4-0T purchased secondhand from the Duke of Sutherland also made into LMS ownership.” [35]

David Jones Goods class “was notable as the first class with a 4-6-0 wheel arrangement in the British Isles. Fifteen were built, and one has survived to preservation.” [36]

Jones Goods locomotive, HR No. 103 survived into preservation. It is seen here at the Riverside Museum (replacing the preceding Glasgow Museum of Transport), Partick, Glasgow. [36][37]

Fifteen ‘Jones Goods’ locomotives “were built by Sharp, Stewart and Company and delivered between September and November 1894, numbered 103 to 117. At the time, these were the most powerful main line engines in the country. Originally intended principally as freight engines, they were often called upon for passenger duties during the wide fluctuations of traffic which occurred on the Highland Railway, particularly during the summer season.” [36]

Although the type was a notable success for Jones, an accident while testing one of the locomotives caused one of his legs to be severely scalded. Although he recovered, he was permanently affected and by the end of December 1896 had retired due to ill-health.” [36]

Peter Drummond was Locomotive Superintendent of the HR from 1896 to 1912. Under Peter Drummond, new 0-4-4T, 0-6-0T, 0-6-4T, 0-6-0, 4-4-0 and 4-6-0 designs emerged. All 72 of his locomotives passed to the LMS. [35] Among those 72 locomotives were the class ’18’ 0-6-0s – these were the only class of 0-6-0 employed by the HR. The class was introduced on the network in 1900. [38: p9]

Originally intended to be 15 in number the initial order was for only six when placed in 1899, Dübs supplying Nos 134-9. They were followed by Nos 18-21 in 1902, also from Dübs, and finally Nos 36 and 55 (the latter renumbered 37 in 1921) in 1907 from North British. The class replaced an assortment of small and old 2-4-0 locomotives. The 1902 engines had Drummond water tube fireboxes, but otherwise the “Barneys” (just how the class became so named is lost in the mists of the past) were quite conventional. The first six had double bogie tenders, the rest six wheeled, the former being exchanged with six wheeled tenders from the 4-4-0 ‘Ben’ class (LI No 117) in 1902-13.” [38: p9]

Most of the ’18’ class, as far as is known, were used on goods trains to east and north of Inverness rather than the main line to Perth. Despite not having steam heating pipes there was some use on passenger trains, especially excursions. In LMS ownership the class was numbered 17693-17704. In 1938 Nos – 17693-5/7, 17703 were moved to the Glasgow area to assist with extra traffic to the Glasgow Exhibition, when more engines with vacuum brakes were needed, working from Dawsholm, – Motherwell and Hamilton. One No 17694, was even seen on an excursion train at Edinburgh which also crossed the Forth Bridge to Burntisland. Although returned to Inverness later that year five were again used in Glasgow during 1939, but not for long. A longer stay in that area began at the end of 1946 when the eight survivors moved to Corkerhill, some later being transferred to Ayrshire sheds. Seven passed into British Railways stock, the last being withdrawn in 1952.” [38: p9]

Generally, the HR had little use for shunting tank engines, but “In 1903/04 the Highland Railway built three powerful 0-6-0 tank engines at its Lochgorm works in Inverness. Numbered 22, 23 and 24 they were used for shunting duties. The boilers and wheels were taken from older locomotives that had been scrapped and this led to the engines being referred to as ‘Scrap Tanks‘.” [40] These outside cylinder engines were, “quite unremarkable except that the boilers were recovered from obsolete 2-4-0 locomotives together with re-usable wheels and other parts. The result was a class with rather larger wheels than usual for shunters. Normally there were two working at Inverness with the other at Perth. Once the boilers were no longer listed as a standard type their survival was limited and they were condemned in 1930-2.” [39: p9]

Frederick George Smith was Locomotive Superintendent from 1912 to 1915, his “brief tenure was cut short by a dispute over his sole design, the ‘River’ Class 4-6-0. Six locomotives were built, but they were (wrongly) considered to be too heavy for the Highland Railway, and were sold to the Caledonian Railway without being used.” [35]

Christopher Cumming was Locomotive Superintendent from 1915 to 1922. He designed one class of 4-4-0 and two types of 4-6-0, totalling 18 locomotives, which all passed to the LMS. [35]

The Future

One feature of Drew’s article, written at the end of 1975, was the palpable concern expressed over the security of rail services in the remote areas of Scotland and particularly from the Farther North Line and the Kyle of Lochalsh line. With hindsight, we can say that (although justified in the mid-1970s, with the bias of the time towards road transport) what was feared has not come to pass. [1: p8] Passenger rail services on both these lines (and on the West Highland line) continue, although we should note that Scotland’s Railway receives some of the highest public subsidy anywhere in the UK: two thirds of the costs come from the Scottish Government; and on average, tickets are 20% lower than the rest of the UK. [2]

References

  1. Brian Stephenson (ed.); The Highland Railway; Trains Illustrated No. 18, Ian Allan, Shepperton, London, 1976.
  2. https://www.transport.gov.scot/public-transport/rail/investing-in-scotlands-railway/scotlands-railway-delivering-value-for-money, accessed on 18th April 2025.
  3. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/03/23/the-highland-railways-strathpeffer-branch
  4. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/24612, accessed on 18th April 2025.
  5. https://britbahn.wdfiles.com/local–files/highland-railway/HR_R_Class_57.jpg, accessed on 18th April 2025.
  6. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Railway, accessed on 18th April 2025.
  7. W. Philip Conolly; British Railways Pre-Grouping Atlas and Gazetteer; Ian Allan, Hersham, 2004.
  8. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Map_of_Highland_Railway_1920.jpg, accessed on 18th April 2025.
  9. https://www.londonremembers.com/subjects/jellicoe-express, accessed on 20th April 2025.
  10. J. W. P. Rowledge; The 4-4-0 Locomotives of the Glasgow & South Western and Highland Railways; in Brian Stephenson (ed.) Locomotives Illustrated No 117, January-February 1998, Ian Allan, Berkhamsted, Herts, 1997.
  11. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Railway_L_Class#/media/File%3AHR_L_class_7.jpg, accessed on 21st April 2025.
  12. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/gd/asset/24705, accessed on 21st April 2025.
  13. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/24624, accessed on 21st April 2025.
  14. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:GNoSR_Aberdeen_to_Inverness.svg, accessed on 21st April 2025.
  15. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/05/01/the-highland-railway-part-1
  16. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/04/01/the-highland-railways-fortrose-or-black-isle-branch
  17. H. A. Vallance; The Highland Railway (2nd. Ed.); David & Charles, Dawlish, and Macdonald, London, 1963, (First edition published in 1938).
  18. https://maps.nls.uk/view/190684941, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  19. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.8&lat=57.61065&lon=-3.62472&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=0, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  20. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.59091&lon=-3.61356&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=99, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  21. https://maps.app.goo.gl/Qs2u8nqMW5iEWADY6?g_st=ac, accessed on 3rd May 2025.
  22. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.4&lat=57.51285&lon=-3.64495&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=94, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  23. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3425127, accessed on 3rd May 2025.
  24. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.5&lat=57.49791&lon=-3.63391&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 3rd May 2025.
  25. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.4&lat=57.43088&lon=-3.65302&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 4th May 2025.
  26. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dava_railway_station, accessed on 4th May 2025.
  27. https://davaway.org.uk/railway-history, accessed on 4th May 2025.
  28. https://youtu.be/T65rgJoVhj0?si=y4WHrtEZ07oST52e, accessed on 4th May 2025.
  29. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Railway_E_Class, accessed on 17th May 2025.
  30. https://www.vads.ac.uk/digital/collection/IMECHE/id/1390, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  31. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/24864/1/EN24864-lms-14278.htm, accessed on 24th May 2025, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  32. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Railway_Loch_Class, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  33. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Railway_Ben_Class, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  34. https://ebay.us/m/Ni0LBj, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  35. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Locomotives_of_the_Highland_Railway, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  36. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Railway_Jones_Goods_Class, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  37. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Riverside_Museum, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  38. J. W. P. Rowledge; Scottish 0-6-0 and 2-6-0 Classes of the LMS; in Brian Stephenson (ed.), Locomotives Illustrated No 133, September-October 2000, Ian Allan, Berkhamsted, Herts, 2000.
  39. J. W. P. Rowledge; LMS Scottish Goods Tank Locomotives; in Brian Stephenson (ed.), Locomotives Illustrated No 154, July – September 2004, Ian Allan, Berkhamsted, Herts, 2004.
  40. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/25786, accessed on 24th May 2025.
  41. Robin Gibbons owns the glass negative for this image. (Permission given by email on Wednesday 28th May 2025.)
  42. https://www.railmaponline.com/UKIEMap.php, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  43. https://davaway.org.uk, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  44. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.37947&lon=-3.63493&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  45. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.0&lat=57.39150&lon=-3.64854&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  46. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.35238&lon=-3.60917&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  47. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.33524&lon=-3.62039&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  48. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.34152&lon=-3.60859&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  49. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.32289&lon=-3.61950&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  50. https://www.railscot.co.uk/img/10/93/, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  51. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/06/06/the-duke-of-sutherlands-saloons-locomotives-and-railways
  52. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/cdn/highlife/previews/92/1418d083db7eb8251f35021e8055708d/5/038ca11110d621469f6a46b8080ae793/27400.jpg, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  53. https://canmore.org.uk/site/111459/grantown-on-spey-west-station?display=image, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  54. https://maps.nls.uk/view/74490558, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  55. https://www.ourrailway.org, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  56. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.31778&lon=-3.62635&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  57. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.31301&lon=-3.63075&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  58. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.29776&lon=-3.65651&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  59. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.0&lat=57.28014&lon=-3.67874&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  60. R. V. J. Butt; The Directory of Railway Stations (1st ed.); Patrick Stephens Ltd, 1995.
  61. Past the Tracks – The Aviemore to Forres Line; via http://www.pastthetracks.com/Aviemore/Aviemore_History.html – this link appears to be broken.
  62. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Broomhill_railway_station, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  63. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1923617, accessed on 21st June 2025.
  64. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Broomhill_railway_station_and_signals.jpg, accessed on 21st June 2025.
  65. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=13.3&lat=57.26878&lon=-3.72388&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  66. https://www.ourrailway.org/boatofgarten.htmlhttps://www.ourrailway.org/boatofgarten.html, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  67. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.6&lat=57.19856&lon=-3.82134&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  68. Mike Bridge, ed.; TRACKatlas of Mainland Britain: A Comprehensive Geographic Atlas Showing the Rail Network of Great Britain (3rd ed.); Platform 5 Publishing Ltd., Sheffield, 2017, p94.
  69. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.2&lat=57.12962&lon=-3.93060&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  70. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.7&lat=57.07964&lon=-4.05422&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  71. https://collections.st-andrews.ac.uk/item/aviemore-railway-station-during-construction/63885, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  72. https://www.ourrailway.org/aviemore.html, accessed on 22nd June 2025.
  73. https://canmore.org.uk/site/69332/kincraig-station, accessed on 23rd June 2025.
  74. https://her.highland.gov.uk/Monument/MHG15369, accessed on 23rd June 2025.
  75. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.05264&lon=-4.13071&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 23rd June 2025.
  76. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.5&lat=57.06077&lon=-4.11732&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=87,  accessed on 23rd June 2025.
  77. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Newtonmore_railway_station, accessed on 23rd June 2025..
  78. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7851723, accessed on 23rd June 2025.
  79. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.4&lat=56.95683&lon=-4.21729&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=94, accessed on 23rd June 2025.
  80. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=56.93297&lon=-4.24722&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  81. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dalwhinnie_railway_station#/media/File%3AThe_footbridge_at_Dalwhinnie_railway_station.jpg, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  82. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Main_Line, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  83. John Thomas & David Turnock; A Regional History of the Railways of Great Britain. Volume 15 North of Scotland; David St John Thomas, Newton Abbott, 1989, p236.
  84. Highland doubling; in The Railway Magazine Issue No. 902, June 1976, p277.
  85. Highland doubling starts; in The Railway Magazine Issue No. 905, September 1976, p476.
  86. Highland main line upgrade work complete; Network Rail, 28th March 2019, via https://www.networkrailmediacentre.co.uk/news/highland-main-line-upgrade-work-complete, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  87. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=56.86680&lon=-4.25512&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  88. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.9&lat=56.86716&lon=-4.25572&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  89. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.9&lat=56.85045&lon=-4.24636&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  90. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.6&lat=56.83262&lon=-4.22399&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  91. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dalnaspidal_railway_station#/media/File%3AFormer_station%2C_Dalnaspidal_-_geograph.org.uk_-_203642.jpg, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  92. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=56.81637&lon=-4.13297&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=94, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  93. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=56.76835&lon=-3.96242&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=97, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  94. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=56.77235&lon=-3.93034&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  95. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/4160599, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  96. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.7&lat=56.76613&lon=-3.85122&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  97. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3653796, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  98. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3207521, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  99. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1828415, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  100. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5865219, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  101. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=56.76512&lon=-3.84405&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=94, accessed on 24th June 2025.
  102. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.74535&lon=-3.77703&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  103. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.74175&lon=-3.77276&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  104. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.70418&lon=-3.73554&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  105. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.65105&lon=-3.66906&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  106. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.62310&lon=-3.63682&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  107. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.61348&lon=-3.63925&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  108. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.60754&lon=-3.63831&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025
  109. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.1&lat=56.56247&lon=-3.60789&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  110. https://youtu.be/08cKLNOwJJs?si=yfNMmticuyLvFsUU, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  111. https://www.tripadvisor.fr/LocationPhotoDirectLink-g186566-d8073533-i258339073-Killiecrankie_Viaduct-Pitlochry_Perth_and_Kinross_Scotland.html, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  112. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pitlochry_railway_station#/media/File%3A2018_at_Pitlochry_station_-_forecourt.JPG, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  113. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:43034_at_Pitlochry_on_platform_1_(going_north).jpg, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  114. https://www.capitalcollections.org.uk/view-item?i=25047&WINID=1750885501785, accessed on 25th July 2025.
  115. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3899955, accessed on 25th June 2025.
  116. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1543539, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  117. R. V. J. Butt; The Directory of Railway Stations; Patrick Stephens Ltd, 1995, p110.
  118. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guay_railway_station, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  119. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3418380, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  120. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1747129, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  121. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27059, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  122. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27058, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  123. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27057, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  124. https://portal.historicenvironment.scot/apex/f?p=1505:300:::::VIEWTYPE,VIEWREF:designation,LB11137, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  125. https://www.railadvent.co.uk/2023/10/network-rail-completes-34m-investment-to-protect-scottish-bridges.html, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  126. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Dunkeld_and_Birnam_Railway_Station._Highland_Main_Line._The_old_Station_buildings._View_south.jpg, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  127. https://www.historichouses.org/house/murthly-castle/history, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  128. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.4&lat=56.54167&lon=-3.52163&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 26th June 2025.
  129. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=56.53207&lon=-3.46531&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=94, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  130. https://www.murthly.scot/ajax/gallery/?id=35910, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  131. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Murthly_railway_station, accessed on 27th June 2025
  132. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=56.49599&lon=-3.44324&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=94, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  133. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stanley_(SMJR)_railway_station, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  134. https://www.railscot.co.uk/locations/S/Stanley_Junction, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  135. https://www.facebook.com/share/16aHwJ3qWB, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  136. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=56.46341&lon=-3.47344&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th June 2025
  137. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=56.44897&lon=-3.47148&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  138. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.6&lat=56.41463&lon=-3.45899&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  139. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=56.39817&lon=-3.44216&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th June 2025.
  140. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=56.39700&lon=-3.44253&layers=6&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th June 2025.

The Railways of Namibia (the former South West Africa) – Part 1 – Windhoek and the Northern Lines

The Railway Magazine of February 1952 carried an article by Charles E. Lee about railways in what was German South West Africa. This encouraged me to have a look at the history of Namibia’s railways and their condition and extent in the 21st century. The 1952 article also caught my attention because Manchester Diocese (I was a priest in Manchester Diocese before retirement) is linked with the Diocese of Namibia.

The territory was formally colonized by Germany between 1884-1890. It covered an area of 835,100 sq. km. It was a settler colony and had attracted around 3,000 German settlers by 1903, who primarily settled in the central high grounds. [2]

German South West Africa, now known as Namibia, was a German colony from 1884 to 1915. It was not a province within the German Empire but a separate colonial territory. From 1891, the capital was Windhoek, which also serves as the capital of modern-day Namibia. [2]

The arrival of German settlers disrupted the existing socioeconomic balance and led to conflicts, particularly with the Herero and Nama people.

In 1883 Franz Adolf Lüderitz, a merchant from Bremen, Germany, established a trading post in southwest Africa at Angra Pequena, which he renamed Lüderitzbucht. He also acquired the adjacent coastal area, which he named Lüderitzland. These areas were constituted the first German colony under German protection on April 24, 1884. The German occupation subsequently extended inland. By the latter 1880s the German Colonial Company for the South realized that it was incapable of administering the territory, and the German government immediately took over the colony’s administration. As a result of the Zanzibar Treaty (1890) between Germany and Great Britain, German South West Africa acquired the Caprivi Strip (named after the German chancellor Graf Leo von Caprivi), a tract of land 280 miles (450 km) long in the extreme northeast of the territory; the colony thus gained access to the Zambezi River.” [3]

German colonial rule was harsh, leading to insurrections and resistance. “Major Theodor Leutwein, governor of the colony in 1894–1904, suppressed insurrections of the Khoekhoe (1894) and of the Hereros (1896). In 1904, however, the Hereros fomented a far more dangerous rebellion. The German force, at first only 750 strong and supported only by one artillery battery, had to face an army of some 8,000 men equipped with modern weapons. Reinforcements increased the German force, ultimately under the command of General Lothar von Trotha, and resulted in a decisive German victory on the Waterberg River. Further Khoekhoe rebellions were put down in 1904–07.” [3]

German South West Africa was occupied by the South African Union Defence Force in 1915 during World War I, and Germany formally ceded the territory under the Treaty of Versailles in 1919. Its administration was taken over by the Union of South Africa (part of the British Empire) and the territory was administered as South West Africa under a League of Nations mandate. It became independent as Namibia on 21st March 1990. [2]

The Railways

The railways in German South West Africa played a crucial role in the colonial administration and the First World War campaign. The German colonial authorities built a railway network between 1897 and 1914 to enable colonial territorialization and facilitate the extraction of resources. [4]

Charles E. Lee tells that “under the German regime, the first railway in South West Africa was the Northern State Railway (NSR), as it was then called, built to a gauge of 60 cm. (1 ft. 11 in.) between Swakopmund and Windhoek, via Jackalswater and Karibib, a distance of 238 miles. This line was begun in 1897 and was built by a German Military Brigade from Europe. It was first intended to be worked by animal power – Argentine mules or Cape donkeys – but steam traction was soon adopted. The first section (15 miles) was opened to traffic from Swakopmund in January 1898. By the end of that year 68 miles were ballasted and 54 open. In July 1900, the line was opened to Karibib, 121 miles, and the whole railway completed to Windhoek, a further 117 miles, in June, 1902. The curves and gradients were very severe, the gradient out of the Khan River gorge, for instance, being 1 in 19 with curves of 180 ft. radius. The rails weighed about 19 lb. a yard and were laid on iron sleepers. There were iron girder bridges at Khan River, Dorst River, and Kubas. The only good and plentiful water supplies were at Swakopmund and Karibib.” [1: p121]

Wikipedia tells us that there was actually an earlier line than the one Lee talks about. It was a small mining rail line at Cape Cross in 1895. [5] “Soon afterwards, the ox-cart transport system totally collapsed, in the wake of a rinderpest epidemic in 1897. As it was necessary to react quickly to the now extremely precarious transport situation, decisions were made: to build a railway line from the German port of Swakopmund to Windhoek (the Staatsbahn); to use existing, 600 mm (1 ft 11 5⁄8 in) gauge military Feldbahn material; and to entrust a railway brigade with the construction work, which began in September 1897.” [5]

Wikipedia continues: “Construction of the railways connecting with the Staatsbahn was aimed partly at military strategic objectives following the uprising of the Herero and Nama, and partly at economic requirements. … By World War I, the following lines had been developed (listed by the first year of full operation):” [5]

  • 1902: Swakopmund–Windhoek line, 600 mm (1 ft 11 5⁄8 in) gauge, Karibib–Windhoek section re-gauged in 1911 to 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm) gauge. [5]
  • 1906: Otavibahn, 600 mm gauge. [5]
  • 1905: Onguati–Karibib branch. [5]
  • 1908: Otavi–Grootfontein branch. [5]
  • 1907: Lüderitzbahn, 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • 1909: Seeheim–Kalkfontein branch. [5]
  • ca 1911: Kolmannskuppe–Elisabethbucht–Bogenfels, industrial railway of the diamond fields. This 600mm gauge railway was electrified from 1911 (the only electric railway in Namibia’s history).  Diamond mining in the region gradually moved south. The northern part of the line as far as Pomona was abandoned in 1931, and some of its materials were used for the extension of the railway towards Oranjemund. The southern section was operated with diesel traction. This line no longer exists. [5]
  • 1912: Windhoek–Keetmanshoop railway, 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm) gauge. [5]
  • 1912: Rehoboth shuttle, 600 mm (1 ft 11 5⁄8 in) gauge (questionable). [6][7][2][5]
  • 1914: Otjiwarongo–Outjo–Okahakana, 600 mm gauge (project started, but not completed due to the war). [5]
The Windhoek–Keetmanshoop railway, circa 1916, © Franz Baltzer, Public Domain. [5]

Lee talks of the formation, by the Otavi Mining & Railway Company, an Anglo-German syndicate owning the copper mines at Otavi and Tsumeb, of a railway: “This company was formed in Berlin in 1900, in accordance with an arrangement between the South-West Afrika Company, the Disconto-Gesellschaft of Berlin, and the Exploration Company. The first intention was to build a 3 ft. 6 in. gauge railway from Port Alexander in Portuguese West Africa to run in a south-easterly direction up the Muende River Valley and via Etosha Pan to the Tsumeb Copper Mines, and later to extend this line to Rhodesia to form a trans-African railway. Eventually it was decided to form a 60 cm. gauge line entirely in German territory connecting Swakopmund with Tsumeb, a distance of 351 miles. Construction was undertaken by Arthur Koppel & Co. and was begun in November 1903, but was delayed by the Herero War, and the work completed on 25th August 1906. This undertaking, called the Otavi Railway, had the distinction of being the longest narrow-gauge railway in the world. Branches were laid subsequently from Otavi to Grootfontein (56 miles) and from Onguati to Karibib on the State Railway (9 miles). The cost is stated to have been about £2,400 a mile, or roundly £1,000,000 in total. The railway was bought by the German Imperial Government in 1910 for £1,250,000, but the management was left in the hands of the company under a 30-year lease, terminable after 10 years.” [1: p121]

This line was well constructed, and well ballasted. It had a ruling gradient of 1 in 66 and minimum curvature of 150 metres. The permanent way consisted of steel rails in 30-ft. lengths, 30 lb. a yard, laid on steel sleepers weighing about 26 lb. each. “From Swakopmund, for a distance of 68 miles, the line rises steadily on a grade of 1 in 66 to Ebony Station, where it reaches an altitude of 3,500 ft. (On the down journey, the last 40 miles into Swakop-mund can be run by gravity.) From Ebony there is a regular fall to Usakos, which is 2,640 ft. above sea level. From Usakos it climbs 690 ft. in 13 miles to Onguati, and continues to rise until it attains its greatest elevation near Kalk-feld, where the summit is 5,200 ft.” [1: p121]

The Otavi Railway, like the State Railway, was built to the 2 ft-gauge, though a difference of 1 centimetre in the wheel gauges is stated to have prevented the free interchange of rolling-stock. The widening to 3 ft. 6 in. of the gauge between Swakopmund and Omaruru had been voted by the German Railway Board, but the work had not been put in hand by the outbreak of the 1914 war. A new branch projected at the same period was the Ovamboland Line, the first aim of which was to provide Ovambo labour for the South. The Landesrat in November 1913, approved a line of 2 ft-gauge, but on earthworks and bridges wide enough for a 3ft. 6in. gauge track, to run from Otjiwarongo (on the Otavi Railways) to Outjo and Okahakana.” [1: p121]

Railways in South West Africa from Swakopmund, mainly German- built, included the 361 miles to Tsumeb, opened in 1906, and the longest narrow-gauge railway in the world. The gauge at the Southern end was widened in 1915. [1: p122]

A sum of £450,000 was allowed for the line from Otjiwarongo to Outjo and Okahakana “in the German Loan Estimates for 1914-15. The first section, including the 55 miles from Otjiwarongo to Amiab Poort, was to cost £250,000. Construction was begun, and the line was laid for 22 miles before the outbreak of hostilities in the first world war.” [1: p123]

Railway developments south of Windhoek, on the 3 ft. 6 in. gauge, made it desirable to convert the earlier 2ft. lines. During 1911, the section from Karibib to Windhoek was converted to 3 ft. 6 in. gauge at a cost of £550,000, with the Bechstein-Koppel Gesellschaft as contractor. The ruling gradient [was] 1 in 66 with a minimum curvature of 656 ft. This work was completed during 1913. The Swakop River at Okahandja [was] spanned by a bridge 350 ft. long, and there [was] a smaller bridge at Otjihavera. About the same time, the coastward section from Karibib to Swakopmund was practically abandoned in favour of the alternative route provided by the Otavi Railway. In fact, the settlers in the Swakop Valley, who asked for a short railway to link them with Swakopmund, were promised in November 1913, that the material from the disused 92 miles of the State line between Swakopmund and Kubas would be used for this purpose, but it was not done.” [1: p123]

An image showing an armoured train in South West Africa during World War I, 1914-1918, can be found here [29] The South African army invaded the German colony of South West Africa in March 1915 overrunning the much smaller German forces.

Wikipedia tells us that, “With the outbreak of World War I, the German Schutztruppe military unit retreated from the coast, and withdrew into the inland. In the process, the Schutztruppe destroyed the Otavibahn, and the old Staatsbahn towards Karibib, as far as Rössing.” [5]

The Staatsbahn was abandoned but this was not the case with the Otavibahn. In 1914, “British troops … moved forward from the British enclave of Walvis Bay, and by the end of 1914 they had built a 37 km (23 mi) long 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm) railway to Swakopmund. The Otavibahn was also reconstructed in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm) as far as Usakos, and the section between Usakos and Karibib was realigned. The network north of Usakos remained in 600 mm (1 ft 11 5⁄8 in) gauge; the workshop for both gauges was consolidated in Usakos, and the one in Karibib was closed.” [5]

Lee tells us that by 1917 the Staatsbahn line from Karibib to the coast had ceased to exist. “the line between Karibib and Rossing (95 miles), the 10-mile branch from Jakalswater (built to carry water from the Swakop River at Riet), and the Kubas military line (4.5 miles), were lifted and removed to provide material for Tanganyika and the Union of South Africa.” [1: p123]

Lee goes on to confirm that the Union forces, in the course of their invasion of German South West Africa, “laid a 3 ft. 6 in. line for 100 miles inland from Swakopmund to Kranzberg along the original track of the Otavi line, which the Germans had wrecked in their retreat. This was completed in August, 1915. The construction of a new 12.5-mile section, of the same gauge, from Kranzberg to Karibib, was completed in July 1915, and again connected the Otavi Railway with the [NSR]. Thus, in August 1915, there was continuous communication of uniform gauge for the first time from Swakopmund to points south of Windhoek. As strategic railways had meanwhile linked the Union Railways with those of South-West Africa on 25th June 1915, a through railway of 1,635 miles was provided between Walvis Bay and Cape Town.” [1: p123]

Also during the first world war, a new railway from South Africa was constructed – “as an extension of the De Aar-Prieska Railway – to achieve a secure supply route for … South African troops. In 1916, the line was connected to the German network at Kalkfontein (now Karasburg).” [5]

With the linking of the Kranzberg-Tsumeb 2ft-gauge line to the workshops at Usakos by means of a third rail between Usakos and Kranzberg on the 3-ft. 6-in. gauge track of improved location, the 9-mile section from Karibib to Onguati was no longer of value, and it was uplifted in 1924.” [1: p123]

The former Otavi Railway system [was] therefore represented [in 1952] by about 100 miles of 3 ft. 6 in. line on the coastward section, part of the main railway system of South-West Africa, and 307 miles of 2ft-gauge farther inland. [In 1952, there were] also various private branch lines (some disused) connected with the 2ft section. [In 1952], the present main line of this gauge [was] from Kranzberg to Tsumeb, some 251 miles, on which one train in each direction [was] run two days a week.” [1: p123]

Wikipedia continues: Under South African/British occupation, the following lines were established (listed by first year of full operation): [5][10]

  • 1914: Walvis Bay–Swakopmund in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • 1915: Swakopmund–Karibib: Reconstruction in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • 1915/1916: (De Aar)–Nakop (border)–Kalkfontein in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • 1921: Otjiwaronge–Outjo 600mm gauge (based on German preparations). [5]
  • 1929: Windhoek–Gobabis railway in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • From 1958: the Otavibahn north of Usakos was gradually regauged to 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm), with the new line being laid parallel to the existing line, but largely on new foundations; the new line was in operation from 1961. [5]

From August 1915 the Namibian railway network was operated de facto by South African Railways, and this arrangement became official in 1922. … From 1959, steam locomotives were gradually replaced by diesel locomotives, for which an engine-house was built in Windhoek. This made operations very much easier, because water is in short supply in Namibia, and the coal needed to heat the water in the steam locomotives also had to be procured from the Transvaal.” [5]

The Namibian Network in the 21st century

In the 21st century, the rail network of Namibia is operated by TransNamib. As of 2017, the Namibian rail network consisted of 2,687 km of tracks. [11]

The Namibian Rail Network, © Htonl and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [11]
A schematic representation of the Nambian network. [11]

Windhoek-Kranzberg

The railway line from Windhoek to Kranzberg is 210 kilometres (130 miles) long and was completed in 1902. [10]

  • Windhoek (capital – junction)
  • Okahandja
  • Karibib (proposed cement works)
  • Kranzberg (junction Tsumeb v Windhoek)

After the aerial image immediately below, the next three images form a kind of ‘tryptic’ which shows the TransNamib train yard and station at Windhoek. Taken together they show the full site. …

An aerial image showing Windhoek train yard, © Hp Baumeler and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [28]
These three images taken together cover the full Windhoek train yard and station. [Google Maps, June 2025]

The main station building and the TransNamib Museum are located at the Southeast corner of the whole site.

Windhoek Railway Station building with a static locomotive display sitting outside its front entrance. The locomotive was known as ‘Poor Ole Joe’. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Windhoek Railway Station building seen from the South, © Bernhard Dunst and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [40]

Wikipedia tells us that “the station was built in a Cape Dutch-style and is located on Bahnhof Street. An additional northern wing was constructed by South African Railways in 1929 to match the existing style of the building. … The station also houses the small Trans-Namib Railroad Museum which outlines Namibian transport history, particularly that of the railway. Opened on 1st July 1993, the exhibition consists of a wide range of railway equipment, maps and related items which date back to German colonial times. Another part of the exhibition is dedicated to Namibian Airways history and Namibian Maritime history. …  Across from the entrance [to the station] stands the German locomotive ‘Poor Ole Joe’, one half of a South West African Zwillinge, No 154A, the sole surviving specimen of this type of steam locomotive. It was originally shipped to Swakopmund in 1899 and reassembled for the run to Windhoek” [23][24]

0-6-0T locomotive ‘Poor Ole Joe’ sits outside Windhoek Railway Station, © Catatine and made available for reuse under a GNU Free Documentation Licence (GNU FDL). [26]

Namibia Scientific Society posted the following on Facebook on 9th June 2020: Poor Ole Joe is a 600mm-gauge steam locomotive “and was manufactured in 1900 by Henschel & Sohn GmbH, Kassel, Germany, under the serial number 5376. It was put into operation in 1904 and operated on the Swakopmund – Windhoek route. The steam locomotive was taken out of service in 1939 after traveling approximately 371,000 miles.” [25]

There is some uncertainty over the date of fabrication of the locomotive. Perhaps the two years mentioned relate to a date when the locomotive was shipped from the factory and the date of completion of the reassembly in Swakopmund?

Looking North from Robert Mugabe Avenue which crosses the line at the North end of the train yard, the main running line is that on the right. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line continues North through the northern industrial corridor. In this image the line crosses an unwanted crossing with Bavaria Road to the right. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Continuing northwards, the line runs parallel to the access road to the TransNamib Container terminal. On the right of this picture the siding accessing the terminal can be seen leaving the main running line. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The entrance to the TransNamib Holdings Ltd. Windhoek Container Terminal sits adjacent to the line to Okahandja and beyond. [Google Streetview, 2024]
As the line runs out of Windhoek to the North it runs alongside the A1, from where this picture is taken. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Much of the route North is through scrubland with low growing vegetation. Google Streetview, 2024]
Some miles still from Okahandja the line is seen passing under the B1.  [Google Streetview, 2022]
It then crosses the Swakopmund River.. [Google Maps, June 2025]
And crosses the Swakopmund River channel again! [Google Maps, June 2025]
It crosses another, unnamed, road by means of an ungated crossing adjacent to a large abattoir. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Then under the B1 which is carried by this concrete bridge. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Across Willhem Sanders Street [Google Streetview, 2024]
And across a side street of Kahimemua Avenue before arriving at Okahandja Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Okahandja Railway Station and turning triangle. Google Maps, June 2025]
Okahandja Railway Station building in 1903, © Public Domain. [27]
Okahandja Railway Station building in the 21st century, © Louise Kapp and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [27]
Okahandja Railway Station, showing goods wagons opposite the station building in the 21st century, © Louise Kapp and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [27]
Okahandja Goods Shed seen looking West from Voortrekker Road. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking towards Karibib from the B1 bridge over the line. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A typical view along the line heading West. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A view Southwest from a dirt road which crosses the line just to the Northeast of a passing loop at Wilheimstal. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
A bridge over a dry riverbed close to Wilheimstal, seen from the North. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Looking West along the line towards Karibib from the C36. [Google Streetview, October 2024]
Looking ahead along the railway towards Karibib from a minor road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking ahead towards Karibib from the C33. [Google Streetview, October 2924]
Looking back from Kapapu Road, Karibib, along the railway towards Okahandja and Windhoek. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Looking Southwest into the site of Karibib Railway Station from Kapapu Road. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
An aerial view of Karibib  in 2017, showing the railway and station on the left © Hp Baumeler and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [31]
Karibib Railway Station in the 1920s, © Unknown , Public Domain. [5]
Karibib Railway Station building. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Looking back towards Karibib from Kalk Street in its Southwest suburbs. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Southwest towards Kransberg from  Kalk Street. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking back towards Karibib from an unnamed street further to the Southwest. [Google Streetview, 2024
Looking ahead along the line towards Kransberg and Swakopmund. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line heading on towards Kransberg. A significant length of the B2 runs on the South side of the railway. [Google Streetview, 2004]
Kranzberg Railway Station and turning loop. This is a junction station, the two lines can be seen diverging on the top-right of the image. The more northerly of the two is the line to Tsumeb. The more southerly heads towards Windhoek. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Kranzburg Railway Station, © Pgallert and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [32]

Kranzberg-Walvis Bay

The railway line from Kranzberg to Walvis Bay is 201 kilometres (125 miles) long. The section between Kranzberg and Swakopmund was completed in 1902. In 1914, an extension to Walvis Bay was commissioned; the rails were laid close to the shore of the Atlantic Ocean. In 1980, this extension was replaced by an alternative route behind the dunes that allowed for higher axle load. [10]

  • Kranzberg (junction Tsumeb v Windhoek)
  • Usakos
  • Arandis (crossing loop)
  • Swakopmund
  • Walvis Bay (port)
Looking back Northeast towards Kranzberg Railway Station from the B2. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Southwest along the railway towards Usakos’, Arandis and Swakopmund. [Google Streetview, 2024]

Key locations along the line to Swakopmund are illustrated below: …

Close to Usakos and looking back East along the line towards Kranzberg. The line turns through 90° with Usakos’ station off the right side of this photograph. A short distance to the East of this location a locomotive turning triangle has been maintained. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Usakos railway station and associated infrastructure. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Usakos in the early 20th century. The line was originally 2ft-gauge. This image was shared on the 2ft Gauge Railways in Colonial Namibia Facebook Group by Pierre de Wet on 22nd January 2024, © Public Domain. [33]
Usakos in the early 20th century. The 2ft-gauge is more clearly evident in this image which was shared on the 2ft Gauge Railways in Colonial Namibia Facebook Group by Pierre de Wet on 22nd January 2024, © Public Domain. [34]
A plinthed steam engine with Usakos’ railway station beyond [Google Streetview, 2024]
Locomotive No. SW40 at Usakos Railway Station. This is a 2’0” gauge Class Hd/NG5 2-8-2 (Henschel works number 10720) built in 1912. The building behind, is the old railway station building which has, since the picture was taken, been demolished. Loco. No.. SW40 had 2 sisters numbered 41 & 42 – together they made up class Hd. These locos retained their numbers under SAR administration, and were withdrawn in 1960 when the narrow gauge was converted to standard Cape gauge. Sister locomotive #41 is plinthed at Otjiwarongo station further to the north. Like many other SWA locos they had dust covers to protect the motion. The carrying wheels were arranged as radial axles. As there were no separate bogie truck, the axle boxes were guided in such a way that the wheels could move radially with respect to the frame. [21][22]
Usakos’ historic railway sheds. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Usakos’ historic water towers. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Northwest a short distance to the South of Usakos’ railway station. The line heading for Swakopmund sits on embankment and turns to the West after leaving the station.A modern concrete bridge carries the railway over the D1914 road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Arandis: the marshalling yard is the darker of the two rail routes in this image and shows a number of wagons at rest in the yard. The main line is the lighter strip running from bottom-left to top-right. The line from Usakos and Kranzberg enters top-right, that from Swakopmund enters bottom-left. The line with the darker ballast is a branch line which serves Rossing Uranium Mine, one of the world’s largest open cast Uranium mines. [20][Google Maps, June 2025]

Before having a look at the Rossing Uranium Mine, it is worth a quick diversion Northwest of the station and marshalling yard shown above. The Namibia Institute of Mining & Technology is host to a plinthed display of a locomotive and carriages from the old 2ft-gauge railways of Namibia.

This image shows a complete (but short) 2ft-gauge train at the Namibia Institute of Mining and Technology. [Google Streetview, 2024],

This train was once on display in Windhoek. It was moved to the Namibia Institute of Mining Technology (NIMT) outside Arandis. and restored with the help of Wesbank Transport and AWH Engineering, Rigging and Rentals. The locomotive, is a Henschel Hb 56. The locomotive and its wagons were in use between Usakos and Tsumeb between 1906 and 1959. The South African Railways then donated it to the National Museum in Windhoek and in 1964 it was placed in front of the Alte Feste, but it was too close to the Reiterdenkmal and was moved in 1974 to the southern side. The train consists of the locomotive, a coal wagon, a closed goods wagon, a passenger coach for first and second class and a wagon in which the conductor travelled with the mailbags, milk and cream cans that were picked up along the route. The passenger coach could transport 16 passengers. The first-class passengers could sit on upholstered seats while the second-class passengers sat on plain wooden benches. The two classes were divided by a small washroom. The conductor’s wagon was destroyed in 2007 when it was set alight by a homeless person who slept in the train and made a fire. The boilermaker and carpentry students at NIMT renovated the train. [35]

The locomotive is from the class Hb 0-6-2T. Of the 15 locomotives built by Henschel for the Otavi line between 1905 and 1908, six were absorbed into the SAR. The engines had Allan valve gear and often ran with an auxiliary tender attached which contained both coal and water.” [36]

Rossing Opencast Uranium Mine. [20]
Rossing Opencast Uranium Mine. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The view Northeast towards the passing loop and marshalling yards at Arandis. The Uranium Mine is a few miles off to the right of the picture. Swakopmund is still me miles away behaving Nd the camera. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking ahead towards Swakopmund. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The Swakopmund Railway Station as it appeared in the early 20th century. [37]
The original Swakopmund Railway Station is now a hotel and casino with the modern railway station a short distance to the East. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Swakopmund Railway Station in the 21st century as flagged on Google Maps. It is difficult to make out any railway tracks at this location. The Desert Express was the only passenger service serving Swakopmund and that service was suspended indefinitely in 2020. Freight trains still run into Swakopmund. [Google Streetview, 2024][19]
A train on the Swakopmund-Walvis Bay route, © Diego Delso and approved for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [11]
Track from Swakopmund to Walvis Bay covered by sand
(22°47′17″S 014°35′20″E), © Olga Ernst & Hp.Baumeler and Iicenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 4.0). [11]
Looking Southeast towards the railway station from Railway Street, Walvis Bay. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Walvis Bay Port and Railway Station: rail lines extend out onto the container port area to the left of this satellite image; run along the quay in the centre of the image (flagged ‘Walvis Bay Port); through the area where ships are berthed. A large marshalling yard sits on the Northwest side of the station which is flagged on the right side of this image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
A closer view of Walvis Bay Passenger Station and the nearby freight marshalling area. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Walvis Bay Railway Station: track side. This image was shared on LinkedIn by Johan Stewart Laubscher in 2022. [38]
Walvis Bay Railway Station: station approach. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The static enclosed display of an old steam locomotive on the forecourt of Walvis Bay Railway Station. This locomotive is ‘Hope’, a Kerr Stuart locomotive which was built at their works in Stoke on Trent and entered service in what is now Namibia in 1899. [Google Streetview, 2024]

Walvis Bay was a British enclave in German South West Africa. The first narrow gauge railway in the British ruled Cape Colony was in Walvis Bay. Initially projected merely to connect the jetty with the town, the Walvis Bay Railway was opened in 1899 and ran for twelve miles up north to the German border at Plum. [17]

On 6th March 1899 the Agent General for the Cape of Good Hope ordered a “Sirdar” class locomotive named ‘Hope’ which was almost as long in transit to Walvis Bay – where it arrived on 22nd August 1899 on board the British barque Primera – as it had been in the building. Because of the extremely light nature of the track (12 lb. rail with sleepers spaced three feet apart) HOPE was provided with an additional pair of carrying wheels at both ends. Thus the standard 0-4-0T type was converted to a 2-4-2T type. Even so the maximum axle load of ‘Hope’ in working order would be about 1¾ tons, which is considerably more than today’s suggested figure for this category of track of 1 ton 4 cwt. Within six years the railway was virtually moribund and by 1915, ‘Hope’ had been laid aside and forgotten. That was because the Germans preferred to use their own harbour in Swakopmund.” [17][18]

Two works photographs of ‘Hope’: in the one with the valance (wheel cover) raised, one of the smaller carrying wheels can just be made out on the left of the picture. [17][18]

Kranzberg-Otavi

The railway line from Kranzberg to Otavi is 328 kilometres (204 miles) long and was completed in 1906. [10]

  • Kranzberg (junction Tsumeb v Windhoek)
  • Omaruru
  • Kalkfeld (short siding)
  • Otjiwarongo (junction for Outjo)
  • Otavi

Kranzberg Railway Station has already been featured above. The next images show the line from there to Otavi. …

Kranzberg Railway Station. [Google Streetview, June 2025]

The loop allows trains from Windhoek to access the route to Otavi without reversing. That line running towards Otavi sets off from Kranzberg in a Northeasterly direction crossing a series of dry watercourses and gradually taking a more northerly course before encountering the D2315 (a dirt road).

Looking North from the ungated crossing on the D2315. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Less than 100 metres North of the D2315, this is a typical drainage culvert on the line. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Just a little further North is an example of a culvert provided at a dry river/stream bed [Google Streetview, 2024]
And another culverted dry watercourse. Google Streetview, 2024]
A typical length of the permanent way seen looking North from an ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line crosses the dry river bed of the Omaruru River by means of a multi-span truss girder bridge. [Google Maps, June 2025]
On the approach to Omaruru, a dirt road is bridged by the railway. [Google Streetview, 2024]
At Aloe Street ungated crossing, two lines are now visible heading Northeast towards Omaruru Railway Station. The line on the left is a headshunt or storage siding. [Google Streetview, 2024]
This satellite image is centred on the building at Omaruro Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Omaruru Railway Station in its earliest incarnation in 1906. At this time the line to Otavi was 2ft-gauge. The site appears to be littered with railway construction materials, © Public Domain. [30]
The station building has seen better days! This view looks East from Etjo Street. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Leaving Omaruru, the line passes under the C36. [Google Streetview, 2024]
It runs alongside the C33 all the way to Kalkfeld. This view is taken looking North-northwest from the road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Crossing dry river beds on the journey North. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line passes under the C33 once on the way to Kalkfeld. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Closing in on Kalkfeld there is a passing loop. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Another view of the line from the C33. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Kalkfeld: the C33 and the railway pass North-northeast through the town. There is no passenger station here. [Google Maps, June 2025]
In Kalkfeld two roads cross the line. Here we look North along the line from the first of these ungated crossings, a minor dirt road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The second ungated crossing takes the D2414 across the line, again we are looking North. [Google Streetview, 2024]

From Kalkfeld the line heads in a generally Northeasterly direction towards Otjiwarongo.

As on the earlier length of the line, we see it crossing a number of dry river beds. [Google Maps , June 2025]

The next five images are a sequence which shows a long passing loop, perhaps halfway towards Otjiwarongo.

A sequence of five images shows a passing loop. The sequence has the Northeast end of the loop in the first of the five images and the Southwest end of the loop in the fifth image, immediately above. [Google Maps, June 2025]

The next five images show a sequence of structures over dry river beds

Five bridges spanning dry watercourses. [Google Maps, June 2025]
This photograph is taken from the C33 which has followed the railway Northeast towards Otjiwarongo. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Approaching Otjiwarongo, this photograph faces East-northeast from alongside an ungated crossing around 50 metres Southeast of the C33. [Google Streetview, 2024]
This photograph faces East-northeast along the approach to Otjiwarongo Railway Station. The road from which it is taken is the C38. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Otjiwarongo Railway Station is a junction station with line onward to Otavi and Outjo. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Otjiwarongo Railway Station building. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Otjiwarongo Goods Shed. [Google Streetview, 2024]
In 1912, Henschel built three 2-8-2 tender engines No. 40, No. 41 and No. 42 for the Otavi line for use on the Swakopmund-Karabib section. No. 41 is plinthed outside Otjiwarongo Railway Station. Like many other SWA locos they had dust covers to protect the motion. The carrying wheels were arranged as radial axles. As there were no separate bogie truck, the axle boxes were guided in such a way that the wheels could move radially with respect to the frame. At that time the railway was a 2ft-gauge line [Google Streetview, 2024] More information can be found here. [39]

The line to Otavi continues heading Northeast. …

The line to the Northeast of Otjiwarongo Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
At the bottom-left of the image above the line crosses the C33 at an ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A closer satellite view of the length of the line to the Northeast of the C33. A few sidings serve industries to the South of the line. The road at the centre of the image running North-South is Industria Street. [Google Maps, June 2024]
Looking West from Industria Street. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Northeast from Industria Street. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The B1 to the Northeast of Otjiwarongo bridges the line. This view looks Southwest towards the railway station. [Google Str
Looking Northeast towards Otavi from the B1. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line runs parallel to the B1 heading Northeast. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Looking Northeast along the line from an ungated crossing at the D2430. The B1 can just be seen on the left of this image. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
A little further Northeast this photograph, taken from the B1, shows a minor road crossing the railway at an ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
As we travel Northeast, the landscape becomes greener. This another view looking East from the B1 and shows another ungated crossing of a minor road. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
The line passing under the B1. The landscape has changed. The line is running through dense shrubs and small trees. [Google Streetview, 2024]
In Otavi, this is Phyllis Street. It crosses the line at the Southwest end of the station site. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Otavi Railway Station and turning triangle. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Otavi Railway Station building. [Google Streetview, 2024]

It is worth noting here that the original gauge of the line from the coast to Otavi and Tsumeb was originally built to 2ft-gauge. Later it was converted to 3ft 6in gauge. The line was built for the Otavi Mining and Railway Company (Otavi Minen- und Eisenbahn-Gesellschaft or OMEG). The company was founded was a railway and mining company in German Son 6th April 1900 in Berlin with the Disconto-Gesellschaft and the South West Africa Company as major shareholders. [41]

The first locomotives designed for regular service were fifteen 22-tonne 0-6-2T locos built by Arn. Jung. [41][42: p45] Henschel & Sohn built twelve locomotives similar to the Jung design and three 0-6-0T locos. [41][42: p45] Twenty 8-wheel auxiliary tenders carrying 8 cubic metres of water and 3.5 tonnes of coal were built to enable these tank locomotives to complete longer runs. [41][42: p45][43: p65] Henschel & Sohn built three HD class 2-8-2 in 1912 with separate 8-wheel tenders for long-distance running. [42: p47] These locomotives weighed 59 tonnes (including the 26-tonne tender) and remained in service for 50 years as the 2-8-2 type became standard for the railway. [41]

By 1913, train service included 4 express trains, 14 mixed trains, and 29 freight trains each week. [42: p39] Express and mixed trains included a baggage car, a car for African passengers, and a coach for first and second class passengers. [42: p39] The passenger coaches carried concrete ballast in a depressed center section to minimize the possibility of wind tipping a lightly loaded car off the rails. [43] Express trains stopped only at designated stations, but other trains would stop at intermediate points when transport was required. [42: p39] Equipment included: 96 low-side ore gondolas; 55 high-side gondolas; 20 limestone gondolas; 20 boxcars; 12 tank cars; 4 stock cars; 3 passenger coaches; and an executive business car with a kitchen, a bathroom, and an office convertible to a bedroom at night. [41][42: p42][43: p65]

There were also some self-powered steam rail cars with a coal bunker, a mail compartment, 2 compartments for Europeans, and 4 for Africans. [41][42: p36]

Otavi-Grootfontein

The railway line from Otavi to Grootfontein is 91 kilometres (57 miles) long and was completed in 1908. [10]

  • Otavi (junction for Grootfontein)
  • Grootfontein (branch terminus)
Otavi Railway Station, seen from the C39 at the Northeast end of the station site. [Google Streetview, 2024]
From the same location on the C39 a wider view shows the sidings at Otavi Railway Station [Google Streetview, 2024]
Turning through approximately 180° and looking Northeast, the line to Tsumeb runs towards the hills at the left of the image. The line to Grootfontein curves away to the right. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking back towards Otavi Railway Station from the ungated crossing on Josef Buchholz Avenue. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Turning through 180°, this is the view Sputheast from Josef Buchholz Avenue towards Grootfontein. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Heading Southeast out of Otavi the line to Grootfontein passes under the B1. This is the view along the line from the road and bridge. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Out of Otavi, the line soon starts to accompany the B8 in its journey East. This photograph is taken from the B8 and shows an ungated crossing on a minor road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
An ungated crossing provides access from the B8 into Kombat. The road is the D2863. This is the view East at the crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The line turns away from the B8, to the North. As it does so it crosses the D2860 at an ungated crossing.

The line to Grootfontein crosses the D2860 at an ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The line follows the D2860 and then the D2905 before passing under the B8, as it heads for Grootfontein.

An ungated crossing to the South of the D2905. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The view ahead along the line towards Grootfontein from the B8. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The view towards Grootfontein from a minor road ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Much closer to Grootfontein, another view East along the railway. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The fuel depot at Grootfontein. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Grootfontein Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Grootfontein Railway Station in 2007. This image was shared on the African Railway Station Stopping Places Facebook Page In 2012. [46]
Grootfontein Railway Station goods depot in 2007. This image was shared on the African Railway Station Stopping Places Facebook Page In 2012. [47]

Grootfontein railway station is being converted into a logistics hub for business with the DRC and Zambia.

At the moment, trucks from the DRC, Zambia or Namibia travel about 2,500 kilometres from Walvis Bay harbour to Lubumbashi. With the introduction of the Grootfontein hub, these trucks will travel a distance of about 1,400 kilometres. TransNamib is prepared to dedicate four trains a week for this business idea. [44] 

Immediately to the East of the railway station the line turns to the South and is clearly not well used and significantly overgrown in places. [Google Maps, June 2025]
After a few hundred metres the line turns to the East. It can clearly be made out towards the bottom of this satellite image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line continues East and passes under the D2830. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking West from the D2830, a short length of the line can be seen just to the right of the centre of this image. [Google Streetview, 2024]
To the East of the D2380 a series of sidings still exist. [Google Maps, June 2025]
It is harder to make out the sidings in this view. The photograph looks East from the D2380. [Google Streetview, 2024]
These last two satellite images show the extent of the tracks in the industrial area to the East of the D2380. [Google Maps, June 2025]

Otjiwarongo-Outjo

  • Otjiwarongo (junction for Outjo)
  • Outjo (railhead)

Otjiwarongo Railway Station is illustrated above. The railway line from Otjiwarongo to Outjo is 69 kilometres (43 mi) long. The first 26 kilometres (16 mi) were completed under the German colonial administration in 1914/1915; the railway line was named Amboland Railway in reference to the territory of the Ovambo people. The link to Outjo was completed in 1921 under South African rule. [10]

The branch line to Outjo can be seen turning away North from the line to Otavi. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The branch line crossed the C33 at an ungated crossing. This photograph looks South from the C33 towards Otjiwarongo Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Turning through 120°, or perhaps more, standing on the C33, the rails of the line to Outjo disappear into the vegetation. The line has clearly not been used for some time. However, we will see that much of the line to Outjo remains in place and perhaps could be renovated should the need arise. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line curves round towards the West. On the way it appears often out of the undergrowth. Here, this minor road crosses the old railway and the signs still stand proudly either side of the line, either side of the railway. [Google Streetview, 2924]
The road shown above appears bottom-right of this image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line then heads Southwest for a while before gradually turning through the West to the Northwest. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line appears out of the brush quite often and sometimes for significant distances, as these two. [Google Maps, June 2025]
These two images are typical of what can be seen on satellite imagery. The line appears out of the brush quite often and sometimes for significant distances. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line turns through West to Northwest. [Google Maps, June 2025]
It continues, Northwest. [Google Maps, June 2025]
One passing loop appears out of the undergrowth. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Here it can be seen crossing another minor road. [Google Maps, June 2025]
And then a tarmac road. All crossings are ungated. [Google Maps, June 2025]

The next series of six photographs show sidings parallel to the running line. This location is more than just a passing loop but I have not been able to establish whether a specific local industry was the reason for the sidings. The photographs run in sequence Southeast to Northwest. …

The last of six photographs of sidings adjacent to the line to Outjo. [Google Maps, June 2025]

The next sequence of four photographs shows a passing loop on the line. In sequence, these photographs run from the Southeast to the Northwest. …

The last of a series of four satellite images showing a passing loop on the Otjiwarongo to Outjo Railway. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Further to the Northwest the line crosses the Ugab River. [Google Maps, June 2025]
And then the C39 road, after which the line turns to the West and runs into Outjo. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking North from the C39 entering Outjo. A series of rail sidings sit to the North of the running line. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The last photograph looks North from the C39 at the left side of this satellite image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Outjo Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Outjo Railway Station in 1961, © SAR Publicity & Travel Department. [45]
Outjo Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The turning triangle at the end of the line performed the

Otavi-Oshikango

In 2005, a new 89 km section of Northern Railway from Tsumeb to Oshivelo was opened by President Sam Nujoma, as part of the “Northern Extension” of the railway link from Kranzberg to Otavi. Construction on the project’s second phase, a 59 km stretch from Ondangwa to Oshikango on the Angolan border at a cost of about N$329m, was scheduled to be completed by December 2007. Ondangwa Station opened in 2006 for freight.

In phase 3, a 58 km branch from Ondangwa to Oshakati was constructed at an estimated cost of N$220m, for completion in December 2008. For the future a connection from Oshikango to a point near Cassinga is planned on Angola’s southern railway system. [11][13][14]

The Ondangwa-Oshikango line was officially opened by President Hifikepunye Pohamba in July 2012. In order to keep the system operational and safe, provincial governor Usko Nghaamwa implored local residents to stop stealing railroad ties and sections of the wire fence. [11][15]

  • Otavi (junction for Grootfontein)
  • Tsumeb
  • Ondangwa (junction)
  • Oniipa (road bridge)
  • Onjdiva [11][14]
  • Namacunde [11][16]
  • Oshakati
  • Oshikango (Angolan border)
The C39 crossed the railway immediately to the North of Otavi Railway Station. as we have already noted, this view from the ungated crossing shows the branch to Grootfontein heading away to the right and the line North-northeast to Tsumeb heading for the distant hills. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The journey towards Tsumeb runs uneventfully over flat ground surrounded by shrub and small trees, heading North-northeast, until it reaches Ohorongo Cement Works.

An aerial view of the works can be found here. [48] That view looks North across the Works and shows the railway and a dedicated branch to the Works in the background.

Ohorongo Cement Works. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The passing loop and access to the cement works’ private sidings. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The dedicated siding can be seen leaving the main line at the Southwest end of the passing loop. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The siding curves round along the Northeast side of the Works. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The siding ends towards the Northeast corner of thecsite

The railway continues Northeast over largely unremarkable flat terrain, before turning East, encountering one arm of the B1 and then a triangular junction.

Looking back West from the B1 towards Otavi. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
The view East from the B1 towards Tsumeb. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
An early photograph of a 2ft-gauge train close to Tsumeb, © Not supplied, but made available under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [49]
The triangular junction to the West of Tsumeb. The northern arm heads for Oshivelo, Omuthiya, Ondangwa, Oniipa, Onjdiva, Namacunde, Oshakati and Oshikango. The eastern arm to Tsumeb and beyond. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Tsumeb Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Tsumeb freight depot, with the line serving Tsumeb’s large mine passing under the B1. [Google Maps, June 2024]
The turning triangle at Tsumeb sits immediately alongside the B1 to the South of the fright depot. [Google Maps, June 2025]
A diagrammatic representation of the rail network around Tsumeb, © Tabletop and licenced for reuse under a GNU Free Documentation Licence. [52]
Tsumeb Railway Station in 1908 in 2ft-gauge days! © Public Domain. [55]

Encyclopedia Britannica tells us that “In 1851 Sir Francis Galton, a British explorer, made note of copper ore deposits in the vicinity of what later became the town of Tsumeb. An Anglo-German company acquired mining rights for the Tsumeb area in 1903. Southwest of Tsumeb is the site of the final German troop surrender to South African forces in World War I. The town remained a small copper-mining centre until the Tsumeb mine was purchased in 1947 by a largely U.S.-based corporation. It has since been developed as a planned company town (although ownership of the mine has changed hands several times), exploiting mineral deposits that include significant amounts of lead and copper as well as zinc, cadmium, silver, and germanium (a metalloid element used as a semiconductor). An integrated copper and lead smelter treats concentrates from Tsumeb and other mines. Owambo labourers are the chief contract workers.” [50]

The mine, owned by Dundee Precious Metals sits to the East of the B1.

Tsumeb’s Mine is owned (in 2025) by Dundee Precious Metals, [51], a Canadian-based international gold mining company with operations and projects located in Bulgaria, Ecuador, Namibiaand Serbia. . [Google Maps, June 2025]
Rails and building under construction at Tsumeb Mine, © Not supplied, but made available under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [53]
The old smelter at Tsumeb in 1910, © Public Domain and shared by jbdodane on Flickr on 9th April 2014. [54]

The line to the North of Tsumeb left the triangular junction to the West of the town heading first to the West and then to the Northwest and then directly North alongside the D3007, before turning West-northwest again.

Looking Southeast from the B1 towards Tsumeb. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking Northwest from the B1 along the line towards Omuthiya. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The ungated crossing at the D3007. [Google Maps, June 2025]

After a few kilometres on a West-northwest heading, the line then turns to the North-northwest and runs parallel to the B1 for some considerable distance.

The B1 and the railway converge and head North-northwest. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line seen from the B1. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The ungated crossing on the D3004. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The view North-northwest along the line from the ungated crossing on the D3001. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The line diverges from the B1 just to the South of the River Owambo. Both the railway and the road cross the river in this satellite image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Triangle on the South side of the D3610 at Oshivelo. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Oshivelo Railway Station on the North side of the D3610. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking South East from an ungated crossing just to the Southeast of Omuthiya Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking Northwest from the same ungated crossing into the site of Omuthiya Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Omuthiya Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line to the Northwest of the station, seen from the South. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A short distance further up the line looking back towards Omuthiya. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A little further Northwest again, this time looking North towards Ondangwa. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking back towards Omuthiya from the ungated crossing on the D3603. [Google Streetview, 2024]
At the same ungated crossing, this photograph is taken looking forward towards Ondangwa. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Two culverts then take the line over the dry channel of the River Gwashigam. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking back Southeast from the bridge carrying the D3622 over the line on the approach to 0ndangwa. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Northwest from the same bridge towards Ondangwa. [Google Streetview, June 2025]
Looking South-southeast from an ungated minor dirt road crossing closer to Ondangwa Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking West-northwest towards Ondangwa. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Ondangwa Railway Station and turning triangle. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking South East from the B1 overbridge into the site of Ondangwa Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The view West from the same bridge across the turning triangle, the arm on the right leads to the line heading North towards the Angolan border. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Fuel depots sit alongside the line as it heads North. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking North from the bridge carrying the C45 over the railway which is now closing in on the railhead on the Angolan border. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The next three images are a sequence of North-facing photogra

The last photograph on the northern line is a satellite image showing the railhead

The railhead in Oshikango at the Namibia/Angola border. [Google Maps, June 2025]

References

  1. Charles E. Lee; The Longest Narrow-Gauge Railway; in The Railway Magazine, February 1952, Tothill Press, Westminster, London, p121-123.
  2. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_South_West_Africa, accessed on 7th June 2025.
  3. https://www.britannica.com/place/German-South-West-Africa, accessed on 7th June 2025.
  4. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/South_West_African_Jung, accessed on 7th June 2025.
  5. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_rail_transport_in_Namibia, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  6. Helmut Schroeter; Die Eisenbahnen der ehemaligen deutschen Schutzgebiete Afrikas und ihre Fahrzeuge = Die Fahrzeuge der deutschen Eisenbahnen 7 [The Railways of the former German Protectorates in Africa and their Rolling Stock = the Rolling Stock of the German Railways 7]. (in German); Verkehrswissenschaftliche Lehrmittelgesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main, 1961.
  7. Helmut Schroeter and Roel Ramaer; Die Eisenbahnen in den einst deutschen Schutzgebieten: Ostafrika, Südwestafrika, Kamerun, Togo und die Schantung-Eisenbahn: damals und heute [German colonial railways: East Africa, Southwest Africa, Cameroon, Togo and the Shantung Railway: then and now] (in German and in English); Röhr-Verlag, Krefeld, 1993.
  8. Brenda Bravenboer and Walter Rusch; The First 100 Years of State Railways in Namibia; TransNamib Museum, Windhoek, 1997.
  9. According to Schroeter; Bravenboer does not mention this line.
  10. Klaus Dierks; The South African Period 1915–1989: The Development of the Namibia Railway Network!; via http://www.klausdierks.com/Namibia_Rail/2.htm, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  11. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rail_transport_in_Namibia, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  12. Not used.
  13. Ministry of Trade & Industry; Northern Railway Extension; via http://www.mti.gov.na/subpage.php?linkNo=72, this link is broken.
  14. Angola- Namibia Link; railwaysafrica.com; via https://web.archive.org/web/20141023100300/http://www.railwaysafrica.com/blog/2014/10/21/angola-namibia-link-3, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  15. Namibia: Community Vandalizes New Railway Line (9th July 2012); New Era; via http://allafrica.com/stories/201207090857.html, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  16. RailwaysAfrica No. 5, 2014, p11, via https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Railways_Africa, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  17. https://steam-locomotives-south-africa.blogspot.com/2008/07/walvis-bay-hope-steam-locomotive.html?m=1, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  18. The Industrial Railway Record Issue No. 37, June 1971, p78-85.
  19. https://www.expertafrica.com/namibia/windhoek/desert-express, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  20. https://www.rossing.com, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  21. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Usakos_railway_station, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  22. https://steam-locomotives-south-africa.blogspot.com/2007/11/plinthed-class-hd-at-usakos-in-namibia.html?m=1, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  23. Leith Paxton & David Bourne; Locomotives of the South African Railways (1st ed.); Struik, Cape Town, 1985, p117 & 121.
  24. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Windhoek_railway_station, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  25. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1De1p8q5Mj/l, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  26. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:LocomZwillinge_Windhoek1.JPG, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  27. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okahandja_railway_station, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  28. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Train_station_Windhoek_(2018).jpg, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  29. https://www.gettyimages.co.uk/detail/news-photo/trainload-of-armoured-cars-south-west-africa-world-war-i-news-photo/463970465, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  30. https://m.wikidata.org/wiki/Q7089896#/media/File%3AEisenbahnstation_Omaruru_1906.jpg, a cessed on 10th June 2025.
  31. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Karibib_aerial_view.jpg, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  32. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Kranzberg_Station.jpg, accessed on 20th June 2025.
  33. https://www.facebook.com/groups/namib2footers/permalink/6730769210360985, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  34. https://www.facebook.com/groups/namib2footers/permalink/6730826530355253, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  35. https://www.namibian.com.na/historic-train-preserved-for-posterity, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  36. https://steam-locomotives-south-africa.blogspot.com/2007/?m=1, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  37. https://www.news24.com/life/travel/go/then-now-swakopmund-railway-station-20240927, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  38. https://www.linkedin.com/posts/johan-stewart-laubscher-53342658_namibia-railinfrastructure-makinghistory-activity-6815601290438037504-swBC?utm_source=share&utm_medium=member_android&rcm=ACoAAFKPlCQBKyM6SVcRIYzuUN4W9XocTSJS0sY, accessed
  39. https://steam-locomotives-south-africa.blogspot.com/2007/11/narrow-gauge-locomotive-plinthed-at.html?m=1, accessed on 11th June 2025.
  40. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Windhoek_railway_station, accessed on 11th June 2025.
  41. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Otavi_Mining_and_Railway_Company, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  42. Frederic J. Shaw; Little Railways of the World; Howell-North, Berkeley, California, 1958.
  43. Dick Andrews; Extra Narrow Gauge Junction: Otavi Ry., State Northern Ry. in South Africa [sic]; in Narrow Gauge and Short Line Gazette, Volume 16 No. 1, 1991, p63–66.
  44. https://www.namport.com.na/news/428/grootfontein-train-station-new-logistics-hub-for-drc-zambia, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  45. http://atom.drisa.co.za/collections/N_Collection_lo-res/N70462.jpg, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  46. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1CBLYcCydW, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  47. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/15abDSmZ7m, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  48. https://maps.app.goo.gl/Ta8Pcutiq8dYKQ1c8?g_st=ac, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  49. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Tsumeb_Railway.JPG, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  50. https://www.britannica.com/place/Tsumeb, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  51. https://dundeeprecious.com/about-us/overview, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  52. https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/e/e6/Diagram_Tsumeb_railway_station_2007.jpg, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  53. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Tsumeb_2.JPG, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  54. https://www.flickr.com/photos/jbdodane/13848969294, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  55. https://picryl.com/media/1908-bahnhof-tsumeb-b561a6, accessed on 13th June 2025.

The Duke of Sutherland’s Saloons, Locomotives and Railways

In January 1950, G. Charles published a short (2 page) article about the Duke of Sutherland’s railway interests. [1]

It was only the nationalisation of the British railways which brought to an end the Duke of Sutherland’s hobby of owning and running his own train with running powers over LMS lines.

Charles noted in 1950, that the Duke of Sutherland was the only individual owner of a private railway carriage in the UK. He notes that wealthy men in the USA owned private carriages until the 1930s.

We perhaps ought to remind ourselves that the royal family had access to a number of sets of rolling stock on different railway company lines. A tradition which remained in place once the UK railways were nationalised.

We should perhaps also note that the Duke of Sutherland was not alone in owning his own locomotive which ventured onto the main line railways of the UK. The story of the diminutive ‘Gazelle’ includes its first ownership by a wealthy businessman who took it out onto the main line. Its story can be found here. [2]

Since Charles article of 1950, we have become used to private owners being able to run stock (locomotives, carriages and wagons) on lines which belong to the nation in some guise or other. Indeed, the whole railway network began to operate in this way with privatisation in the 1990s.

Charles continues to tell the story of the Duke of Sutherland’s railway involvement. … “The railway through Sutherland, from Golspie to Helmsdale (17.25 miles), was projected by the third Duke, and built at his own expense, after a local undertaking, the Sutherland Railway, had succeeded only in completing its line from Bonar Bridge to Golspie, 6 miles short of Brora, the intended terminus. The line was authorised on 20th June 1870, but construction already had been begun, and the railway was completed on 19th June 1871. A private station was provided, 2 miles north of Golspie, to serve Dunrobin Castle, the seat of the Duke. The railway from Golspie to Helmsdale was worked by the Highland Railway, but it was not until 28th July 1884, that the Duke sold his undertaking to that company, of which he was already a director. He was also a director of the London & North Western Railway.” [1: p9] Some notes about the Sutherland Railway are included below.

To enable his railway to be opened before the connection with the Sutherland Railway, at Golspie, was completed, the Duke had purchased a locomotive and some coaches. After the Highland Railway took over the working of the line, the engine was used to haul the Duke’s private saloon between Inverness and Dunrobin, but south of Inverness, the saloon was attached to main-line trains. These arrangements were continued after the railways north of Inverness were amalgamated with the Highland Railway, and persisted after the grouping, in 1923.” [1: p9]

The locomotive was a small 2-4-0 tank engine, built by Kitson & Company Leeds, and named Dunrobin. It had outside cylinders 10 in. diameter x 18 in. stroke, and coupled wheels 4 ft. diameter. The weight in working order was 21 tons.” [1: p9]

The first ‘Dunrobin‘ was a small 2-4-0 tank engine, built by Kitson & Company, Leeds. It was used to pull the two daily passenger trains on the line. When the Duke of Sutherland’s Railway reached Golspie in June 1871, the railway operations were transferred to the Highland Railway and the locomotive was used exclusively for the Duke of Sutherland’s private train. [4: p35-36] Dunrobin was sold to the Highland Railway in 1895. It was rebuilt in 1896 with a larger boiler and cylinders. The Highland Railway numbered it 118 and named it Gordon Castle for use on the Fochabers branch. Later it was renamed Invergordon and used as a shunter in that town, where it survived until just after the Grouping. [14]

The original Dunrobin was acquired by the Highland Railway, and rebuilt at the Atlas Works, with a larger boiler, and new cylinders. It was numbered 118, named Gordon Castle, and put to work on the branch from Orbliston Junction to Fochabers. Some years later, it was renamed Invergordon, and used for shunting at Invergordon Harbour. During the first world war, it was loaned to the Great North of Scotland Railway, and was scrapped in 1923. The second Dunrobin performed shunting duties at Invergordon, and at Rosyth, during the [second world] war.” [1: p9]

The Duke of Sutherland’s locomotive Dunrobin designed by David Jones and built in 1892. [1: p18]

The second Dunrobin survived into preservation. Along with the four-wheel saloon it was sold to Captain Howey and initially preserved as static exhibits at New Romney on the Romney, Hythe and Dymchurch Railway in Kent.

Dunrobin and its carriage at New Romney. [19]

Following Howey’s death in 1963, the locomotive and carriage were sold to Harold Foster, who had them transported to Canada. Foster was declared bankrupt in 1965, [15] and the locomotive and carriage were bought for $15,000 by the Government of British Columbia. Dunrobin was then overhauled at the British Columbia Hydro workshops, to enable it to take part in the Canadian railway centennial celebrations in 1966. [20] Dunrobin and its carriage (58A) became exhibits at Fort Steele heritage village, where Dunrobin was steamed occasionally. It was last steamed at Fort Steele in 2005. [16] 

This image is embedded from the Beamish Museum website. It shows Dunrobin and 58A being tested on 27th June 1966, on the BC Hydro sidings at New Westminster, British Colombia.  This photo is one of an extensive set (plus a scrapbook) recording Dunrobin’s life in British Columbia. [20][21]

In 2010, both were declared surplus to requirements [15] and in January 2011, Beamish Museum announced that it had purchased both the locomotive and carriage which arrived back in the UK in May 2011. Dunrobin was taken to Bridgnorth on the Severn Valley Railway, where restoration work was undertaken. [17] Progress on restoration was slow as the condition of the locomotive was worse than had been anticipated. By 2020 work had made good progress but was halted by the pandemic. In 2021, Beamish Museum, received a grant of £150,000 to allow work to be completed. At that time, the Museum was anticipating that the project would be completed within 2 or 3 years. [20]

Heritage Railway Magazine No. 181 contains a feature article on Dunrobin which can be found here. [18] At present Beamish Museum is still expecting Dunrobin to be in steam at the Museum in 2025. [22]

The Two Carriages

In 1899, a large saloon was built for the Duke at Wolverton Carriage Works, London & North Western Railway. It was designed by Mr. C. A. Park, Carriage & Wagon Superintendent, L.N.W.R., who used it as the prototype for the royal train built in 1903 for King Edward VII and Queen Alexandra, an example of railway coachbuilding, decoration, and furnishing unequalled during the [first half of the 20th century]. This train was used subsequently by King George V and Queen Mary, and George VI and Queen Elizabeth, until 1941. King Edward VIII never used it, as he preferred the late Lord Stamp’s “President’s Car,” which also [was] used by the Princess Elizabeth and Princess Margaret.” [1: p9-10]

After the death of the third Duke, in 1892, his son decided to have a more powerful engine, and David Jones, Locomotive Superintendent, Highland Railway, designed a 0-4-4 side tank engine, with 13 in. x 18 in. inside cylinders, and a boiler carrying a working pressure of 120 lb. per sq. in. The diameter of the coupled wheels was 4 ft. 6 in., and of the trailing wheels 2 ft. 6 in. This engine was built at the Atlas Works, Glasgow, in 1895. Like its predecessor, it was named Dunrobin, and was painted dark green, with black bands, and yellow lining. A seat with leather cushions, extending the full width of the cab, was provided over the coal bunker for passengers riding on the footplate. The front weather board was autographed by several illustrious travellers, who inspected the engine while they were guests of the Duke.” [1: p9][14]

The large saloon in the paint shop at Wolverton in June 1949. [1: p19]

In February, 1949, the Duke of Sutherland advertised his saloon for sale, for conversion into a bungalow; but a Lincolnshire firm of coachbuilders recognised the vehicle from its description, and purchased it. The new owner, the Lincolnshire Trailer Company, Scunthorpe, intend[ed] to preserve the saloon as an example of the finest British coach work in existence. It … also acquired the Duke’s locomotive and smaller saloon, Arrangements [were] made with Capt. J. E. P. Howey, Chairman of the Romney, Hythe & Dymchurch Railway, for the engine and the saloons to be exhibited at New Romney.” [1: p10]

The large saloon [was] 57 ft. long over headstocks, and 61 ft. over the buffers. The width [was] 8 ft. 6 in., and height from rail level to the top of the roof 12 ft. 7 in., and to the side cornices 10 ft. 9.5 in. The saloon [was] carried on four-wheel bogies with a wheelbase of 8 ft., and spaced at 39 ft. centres. It [was] fitted with the vacuum and Westinghouse brakes. …. The saloon [was] divided into a large lounge (13 ft. 10 in. long, and extending over the full width of the vehicle), a smoking room (7 ft. long) three single berth sleeping compartments, a pantry, and a luggage and attendant’s compartment. Two of the sleeping berths [had] separate toilets, and a third toilet adjoin[ed] the smoking room. The lounge [was] furnished with two movable settees, a round table, and four dining chairs; and the smoking room [had] four fixed armchair seats, convertible into two beds, and two folding tables. The vestibules at each end of the saloon [had] end observation windows, but no gangways to connect with other vehicles on the train. Complete privacy for the occupants [was] thus assured.” [1: p10]

The smoking compartment of the Duke of Sutherland’s large Saloon. [1: p19]

Stone’s system of electric lighting [was] installed, and there [were] electric bells to the attendant’s compartment, and electric fans for ventilation in hot weather. The fittings of the pantry include[ed] an oil cooker, a sink and a dresser. Steam heating apparatus, and a self-contained high-pressure hot-water system, [were] provided for warming the vehicle. … The interior decorations of the saloons and berths [were] of Spanish mahogany, white enamelled, and picked out in gold leaf, with solid silver lighting fittings. The ceilings [were] in figured lincrusta, finished in white and gold leaf. The couches and easy chairs [were] upholstered in green figured tapestry, with loose chintz covers, and the pelmets and curtains [were] of green silk and chintz to match. Turkey carpets [were] laid in the lounge and the smoking room, but elsewhere, Wilton pile carpets, underlaid with thick grey felt, [were] used. The external finishings of the saloon [were] dark Sutherland green, on the lower panels, and white, picked out with gold leaf, on the upper panels. The roof and the tyres [were] painted white.” [1: p10]

The bogie saloon is now part of the National Railway Museum’s collection. As of January 2011 it was under the care of the Scottish Railway Preservation Society at the Bo’ness and Kinneil Railway. [14] It remains on display in Museum Hall No. 2 in the Museum of Scottish Railways at the Bo’ness and Kinneil Railway. Further details can be found here. [23]

This photograph of the bogie saloon (57A) is embedded here from the Museum of Scottish Railways website. Please click on the image to go to their website. [23]

The smaller saloon [ran] on four wheels, and [was] 25 ft. long and 8 ft. 6 in. wide. It [was] divided into a saloon, 14 ft. 3 in, long, with side and end windows, and a brake van, 10 ft. long. The saloon [was] furnished with six armchairs and a table, and there [were] three fixed seats in the brake van. The interior decorations [were] of mahogany and maple, and the external finish resemble[d] that of the larger saloon. When the Duke was travelling by special train, north of Inverness, the large saloon was steadied by having the smaller vehicle attached behind it.” [1: p10]

The Duke of Sutherland’s small four-wheel saloon, used for local journeys, and for steadying the large saloon. [1: p18]

The smaller saloon is now at Beamish Museum. It travelled there in 2011 and underwent limited refurbishment to allow it to be placed in service at the Museum. In 2018 it saw its first use at the Museum. [20]

This photograph of coach 58A is embedded her from Heritage Railways Magazine’s website from 2018. Please click on the image to be taken to the report on their website. [24] Should image-link fail, please click here. [25]

The Sutherland Railway and the 3rd Duke of Sutherland

The Sutherland Railway had opened in 1868, terminating at Golspie. The Duke continued the line to Helmsdale from his own resources. It opened from a Dunrobin Castle station to West Helmsdale in 1870, and for some months the Duke had it operated as a private railway. In 1871 the line was completed from Golspie to Helmsdale, and operated as a part of the Highland Railway. … It was absorbed into the Highland Railway in 1884 and continues in use today as part of the Far North Line.” [3]

Various interests in Inverness and in Sutherland sought to extend railways to the North of Inverness. The first step in this was the Inverness and Ross-shire Railway which opened as far as a Bonar Bridge station on 1st October 1864. [4: p30]

Next came the Sutherland Railway which obtained Parliamentary powers to build a line from Bonar Bridge to Brora in 1865. [5] This was assisted by the commercial drive and financial resources of The Duke of Sutherland.” [3]

The Sutherland Railway ran out of money when it reached Golspie. It was “unable to continue to Brora as authorised. By now the Inverness and Ross-shire Railway had been absorbed into the Inverness and Aberdeen Junction Railway, and it was only by the negotiating pressure of the Duke of Sutherland that the line reached Golspie. The Duke of Sutherland had a seat at Dunrobin Castle, which would have been on the Brora line, but was now not railway connected. … The Duke of Sutherland decided to build a line himself, and this became the Duke of Sutherland’s Railway. It obtained its authorising act of Parliament, the Duke of Sutherland’s Railway Act 1870 … on 20th June 1870. [4: p33-36] The act authorised a 17-mile line along the coast from Golspie to Helmsdale, on the borders of Caithness, taking over the Golspie to Brora powers of the Sutherland Railway.” [3][5]

Engineering difficulties at both ends of the line delayed the completion of the line throughout, but the section from Dunrobin to a point just short of Helmsdale was finished by the autumn of 1870. The Duke decided that the railway should be opened forthwith, and a temporary station, known as West Helmsdale, was built at Gartymore. An engine and some coaches were purchased for working the line, but since there was as yet no physical connection with the Sutherland Railway at Golspie, the stock had to be placed on wagons and hauled along the road by a traction engine.” [3][4: p33-36]

The opening ceremony was performed on 17th September 1870 by Princess Christian of Schleswig-Holstein. … From the date of the opening ceremony, the railway was privately operated, but after a Board of Trade inspection it was opened to the public on 1st November 1870.” [3][7]

After the public opening, a service of two trains a day in each direction was run. On 19th June 1871 the works were completed and the railway was opened throughout, and the Highland Railway took over the working. [4: p33-36] The temporary terminus at Dunrobin became a private station serving the castle, at which trains called by request to pick up or set down passengers. In 1902 the buildings were reconstructed to the designs of the estate architect.” [3]

On 28th July 1884 the Duke of Sutherland’s Railway was absorbed into the Highland Railway. [3][4: p40]

It is worth noting that the Duke of Sutherland made a significant loss in undertaking all this work. He later commented in 1870 that it might have been possible to have turned a small profit if he had chosen to undertake the work as a narrow gauge line. …

The Duke of Sutherland said he wished he had known more of the Festiniog Railway six years ago. ‘I have expended’, said His Grace, ‘about £200,000 in promoting and making railways in the North. Had these lines been constructed on the narrow gauge, and had they in consequence cost only two-thirds of the sum that has been expended on them, I should have obtained a direct return on this large sum which I have laid out for the benefit of my estates and of the people in those remote districts. As it is I shall suffer considerable loss.” [8]

The expenditure in the 1860s of £200,000 is the equivalent of close to £31,077,000 in 2025! [9] It is astounding that the Duke’s holdings meant that expenditure of that sum of money did not bring about bankruptcy. “The pound had an average inflation rate of 3.11% per year between 1860  and 2025, producing a cumulative price increase of 15,438.46%! … A pound today only buys 0.644% of what it could buy back then.” [9]

George Granville William Sutherland-Leveson-Gower, 3rd Duke of Sutherland (1828-1882) had interests around the country but of particular interest to me is his involvement with developments in East Shropshire  which became the Lilleshall Company. He also held shares in other industrial ventures, including coal and ironstone mines.

The 3rd Duke of Sutherland inherited significant wealth and estates, including those in West Midlands, which included the estate of Lilleshall. He was also known for his interest in industrial projects, like the Shelton Iron & Steel Co. where he was a principal shareholder. The Duke’s involvement with the Lilleshall estate and his other industrial interests demonstrate a broader pattern of wealth accumulation and investment within his family. The family’s influence extended beyond the specific “Lilleshall” company to include other industrial and land ownership ventures, particularly within the West Midlands region. [10][11][12]

In 1892, the 3rd Duke of Sutherland’s obituary included these words: “…The late Duke was keenly devoted to science as employed for the promotion of the prosperity and material comfort of the tenants on his vast estates. He did more than, perhaps, any other man in the world to utilise cultivation by steam, and at one period he used all the resources and talent of the firm of John Fowler and Co., of Leeds, in this direction. He constructed at his own expense a railway in Sutherlandshire. It is said that an admiring navvy, seeing him start from Dunrobin Station one day, exclaimed to his mate, ‘There, that’s what I calls a real Dook. Why? There he is a driving of his own engine on his own railroad and burning of his own blessed coals!’ One who knew him well has said of him: ‘He was ever ready to assist in the development of ingenious ideas in machinery, mechanical appliances, and the like’...” [12][13]

References

  1. G. Charles; The Duke of Sutherland’s Saloons and Locomotives; in The Railway Magazine, January 1950, Volume 96, No. 585, Transport (1910) Ltd., Westminster, London, p9-10.
  2. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/07/21/gazelle.
  3. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duke_of_Sutherland%27s_Railway, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  4. H. E. Vallance et al; The Highland Railway; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1938, (extended edition 1985).
  5. David Ross; The Highland Railway; Tempus Publishing Limited, Stroud, 2005, p47-49.
  6. Donald J Grant, Directory of the Railway Companies of Great Britain; Matador, Kibworth Beauchamp, 2017, p155.
  7. Anne-Mary Paterson; Pioneers of the Highland Tracks: William and Murdoch Paterson; The Highland Railway Society, 2013, digital edition not paginated.
  8. The Railways of the Future II; in The Times;  1st March 1870, p4.
  9. https://www.in2013dollars.com/uk/inflation/1860?amount=200000, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  10. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/George_Leveson-Gower,_1st_Duke_of_Sutherland, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  11. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duke_of_Sutherland, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  12. https://www.gracesguide.co.uk/George_Granville_William_Sutherland_Leveson_Gower, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  13. The Engineer; 30th September 1892, p286.
  14. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dunrobin_(locomotive), accessed on 6th June 2025.
  15. Tony Streeter; Dunrobin: Overlooked, outcast and unwanted – until now!; in Steam Railway No. 384; Bauer Media, Peterborough, (7 January – 3 February 2011), p7–8.
  16. Robin Jones; Steam comes home… twice; in Heritage Railway No. 151; Mortons Media Ltd., Horncastle, p24–25.
  17. Will Marsh; Steam Locomotive Notes; in Severn Valley Railway News. No. 220; Winter 2022, p18.
  18. http://beamishtransportonline.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/11/Heritage-Railway-Dunrobin.pdf, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  19. https://beamishtransportonline.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/500891.jpg, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  20. https://beamishtransportonline.co.uk/2021/05/dunrobin-ten-years-on, accessed on 5th June 2025.
  21. https://beamishtransportonline.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Dun3_1000x982.jpg, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  22. https://beamishtransportonline.co.uk/2025/05/dunrobin-attention-to-detail, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  23. https://museumofscottishrailways.org.uk/duke-of-sutherlands-saloon, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  24. https://www.heritagerailway.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/sites/22/2018/03/HR-239-p18.jpg, accessed on 6th June 2025.
  25. https://www.heritagerailway.co.uk/3869/dunrobins-carriage-back-in-service, accessed on 6th June 2025.

The Railways of Skye and Adjacent Islands – An Overview

There was a 19th century proposal for a public railway to Dunvegan and Portree which never came to fruition. A later proposal was the Hebridean Light Railway which was promulgated by the Hebridean Light Railway Company. It intended to operate on the Scottish islands of Skye and Lewis. [8] The Skye line was to have connected the port of Isleornsay (for ferries from Mallaig on the Scottish mainland) and the port of Uig on the north-west coast of the island, from where ferries would have sailed to Stornoway on Lewis. Another line was then proposed to link Stornoway to Carloway, the second settlement of Lewis. Branch lines were also proposed to Breasclete [9] and Dunvegan. [10]

The line was proposed in 1898, but was never completed. Records of the proposals are held in the National Archives at Kew. [11]

Although these schemes never came to fruition, at least six industrial railways have existed on Skye and adjacent islands at one time or another. These include:

The Loch Cuithir to Lealt Diatomite Railway – Details of this line can be found here. [5]

The Talisker Distillery Tramway – This short 23″-gauge tramway opened in 1900 and closed in 1948. Details can be found here. [6]

The Skye Marble Railway – Soon after the turn of the 20th century a line was opened between the Kichrist Quarries in Strath Suardal and Broadford Pier/Quay. Different sources say that this was initially either and aerial ropeway or a horse-worked tramway. Whatever form the initial arrangements took, by the end of the first decade of the 20th century, it was operating as a steam-hauled 3ft-gauge railway which for a short while (certainly no more than 4 years) employed a Hunslet 0-4-0ST, originally built in 1892 and previously used on the construction of the County Donegal Railway and various other contractors projects. This line is covered in more detail in the article which can be found here. [7]

The Raasay Iron Ore Mines and Their Railway – the railway operated from 1913 to 1919. [1][2]

Susinish (Suishnish) Pier. [3]
Looking down from the former railway over the remains of the iron works and the pier from which the iron was shipped to Ravenscraig in Lanarkshire. Between 1912 and 1916 iron ore was extracted from ironstones that outcrop in the southern part of the Isle of Raasay. Extensive ruins of the workings and associated buildings continue to disfigure the landscape of the island, © Anne Burgess and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [4]

More can be discovered about Raasay’s railway here. [12]

The Quartzite Quarry at Ord (opened in 1945) was equipped with a 3ft-gauge railway along which wagons were pushed by hand to a loading embankment. A short article can be found here. [13]

Storr Lochs Hydroelectric Power Station (opened in 1952) which included a standard gauge electric cable railway which still routinely carries spares and supplies down a 1 in 2 gradient. Another short article can be found here. [14]

Other railways on Skye or on adjacent islands? One source commented that Skye had thirteen different railways/tramways open at one time or another. I have only been able, so far, to identify the ones listed here. Should others be aware of more historic rail sites on Skye, I would be interested to hear. Maybe that source intended their list to include the abortive schemes mentioned at the head of this article? One particular proposal, which never came to fruition, has imaginatively been taken as the basis for the story of the fictitious Highland Light Railway Company. [15]

References

  1. https://www.isbuc.co.uk/Sights/Rail.php, accessed on 13th April 2025.
  2. https://www.hows.org.uk/personal/rail/incline/sky.htm, accessed on 13th April 2025.
  3. https://geoscenic.bgs.ac.uk/asset-bank/action/browseItems?categoryId=1118&categoryTypeId=1, accessed on 13th April 2025.
  4. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5761169, accessed on 13th April 2025.
  5. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/05/01/the-railways-of-skye-part-1-loch-cuithir-to-lealt
  6. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/05/03/the-railways-of-skye-part-2-the-talisker-distillery-tramway
  7. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/06/02/the-railways-of-skye-adjacent-islands-part-3-the-skye-marble-railway
  8. Direcleit; a’spaidsearachd agus a’meòrachadh: Hebridean Light Railway Company; on Direcleit.blogspot.com; via https://direcleit.blogspot.com/2010/11/hebridean-light-railway-company.html?m=1, accessed on 23rd April 2025.
  9. Tom ………; Railways of Lewis & Harris | Isle Ornsay; on Hlrco.wordpress.com. 5 October 2010; via https://wp.me/p153uL-81, accessed on 23rd April 2025.
  10. Tom ……….; Isle Ornsay | General ramblings of the Hebridean Light Railway Company; via https://hlrco.wordpress.com, accessed on 23rd April 2025.
  11. https://discovery.nationalarchives.gov.uk/details/record?catid=5230967&catln=6, accessed on 23rd April 2025.
  12. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/05/27/the-railways-of-skye-adjacent-islands-part-4-the-raasay-iron-mine-railway
  13. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/06/03/the-railways-of-skye-and-adjacent-islands-part-5-the-quartzite-silica-quarry-tramway-at-ord
  14. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/06/04/the-railways-of-skye-and-adjacent-islands-part-6-storr-lochs-hydroelectric-power-station
  15. https://hlrco.wordpress.com/history, accessed on 1st June 2025.

Dereham (East Dereham) Station, Norfolk

An article in the magazine Railway Bylines, in the September 2002 edition written by Orson Carter prompted a look at the railway system in Dereham Norfolk. [1]

These three extracts from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1905, published in 1906, show the railway running North to South through Dereham. Southbound trains on the Wymondham & Wells Branch ran between the town’s Malthouses, crossed Norwich Street and entered the Railway Station. Goods facilities were close alongside the passenger station with the Goods Shed east of the main running lines. Further sidings sat to the West of the line before a triangular junction (including Motive Power Depot and turntable) gave access to lines running Southeast to Wymondham and Norwich and West to King’s Lynn. [2]

Carter’s article primarily reflected on the changes experienced in Dereham as the 1950s and 1960s developed. The line through Dereham remained open as a goods only line into the later part of the 20th century. This made it a prime candidate for preservation. The Mid-Norfolk Railway was formed in 1974 as preservation efforts began. The line re-opened in the mid-1990s. The MNR owns and operates most of the former Wymondham-Fakenham branch line of the Norfolk Railway! [3]

These three extracts from Google Maps show a similar length of the line as that covered by the extracts from the 25″ 1905 Ordnance Survey above. [Google Maps, February 2024]

Carter’s article gives only a limited account of the railway history of East Dereham’s rail network: ” In railway terms the small town of East Dereham in Norfolk belied its size as until the early 1950s it was, in effect, a three-way railway junction which enjoyed a status lofty enough to warrant a ‘Class 1’ grade station master. The ‘main line’ though the term is comparative – was used by trains between Norwich and Wymondham and Wells-next-the-Sea; there was also a branch from East Dereham to Kings Lynn, and until September 1952 the trains on the semi-circular route to/from Norwich via Wroxham and County School also started and terminated at East Dereham. But if one looked in the public timetables for this apparently important junction station, one would not have found an East Dereham the station was invariably listed simply as Dereham.” [1: p522]

Dereham Railway station looking South. The photograph was taken from the Norwich Road footbridge. The station footbridge is no longer present but Dereham Central No. 37 signal is visible against the gasometer at the far end of the station so the station is still open. The general.vondition of the station suggests a probable date between, 1965 and 1969. This image was shared on the Norfolk Orbital Railway Facebook Page on 30th January 2025, © Unknown. [4]

Dereham Station was built by The Norfolk Railway. “The Norfolk Railway was an early railway company that controlled a network of 94 miles around Norwich, England. It was formed in 1845 by the amalgamation of the Yarmouth and Norwich Railway opened in 1844, and the Norwich and Brandon Railway, not yet opened. These lines were built out of frustration that the Eastern Counties Railway line that was expected to connect Norwich to London failed to be completed. The Norfolk Railway also leased the Lowestoft Railway and Harbour Company, and built a branch to Dereham and Fakenham, opened in 1846 and 1849 respectively.” [5]

The Norfolk Railway ‘s Network in 1849, © Afterbrunel, and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [5]

The Mid-Norfolk Railway dates the opening of the station to 1847: “Three years later an agreement was made to allow the Lynn & Dereham Railway to start to use the Norfolk Railway’s station, meaning that they could close their own terminus in the town. In 1857, the line northwards to Well-next-the-Sea was completed – with all the lines becoming part of the Great Eastern Railway in 1862.  The station grew and evolved over the decades, with the Great Eastern Railway expanding the original Norfolk Railway ‘Tudoresque’ buildings as traffic grew, and the platforms being raised and extended to accommodate longer and more modern trains. Eventually, the station boasted a licensed buffet and four platforms with extensive canopies. Platform 1 is on the up line, with platforms 2 and 3 being set back to back (making one long platform face) and platform 4 being a short bay originally connected only to the King’s Lynn line.” [6]

The uncertainty over the date of opening of Dereham Station is resolved by Wikipedia quoting D. I. Gordon: A branch from Wymondham to Dereham “opened from Wymondham to Dereham on 7th December 1846 for goods trains and on 15th February 1847 for passengers. [7] … During construction, the Norfolk Railway sought an Act of Parliament to extend the Dereham line to Wells and Blakeney. … The Wells and Blakeney extensions were not built, and the new work was confined to building to Fakenham only. The construction contract [for the Fakenham line] was let to Peto in the Spring of 1847.” [5]

Soon, “The Eastern Counties Railway (ECR) … engaged in talks and … agreement for acquisition of the Norfolk Railway was finalised on 2nd May 1848, and the ECR took over the entire Norfolk Railway system, rolling stock included, on 8th May 1848. It sacked the Norfolk Railway staff and substituted its own. [7] Gordon says that the ECR ‘took the Norfolk on lease, so saving it from financial ‘perdition’.” [7: p164][5]

The Lynn and Dereham Railway also obtained an Act of Parliament to build a line to Dereham in 1845. It did not open its station (Lynn Hill) until 11th September 1848. [8: p41] [13] very close to The Norfolk Railway and formed a junction with it. This station was closed in 1850, when trains were extended to The Norfolk’s Railway station.

The King’s Lynn line was originally operated by the Lynn & Dereham Railway but, in 1848, the ECR leased The Norfolk Railway and absorbed the line to King’s Lynn.

In 1857, the line between Dereham and Wells opened. The Railways in this area became part of the Great Eastern Railway (GER) in 1862.

In addition to the passenger facilities, Dereham had extensive goods facilities. Three goods sheds were provided (the surviving shed, one north of Norwich Road and another on the Lynn line), a large cattle yard, a coal yard, sidings for the town’s maltings trade, the Hobbies’ works, gas works and, during the Second World War, additional War Department sidings were provided on a new site to the east of the line. A triangle was provided for the Lynn line, allowing some trains (including the Royal Train) to avoid having to reverse in the station and a locomotive depot was built inside this triangle – where the town swimming pool now stands. This complex site was controlled by four signal boxes and stables were provided to house the horses used to operate delivery carts and shunt the yards.” [6]

With an 1841 population of 3,837, Dereham already had several brewers and maltsters, two iron foundries and various small industries geared to the needs and produce of what was described as the ‘Garden of Norfolk’.  But by 1855 it had grown to nearly 4,500 and had added a steam saw-mill, two further foundries, and a greatly expanded interest in the making of agricultural implements.  In that year White recorded how the town trade had ‘considerably increased’ since the opening of the railways, and described the extensive granaries which had been built near the station and through which extremely large quantities of corn were despatched by rail.  East Dereham in fact well illustrated the power of the nineteenth century railways to develop a small town when not too near a major centre and when conditions, in this instance the high fertility of the local soil, were right.” [7]

Derehamhistory.co.uk tells us that, “Along with the railways came the electric telegraph. The Norfolk Railway was a pioneer in the use of this instrument in railway operating and its spare capacity was made available to the public. It provided a nationwide accurate time check, replacing the often erratic local time with ‘Railway Time’.  It gave the latest Stock Exchange prices and racing results in advance of the arrival of the newspapers.” [10]

In the early 1880s, the railway line between Dereham and Wymondham was expanded to a double-tracked line, which was completed shortly after 1882. Yakham, Thuxton, Hardingham, and Kimberley Park all had new platforms constructed on the new up line, while the down line platforms underwent alterations, including the addition of new canopies. In 1886, an avoiding double track line was constructed to the south of the Dereham station. This allowed the Wymondham to King’s Lynn line to be used as a cross-country route. The avoiding line was utilised by freight, excursion, and diverted main-line trains.” [11]

Looking Northeast from the Western platform at Dereham Station in July 1936. The locomotive which features on the centre-right of the photograph is LNER 4-4-0 locomotive No. 8032. The locomotive standing in the near platform is LNER Locomotive No. 7894. It was a member of the ex-GER J15 class of 0-6-0 freight and shunting locomotives. It was later renumbered as BR 65394. This image was shared on the Norfolk in Old Photographs and Postcards Facebook Group by Dave Johnston on 15th March 2025, © Pamlin Prints. [17]
Dereham in the 1960s. This image was shared on the Norfolk Orbital Railway Facebook Page on 5th January 2024, © Unknown. [15]

Diesels were introduced in the mid-1950s but rapidly increasing road transport competition meant that rain services in rural Norfolk became increasingly uneconomic. “In 1963, Richard Beeching recommended that the line from Dereham to Fakenham and Wells be closed and, in 1964, the last passenger train ran over this section. He also recommended that the railway from Norwich to Dereham and then to King’s Lynn be retained for express trains and freight. However, in 1968, the connection to King’s Lynn was cut, as part of the formation was wanted for improvements to the A47, and the remaining passenger services between Dereham and Norwich ended in 1969. Concerns had been [raised] in Parliament about the local roads being inadequate for local business needs, specifically the large maltings at Great Ryburgh, so tracks through the station remained in regular use as a goods-only line until the 1980s.” [6]

The line closed to goods in 1989.

Dereham Railway Station in 2012, © Mike Smith and licensed for use here under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [14]

Sadly the main station building at Dereham suffered a significant fire in 1988. The interior and roof were lost. The station master’s house survived in a near derelict condition. After the line was purchased by the Mid-Norfolk Railway it was carefully restored and it re-opened to passengers in 1997. [6]

The Mid-Norfolk Railway also reports that “two of the station’s signal boxes have been replaced. The original Dereham Central site is occupied by the former Stratford Southern box, which controls the station site and the line southwards. Dereham North is occupied by the former Laundry Lane box from Lowestoft, and controls the level crossing and line northwards. The original Dereham North box also survives, as holiday accommodation near Melton Constable.  With the original locomotive depot site being lost, [their] new maintenance shed has been built in the former goods yard.” [6]

The surviving goods shed, stables and one of the station’s original LNER yard cranes feature in future plans for a heritage attraction at Dereham Station.

The Mid-Norfolk Railway Preservation Trust also plans to restore another section of track. It intends to bring back into use another mile and a  half of the line from North Elmham, near Dereham, up to the former County School station. The Trust will restore the station to an operational standard and make it the line’s northern terminal. “County School once served a nearby boarding school set up in the 19th century, which later became a naval training school and a Dr Barnardo’s home until its closure in 1953.” [12]

County School Railway Station in 1996, prior to the cosmetic restoration undertaken by the Mid-Norfolk Railway, © DiverScout and licenced for use under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0).[16]

Currently, The Mid-Norfolk Railway, at 17.5 miles, is already one of the UK’s longest heritage railways. Once the latest extension is completed, it would be the third longest. [12]

County School Station on the Mid-Norfolk Railway. [12]

References

  1. Orson Carter; Dereham – a Time of Transition; in Railway Bylines, Volume 7, Issue 10; Irwell Press, Clophill, Bedfordshire, September 2022, p522-527.
  2. https://maps.nls.uk/view/120850328, accessed on 14th February 2024.
  3. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mid-Norfolk_Railway, accessed on 18th February 2024.
  4. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/15pGLytCUQ, 31st January 2025.
  5. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norfolk_Railway, accessed on 31st May 2025.
  6. https://www.midnorfolkrailway.co.uk/eastdereham, accessed on 31st May 2025.
  7. D. I. Gordon; A Regional History of the Railways of Great Britain: Volume 5: the Eastern Counties; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1977.
  8. Leslie Oppitz; East Anglia Railways Remembered; Countryside Books, Newbury, Berkshire, 1989.
  9. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dereham_railway_station#reghist, accessed on 31st May 2025.
  10. https://www.derehamhistory.co.uk/the-railways.html, accessed on 31st May 2025.
  11. https://www.norfolksdisusedrailways.com/derehamnorwich, accessed on 31st May 2025?
  12. https://www.fakenhamtimes.co.uk/news/24580692.mid-norfolk-railway-unveils-track-extension-project, accessed on 31st May 2025.
  13. http://www.disused-stations.org.uk/d/dereham/index.shtml, accessed on the 31st May 2025.
  14. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2893207, accessed on 31st May 2025.
  15. https://www.facebook.com/share/1Bzhw96Nyh, accessed on 31st May 2025.
  16. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:County_School_station_1996.jpg, accessed on 31st May 2025.
  17. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1A9vURm6fh, accessed on 31st May 2025.

The Highland Railway – Part 5 – The Fortrose (or Black Isle) Branch

Stanley Jenkins tells us that “The opening of the Inverness & Rossshire Railway between Inverness and Dingwall on 11th June 1862 brought the benefits of rail transport to a prosperous farming area in Ross & Cromarty. The line was completed throughout to Invergordon on 25th March 1863, while a series of subsequent extensions eventually resulted in the creation of the Highland Railway’s ‘Far North’ line between Inverness and Wick. Inevitably the 161½ mile ‘Far North’ line omitted large numbers of places that would have benefited from direct rail links, and for this reason several branch-line schemes were put into effect during the latter part of the 19th century.” [1: p48]

The Black Isle peninsula, between the Beauly and Cromarty Firths, became the focal point for two such schemes, only one of which was successful.” [1: p48]

Wikipedia tells us that “The Highland Railway was surprised when in 1889 the Great North of Scotland Railway (GNoSR) proposed the construction of a railway to Fortrose, … The GNoSR operated a network from Aberdeen and the nearest place to Inverness served by it was at Elgin, some distance away. The branch would have been detached from the owning railway, but running through the Black Isle it would have made a junction with the Highland Railway at Muir of Ord. A ferry operation from Fortrose to Ardersier, on the south side of the Moray, was included in the plans. Ardersier was then known as Campbelltown, and a railway branch to it was included. Two other schemes striking into Highland territory were proposed at the same time, elevating Highland Railway discomfort about its competitive position.” [2][3]

The two companies had been adversaries for some time, and in 1883 and the following years there had been a state of continual warfare over junctions, frontiers and running powers. … The Highland saw at once that if this branch were built, it would be easy for the GNoSR to demand running powers into Inverness to reach its branch, and in that way the rival company would have gained access to the Highland’s stronghold.” [2]

After considerable ‘argument’ between the two companies, the GNoSR and the Highland Railway each submitted Bills to the UK Parliament for a line to Fortrose.

It was the Highland Railway’s scheme which received Parliamentary consent on 4th July 1890. Jenkins tells us that it was for a “16 mile branch line between Muir of Ord, on the ‘Far North’ line, and the fishing port of Rosemarkie. The gentle topography of the Black Isle ensured that the proposed line could be built with relative ease, and on 1st February 1894 a single line was opened as far as Fortrose a distance of 13 miles 45 chains. The final section between Fortrose and Rosemarkie was never built, the terminal station at Fortrose being deemed a suitable railhead for the surrounding district.” [1: p48]

The Fortrose Branch is shown as a red line on the image running from Muir of Ord to Fortrose, © Afterbrunel and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0) [4]

The Fortrose branch provided useful transport facilities … on the South side of the Black Isle, but it was felt that better facilities were needed on the North side of the peninsula. The 1896 Light Railways Act offered a solution to this local transport problem, and on 1st August 1902 a Light Railway Order was obtained for construction of a 19 mile line between Conon, on the ‘Far North’ line, and Cromarty. Work began at the Cromarty end, but subsequent progress was painfully slow, and extensions of Time Orders were obtained in 1907, and again in 1910. … About six miles of track was actually laid between Cromarty and Newhall, but all work was suspended in 1914 on the outbreak of World War I. At that time, construction work was in hand on a further two miles of line, but little had been done on the remaining eleven miles of line to Conon. The track was lifted around 1915 for use in the war effort, leaving the earthworks and other engineering features of the unfinished light railway in a derelict condition.” [1: p49]

If the Cromarty & Dingwall Light Railway had been completed it would have had stations at Alcaig Ferry, Culbokie, Drumcudden, and Newhall. Other halts may have been opened once the line was in operation, while there were also suggestions that the route might be extended south-westwards from Cromarty to Rosemarkie and Fortrose, thereby creating a scenic ‘coastal’ route around the Black Isle that would have had considerable potential as a tourist attraction. Unfortunately the changed economic conditions after World War I meant that schemes of this kind were no longer viable, and the Fortrose branch was therefore left in splendid isolation as the only completed railway in the Black Isle area.” [1: p49]

The Fortrose route was worked as a feeder branch for the ‘Far North’ line, and as such it was moderately-successful. Like other Highland Railway branch lines it was normally worked by small tank locomotives such as the Dübs 4-4-0Ts. Other engines seen on the line were Drummond’s well-known 0-4-4 branch-line tanks.” [1: p49]

The Route from Muir of Ord to Fortrose

The extracts below from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1904, published in 1906 cover the site of Muir of Ord Railway Station. [6] Jenkins tells us that “Muir of Ord – the junction station for branch services to Fortrose – was opened on 11th June 1862 when the initial section of the Highland ‘Far North’ line was brought into use between Inverness and Dingwall.” [1: p49]

The station was orientated from North to South, with its main station building on the down, or northbound side. The track layout was relatively complex, with sidings on both sides of the running line and a lengthy crossing loop. The main goods yard, with accommodation for coal, livestock, furniture, machinery, and general-merchandise traffic, was situated to the south of the platforms on the down side. One of the yard sidings passed through a goods shed, while others were used mainly for coal or other forms of wagon-load traffic. Further sidings were available on the up side, and one of these gave access to a 50ft diameter locomotive turntable.” [1: p49]

Wikipedia tells us that “The station is 13 miles 4 chains (13.05 mi; 21.0 km) from Inverness, between Beauly and Conon Bridge, and is the location of the sole remaining passing loop on the single line between Dingwall and Inverness.” [5]

The station building and platform canopy were erected in 1894, [5][7] 32 years after the station itself opened. [8] Passenger services on the branch ceased on 1 October 1951, but the branch remained open for freight until 13 June 1960. Muir of Ord station was closed on 13 June 1960 but reopened in 1976, on 4 October.” [5][8]

After the railway bridge across the River Ness washed away in February 1989, isolating the entire network north of Inverness, Muir of Ord was chosen as the location for a temporary depot, from which the stranded rolling stock could operate the service to the highland communities which depended on the line.” [5][9]

In November 2015, work commenced on a new A862 road bridge at the northern end of the station.” [5][10]

The project cost £3.7 million and was completed in the Summer of 2017. [11]

This ESRI satellite image supplied by the NLS shows the station site after the reconstruction of the raod bridge. [6]

Wikipedia tells us that “in the 21st century, both station platforms have modern waiting shelters and benches, with step-free access. There is a car park and bike racks adjacent to platform 1, along with a help point near to the entrance from the car park.” [5]

As there are no facilities to purchase tickets, passengers must buy one in advance, or from the guard on the train.” [5]

The station has a passing loop 32 chains (700 yd; 640 m) long, flanked by two platforms which can each accommodate a ten-coach train.” [5][12]

On 11th June 1862 the Inverness and Ross-shire Railway opened their line between Inverness and Dingwall. It included a station at the village of Tarradale but the company decided to name it after the nearby cattle tryst (market), Muir of Ord. Eventually the name Muir of Ord was applied to the surrounding area.” [14]

Looking North at platform level, Highland Railway No. 21can be seen in 1913 in charge of a southbound passenger service. The locomotive was one of Highland Railway’s 12-strong ‘Barney’ class of 0-6-0 locomotive. They were designed by Peter Drummond to pull goods traffic but they frequently found themselves on passenger service duty, as seen here. HR 21 was built by Dübs & Co of Glasgow and was delivered in August 1902, © Public Domain. [13] This image appears to have been sourced from the http://www.ambaile.org.uk/Highland Railway Society website. [14]
Looking South from the footbridge at the North end of the station site sometime in the 1920s. The ‘Strath’ class of 4-4-0 passenger locomotives were built for the Highland Railway by Neilson Reid & Co. of Glasgow in 1892. They were built to the design of David Jones, the company’s locomotive superintendent, and were similar in design to his other locomotives, with the exception of having larger boilers. The twelve locomotives were numbered 89 to 100 and six of them passed into LMS ownership in 1923. This photograph shows LMS 14272 ‘Strathdearn’ heading North at Muir of Ord. On completion for the Highland Railway it carried the number 92 and was renumbered on five occasions: to 92A in June 1918; to 92 in August 1918; to 92A again in April 1919; to 92 in September 1919 and 92A in July 1921. It was one of the class to pass into LMS ownership and was numbered 14272 by the new company. It was withdrawn from service in February 1930, © Public Domain. These two images were found on a youTube video but the source will be Am Baile and they probably come from the Highland Railway Society Collection, © Public Domain. [13]
Looking South at platform level in 1978, a train from Inverness to Wick and Thurso pauses to collect passengers at Muir of Ord station. © The Carlisle Kid and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [15]

As can be seen in the image below, all of the station buildings have been removed and replaced with waiting shelters with little or no character.

The modern facilities at Muir of Ord Railway Station are quite primitive. The phot was taken from the West in 2023. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Southeast across the original bridge at the North end of Muir of Ord Station site. [10]
The replacement structure at the North end of the Station site as it appeared from the air in 2017. [11]
Looking South from the road bridge in the 21st century. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Southeast across the road bridge in 2023. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Northwest across the road bridge. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking North from the road bridge towards the location of the Fortrose branch line junction. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking North from a trackside location just to the North side of the road bridge at Muir of Ord, a train from Kyle of Lochalsh heads South into the station, © The Carlisle Kid and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [16]

On leaving Muir of Ord, branch trains diverged eastwards, and having, executed a full 90 degree turn the route maintained its easterly heading for about two miles.” [1: p49]

A further extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1904, published in 1906. This extract shows the brach leaving the main line just North of the Station and heading East. [17]
The same area as shown on ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS, in the 21st century. [17]
As the line curved to the East it was crossed at level by a track. [17]

Additional sidings on the north side of the station provided locomotive facilities for the branch engine. The main engine siding gave access to a 50ft turntable, while a ‘kick-back’ spur ran into a single-road engine shed; another siding served as a coaling road. The station building was a typical Highland Railway timber-framed structure which was similar to its counterparts at Hopeman and Burghead, albeit with a second cross-wing at the left-hand end (when viewed from the platform). The resulting building was thus an ‘H-plan’ structure with a central block flanked by two cross-wings.” [1: p51]

In the 21st century, the track has been replaced by a modern estate road – Highfield Circle. The road entering bottom-centre is Fairmuir Road, that leaving top-right is part of Highfiels Curcle. These two roads approximately follow the line of the old railway. [17]
A short distance to the East the line was in cutting and bridged by a minor road. [17]
ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS shows the realigned road in the 21st century. The approximate line of the old road (blue) and railway (red) have been superimposed on the image. The modern road is named ‘Balvaird Road’. [17]
A short distance further East the line was crossed by a farm access raod at a level-crossing. [18]
The same location in the 21st century as shown on Google Maps satellite imagery. The lane is now named ‘Hawthorne Road’. [Google Maps, March 2025]
Looking North along Hawthorne Road, across the line of the old railway (marked approximately by the red line). Google Streetview, September 2021]
Looking West from Hawthorne Road along the line of the old railway towards Muir of Ord. The line of the railway is gated by the single-bar gate and it ran from there towars the distant trees. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
A footpath follows the line of the old railway to the East of Hawthorne Road. [Google Streetview, September 2021]

From Hawthorne Road eastwards a public footpath follows the line of the old railway. There is a leaflet of walks for the area around Muir of Ord. One of the four walks included in the leaflet includes a length of the old railway. [19]

The walk follows the Balvaird Road from Muir of Ord crossing the railway at the location we noted above. It crosses open fields to get to Spital Wood before dropping down to the line of the olfd railway, following that West to Hawthorne Road and from there back to Muir of Ord. The return leg of the walk runs East-West and almost entirely follows the line of the railway. [19]
The footpath along the old railway, to the East of Hawthorne Road. This view faces East, © Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [39]
A summertime view looking East at the same location, © Stephen Craven and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [40]

Our journey runs West to East along a straight section of the old line as far as the B9169.

The road running from the top to the bottom of this map extract was to become the B9169. The coming of the railway meant that the original road location at this point had to be altered to accommodate a railway bridge over the road. After closure of the railway the bridge was removed and the road reverted to its original course. [20]
The ESRI satellite imagery shows the same location in the 21st century. [20]
Looking East from the B9169 in the 21st century. [Google Streetview, March 2022]
Looking West from the B9169, the railway embankment is more visible. [Google Streetview, March 2022]
Looking East along a minor road which now follows the remaining rail embankment. The embankment can be seen on the left. [September 2021]
An old railway bridge to the East of the B9169. It appears on the left of the map extract below. It carried the Fortrose Branch presumably over a farm track under the railway, now rather overgrown, © Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [43]
With the line continuing East on embankment it first crossed a cattle creep and then a lane, as shown here in this extract from the 1904 25″ OS survey. [21]
The same length of the line in the 21st century on the NLS provided ESRI satellite imagery. [21]
Looking Northwest from the minor road at the point on the right side of the satellite image where the road turns to the Southeast. This photo shows the rail embankment running above and beyond the road across the image. [Google Streetview, September 2021]

For a short length the old railway formation has been ploughed back into farmland. The next image looks back along the line of the old railway from a point further to the East.

This image looks East from the point where the modern farm track comes back to run parallel to the old railway route. [Google Streetview, 2012]
Just a short distance further to the East the track turns up onto the old railway formation. This is the view back East from that point. [Google Streetview, 2012]
Further East again, a track crossed the old line by means of a stone bridge. [23]
The same location in the 21st century – the track entering from the left of this extract from the NLS ESRI satellite imagery occupies the old railway formation before slipping off to the North side of the line as the old line runs in cutting to pass under the accommodation bridge which sits just to the right of the centre of the image. To the West of the track, the line disappears in cutting into Spital Wood. [23]
The view East along the old railway alignment from a point close to the Eastern edge of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, 2012]
Here, looking East, the modern farm track leaves the railway alignment which runs ahead into a. Cutting and then under an accommodation bridge. [Google Streetview, 2012]
A little further East along the old railway formation. The dead tree which is prominent in this image can be seen in the image immediately above. The parapets of the bridge seem here appear on the next two photographs, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [37]
The accommodation bridge parapets, seen from the South. [Google Streetview, 2012]
The same bridge parapets seen from the North. [Google Streetview, 2012]
Looking West towards Muir of Ord from the bridge in the images above, © Julian Paren and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [71]

After passing under the accommodation bridge, the old line ran east in cutting through what is now Spital Wood. Then, ” curving east-north-eastwards,” Jenkins tells us, “the railway continued to Redcastle (3 miles 58 chains), where the single-platform station was equipped with a full range of accommodation for goods, passengers, and livestock traffic.” [1: p49]

After a few hundred metres in cutting, the line had a short length close to the surrounding ground levels where a siding was provided. I have not been able to establish what function this short siding and its adjacent buildings performed. [24]
A closer view of the same facility, trains heading towards Fortrose would need to lay bay into the siding to release wagons. [24]
The same location as seen on modern satellite imagery, now surrounded by Spiral Wood. [24]
Old railway bridge, in Spittal Wood – a small bridge under the old railway line close to the siding above, now fenced off, and a bit overgrown with bushes, © Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [41]
A second underbridge, just a short distance to the East of the bridge above, it is a small bridge under the old railway line, this was probably a cattle creep. The bridge is now fenced off with a ditch running underneath, and partly blocked by trees, ©  Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [42]

A typical old fence post alongside the line of the old railway in Spittal Wood, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [36]
At the East end of Spiral Woods looking East along the old railway, © Valenta and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [35]
A little to the East of Spittal Wood, this view North across the fields by Blairdhu shows a cattle creep which passed under the line at this point, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [45]
The next significant structure was a bridge carrying the line over an access track. [25]
The same location in the 21st century. [25]
An access over bridge provided when the line was built. [26]
The same location in the 21st century. [26]
Just to the Southwest of Redcastle Station a minor road bridged the line. [27]

Pictures of the station soon after closure can be seen on the Canmore website, here [46] and here. [47]

The same location. In the 21st century. [27]
Redcastle Railway Station seen from across the adjacent field. This is the only remaining station building on the Fortrose Branch (Black Isle Railway). When this photograph was taken in 2014 it was the offices of Nansen Highland, a charity providing training for young people. It continues to serve in this way, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [38]
Redcastle Station building seen from the approach road. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
This extract shows the full length of the Redcastle Station site. [27]
And this image shows the site in the 21st century. [27]
The route of the old railway line, heading from Redcastle Station towards Linnie. This was the site of a goods yard, with several sidings just to the left here. Some parts of the platforms remain, now hidden amongst the trees, © Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [44]

Beyond [Redcastle], trains climbed towards the 250ft contour, the line’s modest summit of around 260ft above mean sea level being sited near the next station at Allangrange. Situated some 5 miles 39 chains from the junction, Allangrange was another fully-equipped station with provision for a range of goods traffic.” [1: p49]

The line continued in an East-northeast direction towards Allangrange Railway Station. [28]
The same area as shown on the 21st century NLS ESRI satellite imagery. [28]
Looking Southwest along the old railway towards Redcastle Station from the minor road towards the left of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, April 2011]
Looking Northeast along the old railway towards Fort from the minor road towards the left of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, April 2011]
Looking Southwest along the line of the old railway from the A832. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Northeast along the line of the old railway from the A832. [Google Streetview, July 2008]
Again, still heading East-northeast, trains drew closer to Allangrange Railway Station. [29]
The same area in the 21st century. [29]

The line curved round from an East-northeast direction to and easterly alignment before entering Allangrange Railway Station.

From the point at which the old line crossed another lane, this is the view back towards Redcastle Station. The tree at the centre of the image on the horizon stand immediately adjacent to the line of the railway. [
Little can be seen looking towards Allangrange Railway Station from the minor road as the rail alignment close to the road is overwhelmed by vegetation. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
The line curved round to run in an easterly direction through Allangrange Railway Station which had a reasonable sized goods yard to the West of the passenger facilities. [30]

The same location in the 21st century. The major road at the West end of the old station site is the modern A9 dual carriageway. [30]
This is the view East along the line of the old railway from the A9 dual carriageway. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Noe looking East from the A9 through the trees and through the site of Allangrange Railway Station. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking West from the old A9 into Allangrange Station site. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking East from the old A9 towards Fortrose. [Google Streetview, March 2023]

Beyond Allangrange Station, and heading east-north-eastwards again, “the single-line railway descended towards Munlochy (8 miles 2 chains) which, like the other intermediate stations on the Fortrose branch, was fully-equipped for all forms of goods traffic.” [1: p49]

Another overbridge to the East-northeast of Allangrange Railway Station. [31]
The same location in the 21st century. [31]
A little further East-northeast, an accommodation overbridge was provided over the old railway. [32]
The same location in the 21st century. [32]
A farm track runs parallel to the dismantled railway line which ran to the left of this image, © Julian Paren and licensed for reuse under this Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [52]
The line ran through the village of Munlochy and onto  Munlochy Railway Station. [33]
Munlochy in the 21st century. [33]
Bridge over the long-disused railway line approaching Munlochy, © Juliian Paren and licensed for reuse under s Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [50]
Close to Munlochy, this view looks Southwest from Littleburn along the line of the old railway. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
Looking Northwest on Littleburn. The old railway ran across this image behind the building featured. [Google Streetview,July 2011]
Looking Southwest approximately along the line of the old railway from Station Brae towards what was a bridge over Littleburn. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Northeast along Station Road, Munlochy. The railway ran on the Northwest side of the road. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Munlochy Railway Station on the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1904. [34]
The same area in the 21st century, housing now occupies the site of the old railway station. [34]
Further Northeast, another view along Station Road. The passenger station building was on the left here and the station site ran through the location of the houses which are prominent in this image. [Google Streetview, September 2021]

Three images of Munlochy Railway Station can be seen online at http://www.ambaile.co.uk here, [53] here [54] and here. [55] Kind permission has been given to reproduce two of these images in this article.

Munlochy Railway Station looking Northeast. [53]
Munlochy Railway Station, looking Southwest along the platform. [54]
Looking Northeast through the station site from Cameron Crescent. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
Again, looking NorthEast through the station site along Station Court. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
Looking back Southwest from Millbank Road (B9161) through the station site. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Northeast along the line of the old railway from Millbank Road (B9161) towards Fortrose. The A842 is just to the left. [Google Streetview, March 2023]

From Munlochy the route passed over a small underline bridge, and with the A833 (later A832) road maintaining a parallel course to the left, Fortrose trains reached Avoch Station (11 miles 25 chains).” [1: p49]

To the East of Munlochy the line sat on an embankment above the surrounding fields, it crossed two cattle creeps before the structure shown a few images below. That structure appears on the left of this OS map extract. The track shown on the right of this extract crossed over the line to serve Easter Gateside. The track remains but the buildings are long go ne. The cutting shown here has been infilled. [56]
The same length of the old railway as it appears in the 21st century. [56]
This embankment was built to carry the old railway. The A832 runs immediately alongside the old railway formation. The tree-topped Ord Hill is prominent on the right, © Richard Dorrell and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [48]
The line of the railway between Munlochy and Avoch.in the summer months, © Julian Paren and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [49]
The railway underbridge just to the West of Ord Hill, © Dave Thompson and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [51]
In this view from the A832, the slight mound visible close tot the telegraph pole and against the backdrop of Ord Hill is the location of the bridge which carried the track to Easter Gateside over the old railway. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Further Northeast the line ran through Corrachie Crossing – 25″ Ordance Survey of 1904 (published 1906). [57]
Corrachie Crossing as it appears on the NLS ESRI satellite imagery. [57]
A mile further Northeast the road which would become the A832 crossed above the old railway as shown at the left of this exctract from the 1904 (published 1906) 25″ Ordnance Survey. Immediately beyond the road over rail bridge trains entered Avoch Railway Station. [58]
The same area in the 21st century, the station site has been devloped as a small housing estate. [58]
Looking East through the site of the old railway station at Avoch from the turning head on the estate Road. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
The view East towards the East end of the station site in 2015, © Nigel Thompson and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [59]
Immediatel;y to the East of Avoch Railway Station, the old line crossed Avoch Burn, passed under a road bridge and then over another minor road. [60]
The same area in the 21st century. Another housing estate occupies the route of the old railway. [60]
The old railway bridge over Avoch Burn, Valenta and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [61]

From Avoch, the line continued north-eastwards for a further … three miles to its terminus at Fortrose where, some 13 miles 45 chains from Muir of Ord, journeys came to an end in a surprisingly large station.” [1: p49-51]

To the East of the railway station the line curved first Southeast and then round to the Northeast. [62]
The same area on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [62]
The line ran Northeast through Craig Wood towards Fortrose Railway Station. [63]
The same location alongside the Moray Firth. [63]
A short distance beyond Avoch, looking back to the Southwest, © Bill Harrison and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [67]
Lol oking Southwest along the old railway line in Craig Wood, © Bill Harrison and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [66]
Looking Northeast along the path along the old railway in Craig Wood between Avoch and Fortrose, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [65]
Getting closer to Fortrose, this view looks along the old railway to the Northeast towards Fortrose, © Bill Harrison and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [69]
Close to Fortrose looking back Southwest along the old railway through Craig Wood, © Bill Harrison and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [68]
This extract from the 1904 25′ Ordnance Survey shows Fortrose Railway Station. [64]
The same location in the 21st century. [64]
Fortrose Railway Station site: the view north across the old station forecourt towards the end of the platform and the buffers, with the station building having been to the extreme left. The former weighbridge in the foreground appears to be the only visible evidence of what was here before, © Copyright Nigel Thompson and licensed for reuse under this Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [70]

Fortrose had just one platform on the up side, with a run-round loop to the north and a four-siding goods yard to the south. One of the goods sidings passed through a goods shed, while another served a loading bank; a spur at the west end of the goods yard formed a short headshunt.” [1: p51]

Fortrose Railway passenger station building had “the booking hall and general waiting-room … in the centre part of the building, while the booking office and toilets were housed in the ends. The timber structure was clad in American-style vertical matchboarding, with thin cover strips affixed at each join to produce a ‘ribbed’ effect.” [1: p52] The centre block was recessed between the cross-wings to create a roofed waiting area at the front of the station.

Fortrose Railway Station building and platform on the last day of steam, © Unknown. [72]
Looking Northeast along the platform at Fortrose Railway Station. The local pickup goods has yet to pick up any wagons, © Unknown. [72]
Engine No 14399 ‘Ben Wyvis’ sits at Fortrose Station waiting to depart with its train for Muir of Ord on 4th August 1948, © Unknown. [72]

Additional photographs of the Station can be found on the www.ambaile.co.uk website here, [73] here [74] and here. [75] Kind permission has been given to reproduce these photographs here.

Fortrose Railway Station from the end of the platform in 1912, showing the station building. A branch train is in the platform and a locomotive is on the turntable in the background. [73]
Fortrose Railway Station seen from the Northeast (adjacent to the buffers). Llocomotive No. 57594 is described in the notes for the next image. Here it is about to be turned to take its train back to Muir of Ord. [74]
Locomotive No. 57594 has just been turned and is being readied to haul the last train from Fortrose.
The locomotive is an ex-Caledonian ‘812’ Class 0-6-0, built in August 1900 as CR No. 856, becoming LMS No. 17594 and finally BR No. 57594. It was withdrawn in December 1962. [75]

Decline and Closure

The Fortrose branch was relatively successful. Its passenger services were maintained throughout the LMS era. But the line “became increasingly vulnerable to road competition after World War II, and for this reason its passenger services were withdrawn with effect from 1st October 1951. Goods traffic lingered on for a few more years, but the end came in 1960, with the line being closed to all traffic from 13th June of that year.” [1: p52]

References

  1. Stanley Jenkins; Highland Railway Minor Lines: 2; in Rex Kennedy (ed.); Steam Days; Red Gauntlet Publications, Bournemouth, Dorset, January 2002; p48-57.
  2. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fortrose_Branch, accessed on 7th March 2025.
  3. H.A. Vallance, C.R. Clinker and Anthony J. Lambert; The Highland Railway; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1985.
  4. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Fortrose_rly.png, accessed on 7th March 2025.
  5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muir_of_Ord_railway_station, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  6. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.51748&lon=-4.46140&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  7. John Gifford; The Buildings of Scotland, Highland and Islands; Yale University Press, 1992.
  8. Michael Quick; Railway Passenger Stations in Great Britain: A Chronology (PDF) (5th ed.); Railway and Canal Historical Society, London, 2022.
  9. Peter Caton; Remote Stations; Matador, Leicestershire, 2018, p242.
  10. Richard Rooney; Work to start next month on vital Highland bridge replacement; Press and Journal, 14th October 2015; via https://www.pressandjournal.co.uk/fp/news/inverness/722267/work-to-start-next-month-on-vital-bridge-replacement, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  11. https://www.georgeleslie.co.uk/projects/muir-ord-railway-bridge-replacement, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  12. Martyn Brailsford; Railway Track Diagrams 1: Scotland & Isle of Man (6th ed.); Trackmaps, Frome, December 2017 (1st edition was 1987), Map 18C.
  13. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9to-7k8BYsw, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  14. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27761, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  15. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2485366, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  16. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2485360, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  17. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=57.52018&lon=-4.45449&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  18. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.52138&lon=-4.44706&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=83, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  19. https://themuirhub.org/walks-around-the-muir, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  20. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.52118&lon=-4.43217&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  21. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.52121&lon=-4.42751&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=0, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  22. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.9&lat=57.52093&lon=-4.41841&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=91, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  23. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.9&lat=57.52082&lon=-4.41692&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  24. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=57.52054&lon=-4.40763&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  25. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=57.52308&lon=-4.39050&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  26. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=57.52588&lon=-4.37867&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  27. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.4&lat=57.52846&lon=-4.36778&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  28. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.53157&lon=-4.35467&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  29. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.53479&lon=-4.34343&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  30. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.53615&lon=-4.32768&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  31. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.54145&lon=-4.30038&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  32. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.54524&lon=-4.28371&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  33. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.54982&lon=-4.26387&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  34. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.55170&lon=-4.26085&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  35. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5872795, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  36. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3847775, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  37. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3552936, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  38. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3840210, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  39. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3420066, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  40. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6777852, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  41. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3840181, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  42. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3843627, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  43. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2660345, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  44. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3840241, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  45. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3840264, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  46. https://canmore.org.uk/collection/435134, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  47. https://canmore.org.uk/collection/435135, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  48. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3796578, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  49. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6893634, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  50. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3389352, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  51. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7755584, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  52. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6833474, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  53. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/cdn/highlife/previews/93/de6b4a84015a3dc994419527853a0730/5/17b67afcae996d41df5ce9c0c0f85799/27778.jpg, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  54. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/cdn/highlife/previews/93/8714e03bf00f9f3da55ddabcc2a96a2b/5/37a6facb1be1e10521780c5190e0b68a/27775.jpg, accessed the on 29th March 2025.
  55. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/15KnbQPdre, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  56. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.5&lat=57.55560&lon=-4.23886&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=91, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  57. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.56245&lon=-4.21449&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  58. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.56910&lon=-4.18718&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  59. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/4413772, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  60. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.56931&lon=-4.17724&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  61. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5570187, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  62. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=57.56924&lon=-4.16934&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  63. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.57417&lon=-4.15474&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  64. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.58180&lon=-4.13470&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  65. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7596643, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  66. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7166928, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  67. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7169674, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  68. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7166914, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  69. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7169691, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  70. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/4413804, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  71. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3883075, accessed on 1st April 2025.
  72. http://www.fortroseandrosemarkiearchive.org/groups.asp?id=, accessed on 1st April 2025
  73. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27308, accessed on 1st April 2025.
  74. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27303/1/EN27303-fortrose-station-from-the-east-end.htm, accessed on 1st April 2025.
  75. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27302, accessed on 1st April 2025.

Rt. Revd. Eric Treacy MBE LLD

Flicking through a number of old magazines passed to me by a friend here in Telford, I came across a supplement published by The Railway Magazine in December 1990, “Eric Treacy: The Classic Years.” [1]

Treacy’s photographs are now in the National Archive collection at Kew They are ©Crown Copyright and covered by an Open Government Licence which permits copying of images in the collection for non-commercial use. This covers the photographs from the collection which were reproduced in the 1990 supplement.

The Rt. Revd. Eric Treacy MBE, LLD, Lord Bishop of Wakefield from 1968 until 1976, died on Appleby Station on 13th May 1978. He left behind a large collection of railway photographs, taken over more than four decades.

‘Railway photographer. Pastor to railway men. Lover of life and railways’. This memorial plaque can be found at Appleby Railway Station, where he died in 1978, © RuthAS and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY 3.0). [2]

In 1932, he was ordained deacon in the Church of England and priest a year later, serving as curate at Liverpool parish church from 1932 to 1934. [4] Wikipedia tells that “he took up railway photography, being inspired by visiting Liverpool Lime Street and getting to know his parishioners who worked on the railway. His photographic work appeared in various magazines during the 1930s.” [3]

His railway photography “was interrupted by the Second World War when he served as Military Chaplain. On 12th March 1940, he was commissioned as Chaplain to the Forces 4th Class (equivalent to captain). [5] On 10th May 1945, it was announced that Treacy had been Mentioned in Despatches ‘in recognition of gallant and distinguished services in North West Europe’. [6] He was promoted to a Chaplain to the Forces 3rd Class (equivalent to major). On 24th January 1946, he was appointed a Member of the Order of the British Empire (MBE).” [7][3]

In 1946 Treacy published his first book which contained images of L.M.S. locomotives. [8] On demobilisation he became Rector of Keighley and in 1949 was appointed Archdeacon of Halifax. [9] In 1961, he became Bishop of Pontefract [3] and in 1968, Treacy became Bishop of Wakefield. [1: p2]

The Railway Magazine Supplement  comments that Treacy was “a devout man of the church as well as a talented lineside photographer (and frequent footplate passenger!) his atmospheric work never failed to portray his passionate love of railways, quickly establishing him as one of Britain’s foremost railway photographers.” [1: p2]

By 1935, “he was sending work regularly to The Railway Magazine signed ‘Rev E. Treacy, 2 Edge Lane, Liverpool’, showing London Midland & Scottish trains, many of them still worked by former London & North Western Railway locomotives, around that great city. Shap was an early discovery, and he spent many hours walking the fells and awaiting Anglo-Scottish expresses as they slogged their way to the summit. The zenith of his work undoubtedly came with the Stanier Pacifics, and to those who remember, it is virtually impossible to think of Eric Treacy without also the thunderous reminder of a ‘Princess Royal’ or ‘Coronation’ Pacific unleashing its full fury against that formidable climb with 15 bogies and more in tow.” [1: p2]

Lorna Hogger says that “Treacy befriended drivers and firemen in his congregation and often persuaded them to make smoke effects for his pictures. … He took time to plan his photographs days in advance, checking the weather and position of the sun at the time the train was due, and coming to know the locations well. Treacy rarely took unplanned shots, the equipment and large glass negatives being too expensive for acting on impulse.” [8]

Lorna Hogger also tells us that Treacy “joined the Railway Photographic Society in 1935, but unlike many of his peers he described his pictures as ‘emotional rather than technical’, enabling him to create stunning landscapes. This is evident in the photograph below which shows a goods train crossing the Ribblehead Viaduct.” [8]

A goods train crossing the Ribblehead Viaduct, North Yorkshire, c 1950s, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [8]
WD Class 8F 2-8-0 steam locomotive, circa. 1958, approaching Blea Moor signal box on the Settle and Carlisle line with a freight train of empty anhydrite hopper wagons, in British Railways service. WD locomotives were designed for wartime service overseas during WW2 and were later used on domestic British lines, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [11]
‘The ultimate expression of British steam power and one of Treacy’s crowning glories, came in this classic composition of immaculate Stanier Pacific No. 46230 ‘Duchess of Buccleuch’ bearing the tartan headboard of a down ‘Royal Scot’ powering cleanly towards Beattick Summit. This photograph was sent to the Railway Magazine in March 1957, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [1: p12-13]
Only a handful of ‘Royal Scot’ 4-6-0s remained in their original parallel boiler guide when Treacy took this photograph of No. 46147 ‘The Prince of Wales’s Volunteers (South Lancashire)’ heading a Birmingham to Glasgow train near Beattock, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [1: p21]
The ‘City of Liverpool’ with a northbound express train. This Coronation Class steam locomotive No 46247 was photographed by Treacy as it left Tebay, Cumbria, on the West Coast Main Line to Scotland. It was built at Crewe Works in 1943 for the London, Midland & Scottish Railway, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [10]

The Railway Magazine Supplement continues: “No less atmospheric were his photographs of departures from major stations: think of Treacy, and sooty masterpieces of ‘Royal Scot’ or ‘Patriot’ 4-6-0s getting to grips with heavy trains at the foot of the deep rock cuttings out of Liverpool Lime Street come to mind, or perhaps an A4 Pacific trying to find its feet at the head of an Edinburgh-bound express at Kings Cross.” [1: p2]

In its original guide as a blue streamliner, ‘Princess Coronation ‘ Pacific No. 6223 ‘Princess Alice’ was photographed at Edge Hill, only a stone’s throw from Treacy’s vicarage in the years between the introduction of the Class and the outbreak of the second world war, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [1: p2]
A4 Pacific No. 60021 ‘Wild Swan’ attached the Harrogate portion to the Leeds portion of the 12.30pm train to London at Leeds Central Station. Treacy sent this photograph to The Railway Magazine in April 1961, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [1: p22]
Princess Coronation class 4-6-2 steam locomotive No 46244 ‘King George VI’ with the London to Glasgow ‘Royal Scot’ passenger train. Sister engine, the Princess Coronation class 4-6-2 steam locomotive 46231 ‘Duchess of Atholl’, based at Polmadie shed is about to take over for the journey North, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [9]

The Railway Magazine Supplement concludes: “Throughout the transformation of the ‘Big Four’ to British Railways, and into modernisation when diesel locomotives began appearing on major routes, Treacy was there, and his legacy of ‘Deltics’ at Leeds or ‘Peaks’ on trans-Pennine services have all the richness and imagination of his steam photos.” [1: p2]

Photograph albums of Treacy’s work include:

Canon Eric Treacy; My Best Railway Photographs: No.1 L.M.S.; Ian Allan Ltd, London, 1946.

Eric Treacy; Roaming the Northern Rails; Ian Allan Ltd, London, 1976.

Eric Treacy; Roaming the East Coast Main Line; Ian Allan Ltd, London, 1977.

Eric Treacy; Lure of Steam; Ian Allan, London, 1969, 1980.

Eric Treacy; Glory of Steam;  Ian Allan, London, 1981 (reprint?)

G. Freeman Allen; Great Railway Photographs by Eric Treacy; Peerage Books, London, 1982.

P.B. Whitehouse & G. Freeman Allen; Eric Treacy: Railway Photographer; David and Charles, Newton Abbott, 1983.

P.B. Whitehouse & J. Powell; Treacy’s Routes North; 1985.

P.B. Whitehouse & J. Powell; Treacy’s British Rail; 1990.

Eric Treacy; Portrait of Steam; 1991(reprint).

Eric Treacy; The Best of Eric Treacy; Atlantic Transport Publishers, 1994.

David Jenkinson & Patrick Whitehouse; Eric Treacy’s L.M.S.; Oxford Publishing Company, 1988.

References

  1. Eric Treacy: The Classic Years; in The Railway Magazine (supplement), December 1990.
  2. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Railway_Treacy_Plaque_Appleby_14.06.12R_edited-2.jpg, accessed on 22nd March 2025.
  3. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eric_Treacy, accessed on 22nd March 2025.
  4. Crockford’s clerical directory; Church House, London, 1976.
  5. No. 34809; The London Gazette (Supplement). 8th March 1940, p1462.
  6. No. 37072; The London Gazette (Supplement). 8th May 1945, p2456–2464.
  7. No. 37442; The London Gazette (Supplement). 22nd January 1946, p615–625.
  8. https://blog.railwaymuseum.org.uk/eric-treacy-the-right-reverend-railway-photographer, accessed on 22nd March 2025.
  9. http://www.gettyimages.com/detail/90746857, accessed on 22nd March 2025.
  10. http://www.gettyimages.com/detail/90748392, accessed on 22nd March 2025.
  11. http://www.gettyimages.com/detail/90746931, accessed on 22nd March 2025.

The Mother of All Inventions. …

Why were railways created?

What were the circumstances which brought about their existence?

History does not make it easy to take out one example from a steady continuum of change. …

David Wilson writes: “There have been track or plateways since Roman times. You might say that these could be brought within the term railway and therefore the Romans invented the railway.” [1: p61]

Except there were railways of a sort, at least as far back at 600 BCE, possibly going back even further, maybe as far back as 1000 BCE. The clearest example being the Diolkos Trackway. [2] This was a paved trackway near Corinth in Ancient Greece which enabled boats to be moved overland across the Isthmus of Corinth.

David Wilson continues: “For most people, however, the railways began with the Stockton and Darlington (S&D), though I’m sure many people already appreciate that history is not always what it seems.” [1: p61]

David Wilson tells us that if one wished to take the view that the first ever railway was the first to have been authorised by Parliament, then the first railway was built in Leeds – The Middleton Railway. “The Middleton Railway was given Parliamentary Assent in 1758 and began using steam traction in 1812, two years before the advent of Mr Stephenson’s first locomotive, ‘Blucher’, and 13 years before the opening of the S&D.” [1: p61]

But there is more to consider. … The Lake Lock Rail Road opened in 1798 (arguably the world’s first public railway). It carried coal from the Outwood area to the Aire and Calder navigation canal at Lake Lock near Wakefield. [3][4] The Surrey Iron Railway was the first railway to be authorised by the UK Parliament (21st May 1801).  It was a horse-drawn railway which ran between Wandsworth and Croydon. [5][6][7][8][9] It was followed by The Carmarthenshire Railway or Tramroad (authorised by Act pf Parliament on 3rd June 1802). It was a horse-drawn goods line, located in Southwest Wales, the first public railway first authorised by Act of Parliament in Wales.[3][10][11][12]

The Low Moor Furnace Waggonway was constructed in 1802. It connected Barnby Furnace Colliery to Barnby Basin on the Barnsley Canal. It was replaced in 1809 by The Silkstone Waggonway which operated until 1870. [19][20] The Merthyr Tramroad, between Merthyr Tydfil and Abercynon, also opened in 1802. [5][13][14][15][16][17][18] The Lancaster Canal Tramroad (also known as the Walton Summit Tramway or the Old Tram Road), was completed in 1803. It linked the north and south ends of the Lancaster Canal across the Ribble valley. [21][22]

The first steam locomotive to pull a commercial load on rails was Penydarren (or Pen-y-Darren) was built by Richard Trevithick. It was used to haul iron from Merthyr Tydfil to Abercynon, Wales. The first train carried a load of 10 tons of iron. On one occasion it successfully hauled 25 tons. However, as the weight of the locomotive was about 5 tons the locomotive’s weight broke many of the cast iron plate rails. [5][13][14][15][16][17]

We could go on to mention:

  • The Croydon, Merstham & Godstone Goods Railway opened in 1805; [23]
  • The Sirhowy Tramroad opened in 1805; [24]
  • The Ruabon Brook Tramway (also known as Jessop’s Tramway or the Shropshire Union Tramway) also opened in 1805; [25][26][27][28]
  • The Middlebere Plateway (or Middlebere Tramway) opened on the Isle of Purbeck in 1806; [29][30][31][32]
  • The Monmouthshire Canal Tramway, open by 1806; [33][34]
  • The Oystermouth Railway, opened in 1806; [35][36] and
  • The Doctor’s Tramroad, Treforest which opened in 1809. [37][38][39]
  • The Monmouth Railway authorised by the UK Parliament in 1811. [5][72][73]
  • The Kilmarnock & Troon Railway which opened in 1812. [5][74][75][76][77]
  • The Killingworth Waggonway of which a first stretch opened in 1762 and which was extended in 1802, 1808 and 1820. [78][79][80][81][82][83]
  • The Haytor Granite Railway of 1820 which not only transported granite from Dartmoor as freight but ran on granite rails. [84]

The drawing of the locomotive Blücher (below) was done by Clement E. Stretton, © Public Domain. Blücher was built by George Stephenson for the Killingworth Waggonway. It was the first of a series of locomotives which established his reputation as an engine designer and eventually “Father of the Railways”.

We could list other railways opening before the S&D in 1825. The use of steam power at The Merthyr Tramroad and The Middleton Railway preceded its use on the S&D. A very strong claim to be the most significant development in the early 1800s could be made on behalf of The Middleton Railway. But it is the Stockton & Darlington (S&D) Railway which has caught the imagination and it is the 200th anniversary of the S&D which is being celebrated in 2025 as the beginning of the railway age.

Why is this?

It is clear that the claim to fame of the Stockton and Darlington (S&D) is lessened, at least, by the prior claim of the Middleton Railway both as first to be sanctioned by Parliament and first to make commercial use of steam power. The claims associated with other railways which preceded the S&D also must be significant. However, there is one important and fundamental difference between it and them. David Wilson says that, unlike the Middleton Railway, “the S&D was constructed with a view to carrying other companies’ goods and, to a lesser extent, to carry people.” [1: p61]

In addition, he says, “Bear in mind the distinction between the carriage of goods and people, and between carrying one’s own goods and those of others. In many ways this type of division is what distinguishes the modern concept of the railway as a system for the transport of goods and passengers on a hire and reward basis from the early plateways and railways such as the Middleton, which were not essentially built to carry anything other than goods, typically coal, for their owners.” [1: p61]

Perhaps, though, there are more grounds for the place taken in history by the S&D. Rather than just running between a pithead and a coal wharf on a canal, river or road and serving specific industrial concerns, the S&D also was built by public subscription and linked one town to another.

David Wilson continues: “To arrive at a description of what constitutes a railway we have to enlarge our definition to include not only Parliamentary Sanction, the use of rails or tracks, and the carriage of goods, but also the carriage of the public, the carriage of public goods and that one settlement be joined to another by the laying of a line paid for through the issue of shares. Thus … a railway is a set of tracks laid between two centres of habitation, which carries goods or people for commercial reward and has been authorised by Act of Parliament. It will have been built through the raising of public funds, either through the sale of shares in it or via government spending from the public purse.” [1: p61]

Let’s return to the era before the existence of the steam locomotive, the era of that list of lines highlighted above (and many more).

David Wilson comments: “The growth of the coal mining industry in the later part of the 17th and early 18th century had led to a growth in the plateway systems used to move the coal from the pit head to [a road], canal or river for shipment to the growing cities and the newly built mills. By as early as 1645 there were wagonways taking coal from the Durham coalfields down to the Tyne. By 1800 there were more than 100 miles of these plateways in the Tyneside area alone.” [1: p61]

Similar developments were taking place elsewhere in the UK:

  • The first overground railway line in England may have been a wooden-railed, horse-drawn tramroad which was built at Prescot, near Liverpool, around 1600 and possibly as early as 1594. Owned by Philip Layton, the line carried coal from a pit near Prescot Hall to a terminus about half a mile away. [40]
  • The Wollaton Waggonway in Nottinghamshire was in use by 1604. [5]
  • In East Shropshire and around the Severn Gorge; [41][42] A railway was made at Broseley in Shropshire some time before 1605 to carry coal for James Clifford from his mines down to the River Severn to be loaded onto barges and carried to riverside towns. It is possible that Clifford’s ‘railway’ was in use as early as 1570 and a similar line may well have been constructed by William Brooke near Madeley, again down to the River Severn. [43: p21] By 1775, there were a number of both short and long tramroads in the area around the Severn Gorge.
  • The Tranent to Cockenzie Waggonway was built by the York Buildings Company of London, to transport coal from the Tranent pits to the salt pans at Cockenzie and the Harbour at Port Seton, in Haddingtonshire, now East Lothian. [5][44]
  • The Alloa Wagon Way was constructed in 1768 by the Erskines of Mar in Alloa, to carry coal from the Clackmannanshire coalfields of central Scotland to the Port of Alloa. [45]
  • The Halbeath Railway opened in 1783, from the colliery at Halbeath to the harbour at Inverkeithing. [46][47]
  • The Charnwood Forest Canal, sometimes known as the ‘Forest Line of the Leicester Navigation’ was, under the guidance of William Jessop, using railways to supplement the canal between Nanpantan and Loughborough wharf, Leicestershire by 1789. [5][48]
  • The Butterley Gangroad (or Crich Rail-way) was built by Benjamin Outram in 1793. [49][50][51][52][53][54][55][56][57]
  • The Earl of Carlisle’s Waggonway opened in 1799 from coal pits owned by George Howard, 6th Earl of Carlisle around Lambley to Brampton, Cumbria. [51][58] There is some confusion over dates. The earliest opening date quoted is 1774, the latest 1799. [59] Dendy Marshall says that it was built in 1775. [60] C.E. Lee says it was constructed in 1798. [59][61]

It is perhaps easy to loose sight of the scale of these industrial undertakings. The rapid expansion of mining, plateways and railways “led to an increase in the numbers of horses in use … and a growth in the amount of horse feed needed. By 1727 The Tanfield Waggonway, in Co. Durham, carried 830 wagon loads of coal daily that’s a lot of horses.” [1: p61][5][62][63] “In 1804, the Middleton Colliery line was carrying 194 loads per day. Each wagon held about 2.5 tons and required the use of one horse and driver.” [1: p61]

A crisis in the use of horses and wagons occurred early in the 19th century with the advent of the Napoleonic Wars. The conflict became a significant drain on both horse and horse feed availability. The resulting inflation in the price of horses and feed lowered the profitability of each wagon load of coal. David Wilson says that, “The more visionary (or greedy, depending on your point of view) pit owners started to search for alternatives to the horse to move their goods to market. They provided their pit engineers with money and materials to experiment with steam power to replace horse power.” [1: p61]

Of course, steam power wasn’t new. Knowledge of the power of steam had been around since before the Common Era in Greek society [64][65][66] and the pits themselves had steam engines for pumping out the water and for lifting coal to the surface, or as winding engines on rope-worked inclines. [66][67] Newcomen’s first engine was installed for pumping in a mine in 1712 at Dudley Castle in Staffordshire. [66][68] What was new was first, the expiry of Boulton & Watt’s patent for a high-pressure steam engine, [5][69] and second, the idea of making the steam engine mobile, thus creating the steam locomotive. What eventually became even more revolutionary was the idea of creating a network of railways to serve the whole country. [1: p61]

We sometimes talk of a ‘perfect storm’ (a particularly violent storm arising from a rare combination of adverse meteorological factors), when we are talking about a series of adverse conditions occurring at the same time – a situation caused by a combination of unfavourable circumstances. The opposite of a ‘perfect storm’ is usually assumed to be a period of calm. However, the true opposite of a perfect storm is the occurrence (co-occurence) of a series of positive factors which combine to produce something significantly valuable. Wilson says that “as with almost anything man-made, there must be certain ingredients present. To bake a cake you need eggs, flour, milk etc. and in creating a railway you need, metalworking skills, engineering expertise, labour, capital and an incentive.” [1: 61]

The early years of the 19th century saw a timely co-incidence of these and other factors:

  • growing shortages of horse and feed coupled to the rising prices of both;
  • poor road conditions;
  • a rapidly developing understanding of engineering – Wilson suggests that this was “as a consequence of the more theoretical works of philosophers such as Newton, Descartes and Leibniz. … Such men have a reputation as creators or exponents of the mechanistic world view. Prior to the works of these men many had thought, and indeed some still do think, that the earth was a living entity. However, the views espoused by Newton, Descartes and Leibniz came to be accepted, the world was made up of dead, lifeless and inert matter, here to benefit mankind;” [1: p62]
  • the availability of skilled and unskilled labour – particularly the ‘navigators’ who were skilled in the techniques of earthworks, tunneling and bridge building – the men who had earlier built the canals. (“These men were to become the skilled labour of the railway construction industry and in turn they passed on their skills to the former farm labourers who were recruited to railway works as the lines progressed along their routes“); [1: p62]
  • developing metalworking skills – “the Darby family, who set up the … Coalbrookdale foundry. had acquired new skills in metalworking from tinkers, in what is now the Netherlands;” [1: p62] After constructing Ironbridge, “the Coalbrookdale ironmasters began to widen their horizons. One of their number, John “Iron Mad” Wilkinson, constructed what was reputedly the first iron barge and, more importantly, … the smiths of Coalbrookdale collaborated with Richard Trevithick in the construction of his locomotive – they cast the cylinder block and the plates for the construction of the boiler;” [1: p62]
  • the increasing availability of financial capital;
  • the increasing birth rate and the better health of the work-force which provided the necessary labour while engineering work was still labour-intensive.

The Availability of Capital

Among the physical factors listed above is an interesting financial factor which will bear some scrutiny. Wilson tells us that “the capital to build the world’s first public railway came, not from the Government, but from the Society of Friends, the Quakers.” [1: p62] He notes too that the Darby family whose Coalbrookdale plant had such a formative influence in the early days of the industrial revolution, were also Quakers. Wilson explains that Quakers were isolated from much of society and public life because of a refusal to sign up to the articles of faith of the established church. However, the same religious views made them sympathetic to works performed for the public good. Various Quaker families began to take an interest in the developing railway sphere. The website quakersintheword.org [70] tells the story of the significant role played in financing railways played by the Quakers.

In 1818 a small group of Quaker businessmen, including Edward Pease and his son Joseph from Darlington, Benjamin Flounders and the banker Jonathan Backhouse, met to discuss the possibility of building a railway from Darlington, passing several collieries, to the port of Stockton.” [70] 

The Act of Parliament required for the work to take place faced significant delays in the parliamentary process. “The delay proved very significant, as in April 1821 Edward met George Stephenson and recruited him as an engineer for the railway. The original intention had been that the coaches would be horse drawn, just like all the others now in existence. However, George convinced Edward that steam engines were the future for railways, and that he could build them. The Pease family then put up much of the capital that enabled Stephenson to establish a company in Newcastle, where he built the locomotives.” [70]

After the opening of the Stockton & Darlington Railway, “the railway network grew under the guidance of Edward’s son Joseph, who opened the Stockton & Middlesbrough branch in 1828. … In 1833 Joseph became the first Quaker to enter Parliament and the railway interests passed to his brother Henry. In 1838, Henry opened the Bishop Auckland & Weardale line, followed by the Middlesbrough and Redcar line in 1846. Henry wanted to traverse the Pennines and in 1854 he started the Darlington & Barnard Castle line, which opened in 1856.” [70]

Quakers were often involved in railway developments in the 19th century, for instance, “in 1824, a group of merchants, including Quaker philanthropist and anti-slavery campaigner James Cropper, went to see the Stockton and Darlington railway.  They soon began building the Liverpool and Manchester railway, which opened in 1830.” [70]

Incidentally, Quakers “were also responsible for two innovations that improved the way these new passenger railways worked – timetables and tickets. James Cropper produced a 12-page timetable for the Liverpool and Manchester railway, probably the first railway timetable ever.  It was the forerunner of Quaker George Bradshaw’s Railway Companion, published in 1839. Bradshaw’s became a household name for anyone using the railways. … The second innovation was the railway ticket. In 1839 Thomas Edmundson, another Quaker, was appointed station master at Milton, on the Newcastle and Carlisle line.  He was unhappy that customers paid their fares directly to him without receiving a receipt.  Consequently he introduced the railway ticket, which came into general use with the creation of the Railway Clearing House in 1842.” [70]

The Birth Rate and Increasing Health of the UK Population

Wilson points us to one more significant factor in the development of railways in the early 19th century. “Seemingly disconnected and irrelevant factors were playing their part. During the period from the end of the civil war (1649) onwards there was a growing awareness of the value of the human being as resource, and a concerted effort was made to increase the birth rate and to cut the death rate. … This did not stem from any rise in humanitarianism but from a recognition that people were worth money. After all, in the 1640s and on into the 19th century, slavery was still common throughout the so-called civilised world, including Britain. Improvements in diet and sanitation increased life exресtancy. It is no coincidence that the first workhouses began to appear around the middle of the 17th century – a reasonably fit and healthy population produced more than a sickly and unfit one.” [1: p62]

By the beginning of the 19th century, the conditions were in place for a major economic expansion. A growing empire and military strength ensured the supply of raw materials and provided a growing market place for the products made from them. An expanding population provided the physical means by which the empire might be held together. Technology provided the ability to carry out the grand design. The workhouses and other reforms had created a disciplined workforce.” [1: p62-63]

By 1850, a quarter of a million workers – a force bigger than the Army and Navy combined – had laid down 3,000 miles of railway line across Britain, connecting people like never before. [71]

And Finally …

Wilson suggests one other, less definable, reason for the dramatic welcome given to steam technology in particular. He suggests that there was a more visceral connection to steam power which predisposed humanity to embrace the technology.

No doubt, the S&D was at the forefront of engineering developments it was “the white heat of technology, the frontier of science.” [1: p63] Wilson asks us to consider that there was (and still is) a connection between “a piece of primitive industrial technology, the steam locomotive and its enduring popularity, and an ancient, and some might say mystical, view of the world.” [1: p63]

Wilson says: “Prior to the advent of the mechanistic world view in which cause and effect, hard science and hard facts are the order of the day, people held to a more animistic philosophy. Miners would pray to the earth before digging it up. … In this more mystic view of the world things were not made of chemicals and atoms, molecules and the force of gravity. They were composed of the four elements – earth, air, fire and water.” [1: p63] He asks us to consider whether “the reason so many people took to the steam engine and the railway when it began was that the steam locomotive has a unique blend of the four elements not only in its construction but in the very forces and requirements necessary for its movement. … [It] is made from the ores of the earth, heated by fire which needs air to burn. The metals from the forge are then tempered by water whilst being shaped on the anvil. In order to make the steam locomotive work, coal, or part of the earth, is consumed along with air in a fire which turns water into steam which in turn brings the locomotive to life.” [1: p63]

We all know that all men, are just little boys at heart. Increasingly women are involved in the preservation movement. There seems to be a deep emotional connection for many of us between the steam beasts of earth, wind, fire and water that reigned over the railway networks for the world for more than a century and a half and our own psyche, something deeply ‘elemental’!

Whatever the cause, the early 19th century saw humanity embrace steam-power and the benefits it brought with open arms and wallets.

References

  1. David Wilson; Mother of Inventions; in the Evening Mail Supplement, 1st June 1993, p61-63.
  2. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diolkos, accessed on 2nd March 2025.
  3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1790s_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  4. https://web.archive.org/web/20100604080339/http://www.stanleyhistoryonline.com/Lake-Lock-Rail-Road.html, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Timeline_of_railway_history, accessed on 7th January 2025.
  6. https://web.archive.org/web/20070523122428/http://www.stephensonloco.fsbusiness.co.uk/surreyiron.htm, accessed on 9th January 2025.
  7.  Dorian Gerhold; The Rise and Fall of the Surrey Iron Railway, 1802–46 (PDF); in Surrey Archaeological Collections, Vol. 95, 2010, p193–210; via https://archaeologydataservice.ac.uk/archiveDS/archiveDownload?t=arch-379-1/dissemination/pdf/vol_95/surreyac095_193-210_gerhold.pdf, accessed on 6th February 2025.
  8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1801_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Surrey_Iron_Railway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  10. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/275707, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  11.  https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1802_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  12.  M.R. Connop Price; The Llanelly & Mynydd Mawr Railway; Oakwood Press, Oxford, 1992.
  13. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/02/02/the-penydarren-tramroad-south-wales-part-1
  14. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/02/06/the-penydarren-tramroad-south-wales-part-2
  15. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/91513, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  16. https://www.irsociety.co.uk/Archives/59/Penydarren.htm, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  17. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/91513, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  18. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Merthyr_Tramroad, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  19. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Low_Moor_Ironworks, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  20. Silkstone Waggonway, South Yorkshire: Survey Report (PDF). Vol. 1; Yorkshire Archaeological Trust,  August 2012; via https://web.archive.org/web/20160311113301/http://iadb.co.uk/epip/Silkstone%20Waggonway%20Vol%201%20text%20plates%20figures.pdf, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  21. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lancaster_Canal_Tramroad, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  22. S. Barritt; The Old Tramroad – Walton Summit to Preston Basin; Carnegie Publishing, Lancaster, 2000.
  23. Paul W. Sowan; The Croyden, Mertsham & Godstone Iron Railway: A Short Chapter in a Long Story; The Bourne Society (LHR45), Croydon, London, 2006, LHR45, p53-69; via https://bournesoc.org.uk/bslivewp/wp-content/uploads/CMG-Iron-Railway-SECURE.pdf, accessed on 9th January 2025.
  24. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirhowy_Railway#Sirhowy_Tramroad, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  25. Alan Jowett; Jowett’s Railway Atlas; Patrick Stephens Limited, 1989, p57, 59.
  26. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ruabon_Brook_Tramway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  27. Trefynant – Opening of Branch Railway at Trefynant Works; in Wrexham Advertiser, 6th January 1866, p8.
  28. Meeting of the Wrexham District Highways’ Board; in Wrexham Advertiser. 26th January 1867, p5.
  29. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Middlebere_Plateway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  30. R.W. Kidner; The Railways of Purbeck (Third ed.); Oakwood Press, 2000.
  31. Purbeck’s clay railways; in Dorset Life Magazine, January 2007; via https://web.archive.org/web/20070927150728/http://www.dorsetlife.co.uk/articles/ArticlesDetail.asp?ID=599, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  32. Middlebere Plateway; The Purbeck Mineral & Mining Museum; via https://web.archive.org/web/20070928063415/http://www.pmmmg.org/Middlebere.htm, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  33. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monmouthshire_and_Brecon_Canal#Monmouthshire_Canal_Tramway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  34. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/308291, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  35. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1807_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  36. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swansea_and_Mumbles_Railway, accessed on 9th January 2025.
  37. https://cof, lein.gov.uk/en/site/407018/?ref=goodoil.news, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  38. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/96185, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  39. https://britishlistedbuildings.co.uk/300024912-machine-bridge-also-known-as-pont-y-doctor-pontypridd/photos/147433, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  40. Mark Jones; Lancashire Railways – The History of Steam; Countryside Books, Newbury, 2012 p. 5.
  41. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2022/04/25/ancient-tramroads-near-telford-part-1-tramroads
  42. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2022/04/26/ancient-tramroads-near-telford-part-2-the-coalbrookdale-company-tramroads-shown-on-the-1882-83-6-os-maps-published-in-1887-and-later-surveys
  43. Peter King, The First Shropshire Railways in G. Boyes (ed.), in Early Railways 4: Papers from the 4th International Early Railways Conference 2008, Six Martlets, Sudbury, 2010, p70–84.
  44. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tranent_to_Cockenzie_Waggonway, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  45. An oblique aerial photograph taken facing north shows a general view in 1928 of Alloa, its Town Hall, Marshill and Church Street. The wagon road which was used to transport coal from the Holton area of Sauchie to Alloa harbour. Although the tracks are gone the road still exists from Station Hotel down to South School. https://www.britainfromabove.org.uk/image/SPW020247, accessed on 7th January 2025.
  46. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1780s_in_rail_transport, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  47. Mark Poustie; Halbeath Railway; via https://www.railscot.co.uk/articles/Halbeath_Railway/#google_vignette, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  48. https://waterways.org.uk/waterways/discover-the-waterways/charnwood-forest-canal, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  49. Early Years; https://web.archive.org/web/20180120205818/http://www.butterleygangroad.co.uk/bgearlyyears.html, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  50. https://heritagecalling.com/2015/03/17/heritage-highlights-where-is-one-of-the-worlds-oldest-surviving-railway-tunnels, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  51. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1790s_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  52. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Butterley_Gangroad, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  53.  https://historicengland.org.uk/listing/the-list/list-entry/1422984?section=official-list-entry, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  54.  https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-england-derbyshire-31951751, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  55.  P. Riden; Outram, Benjamin (bap. 1764, d. 1805); in the Oxford Dictionary of National Biography; Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2004; via, https://www.oxforddnb.com/display/10.1093/ref:odnb/9780198614128.001.0001/odnb-9780198614128-e-20959, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  56. https://historicengland.org.uk/listing/the-list/list-entry/1109195?section=official-list-entry, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  57. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steam_Horse_locomotive, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  58. Brian Webb & David A. Gordon; Lord Carlisle’s Railways; Railway Correspondence & Travel Society, 1978.
  59. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brampton_Railway, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  60. C.F. Dendy Marshall; A History of British Railways Down to the Year 1830; Oxford University Press, London. 1938, 1971.
  61. C.E. Lee; The Brampton Railway; in The Railway Magazine, May and June 1942.
  62. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tanfield_Railway, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  63. Tanfield Railway; Wear – BBC Home; via https://www.bbc.co.uk/wear/content/articles/2008/05/20/tanfield_main_feature.shtml, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  64. Hero (Heron) of Alexandria, described in detail what is thought to be the first working steam engine. He called it an aeolipile (“wind ball”). His design was a sealed caldron of water was placed over a heat source. As the water boiled, steam rose into the pipes and into the hollow sphere. The steam escaped from two bent outlet tubes on the ball, resulting in rotation of the ball. The principle he used in his design is similar to that of today’s jet propulsion. Hero (Heron) did not consider this invention being useful for everyday applications: he considered his aeolipile invention as a novelty, a remarkable toy. https://www.smith.edu/hsc/museum/ancient_inventions/steamengine2.html, accessed on 3rd March 2025. The same device was also mentioned by Vitruvius in De Architectura about 100 years earlier. [66]
  65. https://blogs.bl.uk/digitisedmanuscripts/2020/12/ancient-steam-engines.html, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  66. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_the_steam_engine, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  67. In 1712, Thomas Newcomen’s atmospheric engine became the first commercially successful engine using the principle of the piston and cylinder, which was the fundamental type of steam engine used until the early 20th century. The steam engine was used to pump water out of coal mines. [66]
  68. Steven Johnson; The Invention of Air: A story of Science, Faith, Revolution and the Birth of America; Riverhood Books, New York, 2008.
  69. https://mises.org/mises-daily/james-watt-monopolist, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  70. https://www.quakersintheworld.org/quakers-in-action/286/Railways-in-Britain, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  71. https://www.railwaymuseum.org.uk/objects-and-stories/navvies-workers-who-built-railways, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  72. https://co-curate.ncl.ac.uk/wylam-wagonway, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  73. https://www.twsitelines.info/smr/1032, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  74. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kilmarnock_and_Troon_Railway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  75. Campbell Highet; The Glasgow and South Western Railway; Oakwood Press, Lingfield, 1965.
  76. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1812_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  77. C.J.A. Robertson; The Origins of the Scottish Railway System 1722–1844; John Donald Publishers, Edinburgh, 1983.
  78. https://my.northtyneside.gov.uk/sites/default/files/web-page-related-files/Killingworth%20Moor%20Archaeological%20Assessment.pdf, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  79. https://co-curate.ncl.ac.uk/blucher, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  80. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Killingworth_locomotives
  81. Clement E. Stretton; The Railway World, Volume VI; 1897.
  82. https://co-curate.ncl.ac.uk/killingworth-waggonway, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  83. https://www.northeastheritagelibrary.co.uk/coalsarchive/ww07/killingworth-waggonway, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  84. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Haytor_Granite_Tramway, accessed on 27th April 2025